Mazda 2 Hybrid Manual

Pictorial index Search by illustration
For safety Make sure to read through them

1
and security (Main topics: Child seat, theft deterrent system)
Vehicle status
Reading driving-related information
information and 2
(Main topics: Meters, multi-information display)
indicators
Opening and closing the doors and windows, adjustment
Before driving before driving 3
(Main topics: Keys, doors, seats, power windows)
Operations and advice which are necessary for driving

Driving 4
(Main topics: Starting hybrid system, refueling)
Usage of the interior features

Interior features 5
(Main topics: Air conditioner, storage features)
Maintenance Caring for your vehicle and maintenance procedures

6
and care (Main topics: Interior and exterior, light bulbs)
When trouble What to do in case of malfunction and emergency

7
arises (Main topics: 12-volt battery discharge, flat tire)
Vehicle Vehicle specifications, customizable features

8
specifications (Main topics: Fuel, oil, tire inflation pressure)
Search by symptom
Index
Search alphabetically
2
For your information......................6 Vehicle status information

2
Reading this manual.....................9 and indicators
How to search.............................10 2-1. Instrument cluster
Pictorial index.............................12 Warning lights and indicators
...........................................86
1 For safety and security Gauges and meters (vertical dis-
play)...................................90
1-1. For safe use
Gauges and meters (horizontal
Before driving.......................30 display) ..............................95
For safe driving ....................31 Multi-information display (verti-
Seat belts.............................33 cal display).........................99
SRS airbags.........................36 Multi-information display (hori-
Exhaust gas precautions .....44 zontal display)..................105
1-2. Child safety Head-up display................. 111
Airbag manual on-off system Energy monitor/consumption
...........................................45 screen.............................. 115
Riding with children..............46
3 Before driving
Child restraint systems ........47
1-3. Emergency assistance 3-1. Key information
eCall.....................................63 Keys...................................122
1-4. Hybrid system 3-2. Opening, closing and locking
Hybrid system features ........73 the doors
Hybrid system precautions ..76 Side doors..........................126
1-5. Theft deterrent system Back door...........................130
Immobilizer system ..............81 Smart entry & start system 134
Double locking system.........82 3-3. Adjusting the seats
Alarm ...................................83 Front seats.........................139
Rear seats .........................140
Head restraints ..................141
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel
and mirrors
Steering wheel ...................144
Inside rear view mirror .......145
Outside rear view mirrors...146
3
3-5. Opening and closing the win- 4-4. Refueling
dows Opening the fuel tank cap..196
Power windows..................149 4-5. Using the driving support sys-
tems
4 Driving
Safety Sense .....................198
4-1. Before driving PCS (Pre-Collision System)

.........................................203 1
Driving the vehicle .............154
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) ..213
Cargo and luggage ............160
Dynamic radar cruise control
Trailer towing (vehicles without 2
with full-speed range .......223
towing packages - including
Reunion) ..........................161 Speed limiter......................234
Trailer towing (vehicles with tow- RSA (Road Sign Assist) .....237 3
ing packages - except for BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) ..241
Reunion) ..........................161 parking assist-sensor.........246
4-2. Driving procedures 4
RCTA (Rear Crossing Traffic
Power (ignition) switch (vehicles Alert) ................................251
without a smart entry & start PKSB (Parking Support Brake)
5
system) ............................167 .........................................255
Power (ignition) switch (vehicles Parking Support Brake function
with a smart entry & start sys- (static objects) .................260
6
tem) .................................169 Parking Support Brake function
EV drive mode ...................173 (rear-crossing vehicles) ...266
Hybrid transmission ...........175 Driving mode select switch 270 7
Turn signal lever ................178 GPF (Gasoline Particulate Filter)
Parking brake.....................178 system .............................271
Driving assist systems .......272 8
Brake Hold .........................181
4-3. Operating the lights and wip- 4-6. Driving tips
ers Hybrid vehicle driving tips ..278
Headlight switch.................184 Winter driving tips ..............280
Automatic High Beam ........187
Fog light switch ..................190
Windshield wipers and washer
.........................................191
Rear window wiper and washer
.........................................194
4
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
5 Interior features
Do-it-yourself service precau-
tions .................................319
5-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defogger Hood ..................................321
Automatic air conditioning sys- Positioning a floor jack.......322

tem...................................284 Engine compartment..........324
Heated steering wheel/seat 12-volt battery ....................329
heaters.............................289 Tires ...................................331
5-2. Using the interior lights Tire inflation pressure ........341
Interior lights list.................291 Wheels...............................343
5-3. Using the storage features Air conditioning filter ..........345
List of storage features ......293 Cleaning the hybrid battery (trac-
Luggage compartment features tion battery) air intake vent and
.........................................295 filter..................................347
5-4. Other interior features Wireless remote control/elec-
Other interior features........299 tronic key battery .............350
Checking and replacing fuses
6 Maintenance and care .........................................353
Light bulbs .........................356
6-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting the 7 When trouble arises
vehicle exterior ................308
Cleaning and protecting the 7-1. Essential information
vehicle interior ................. 311 Emergency flashers ...........366
6-2. Maintenance If your vehicle has to be stopped
Maintenance requirements 314 in an emergency ..............366
Maintenance schedule.......316 If the vehicle is trapped in rising

water................................367
5
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency 8-4. Certifications
If your vehicle needs to be towed Certifications ......................441
.........................................369
If you think something is wrong Index
.........................................372
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
If a warning light turns on or a
.........................................578
warning buzzer sounds....374 1
Alphabetical Index .............581
If a warning message is dis-
played ..............................383
If you have a flat tire (vehicles 2
with an emergency tire punc-
ture repair kit) ..................386
with a spare tire) ..............397
If the hybrid system will not start
4
.........................................405
If you lose your keys ..........407
If the electronic key does not 5
operate properly (vehicles with
a smart entry & start system)
.........................................407 6
If the 12-volt battery is dis-
charged............................409
If your vehicle overheats....414 7
If the vehicle becomes stuck
.........................................418
8
8 Vehicle specifications
8-1. Specifications
Maintenance data (fuel, oil level,
etc.)..................................420
Fuel information .................430
8-2. Customization
Customizable features .......431
8-3. Initialization
Items to initialize ................440
6
For your information guarantee spare parts and acces-

sories which are not genuine
Mazda products, nor for replace-
Main Owner’s Manual
ment or installation involving such
Please note that this manual parts. In addition, damage or per-
applies to all models and explains formance problems resulting from
all equipment, including options. the use of non-genuine Mazda
Therefore, you may find some spare parts or accessories may not
explanations for equipment not be covered under warranty.
installed on your vehicle. Also, remodeling like this will have
All specifications provided in this an effect on advanced safety equip-
manual are current at the time of ment such as Safety Sense and
printing. However, because of the there is a danger that it will not work
Mazda policy of continual product properly or the danger that it may
improvement, we reserve the right work in situations where it should
to make changes at any time with- not be working.
out notice.
Depending on specifications, the Installation of an RF-trans-
vehicle shown in the illustrations mitter system
may differ from your vehicle in
The installation of an RF-transmit-
terms of equipment.
ter system in your vehicle could
affect electronic systems such as:
Accessories, spare parts
z Hybrid system
and modification of your
Mazda z Multiport fuel injection sys-
tem/sequential multiport fuel
Both genuine Mazda and a wide injection system
variety of other spare parts and z Safety Sense (if equipped)
accessories for Mazda vehicles are
z Dynamic radar cruise control
currently available on the market.
with full-speed range (if
Should it be determined that any of
equipped)
the genuine Mazda parts or acces-
sories supplied with the vehicle z Anti-lock brake system
need to be replaced, Mazda recom- z SRS airbag system
mends that genuine Mazda parts or z Seat belt pretensioner system
accessories, be used to replace
Be sure to check with any autho-
them. Other parts or accessories of
rized Mazda retailer or Mazda
matching quality can also be used.
authorized repairer, or any reliable
Mazda cannot accept any liability or
7
repairer for precautionary mea- Your vehicle is equipped with cameras.
sures or special instructions regard- Contact any authorized Mazda retailer
ing installation of an RF-transmitter or Mazda authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer for the location of
system.
recording cameras.
Further information regarding fre-
The recorded data varies according
quency bands, power levels,
to the vehicle grade level and
antenna positions and installation
options with which it is equipped.
provisions for the installation of RF-
transmitters, is available on request These computers do not record
at any authorized Mazda retailer or conversations or sounds, and only
Mazda authorized repairer, or any record images outside of the vehi-
reliable repairer. cle in certain situations.
High voltage parts and cables on z Data usage

the hybrid vehicles emit approxi- Mazda may use the data recorded in
mately the same amount of electro- this computer to diagnose malfunc-
tions, conduct research and develop-
magnetic waves as the
ment, and improve quality.
conventional gasoline powered
Mazda will not disclose the recorded
vehicles or home electronic appli-
data to a third party except:
ances despite of their electromag-
• With the consent of the vehicle owner
netic shielding.
or with the consent of the lessee if
Unwanted noise may occur in the the vehicle is leased
reception of the radio frequency • In response to an official request by
transmitter (RF-transmitter). the police, a court of law or a govern-
ment agency
• For use by Mazda in a lawsuit
Vehicle data recording
• For research purposes where the
The vehicle is equipped with data is not tied to a specific vehicle or
vehicle owner
sophisticated computers that will
record certain data, such as: z Recorded image information can
• Engine speed/Electric motor be erased by any authorized
speed (traction motor speed) Mazda retailer or Mazda autho-
• Accelerator status rized repairer, or any reliable
• Brake status repairer.
• Vehicle speed The image recording function can be
• Operation status of the driving disabled. However, if the function is dis-
abled, data from when the system oper-
assist systems
ates will not be available.
• Images from the cameras
8
Scrapping of your Mazda Q General precaution regarding

children’s safety
The SRS airbag and seat belt pre- Never leave children unattended in
tensioner devices in your Mazda the vehicle, and never allow children
to have or use the key.
contain explosive chemicals. If the
Children may be able to start the vehi-
vehicle is scrapped with the airbags cle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
and seat belt pretensioners left as There is also a danger that children
they are, this may cause an acci- may injure themselves by playing with
the windows, or other features of the
dent such as fire. Be sure to have vehicle. In addition, heat build-up or
the systems of the SRS airbag and extremely cold temperatures inside
the vehicle can be fatal to children.
seat belt pretensioner removed and
disposed of by a qualified service
Mazda Motor Europe GmbH
shop or by any authorized Mazda
Hitdorfer Straße 73, 51371
retailer or Mazda authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer Leverkusen, Germany
before you scrap your vehicle. Please select your country to find
your local Mazda webpage on:
WARNING
https://www.mazdamotors.eu
Q General precautions while driv-
ing
Driving under the influence: Never
drive your vehicle when under the
influence of alcohol or drugs that have
impaired your ability to operate your
vehicle. Alcohol and certain drugs
delay reaction time, impair judgment
and reduce coordination, which could
lead to an accident that could result in
death or serious injury.
Defensive driving: Always drive
defensively. Anticipate mistakes that
other drivers or pedestrians might
make and be ready to avoid acci-
dents.
Driver distraction: Always give your
full attention to driving. Anything that
distracts the driver, such as adjusting
controls, talking on a cellular phone or
reading can result in a collision with
resulting death or serious injury to
you, your occupants or others.
9
Reading this manual Symbols Meanings

Indicates the action
Explains symbols used in this (pushing, turning, etc.)
manual. used to operate
switches and other
devices.
Symbols in this manual
Indicates the outcome
Symbols Meanings of an operation (e.g. a
lid opens).
WARNING:
Explains something
that, if not obeyed,
could cause death or
serious injury to peo-
ple.
NOTICE:
Explains something
that, if not obeyed,
could cause damage to
or a malfunction in the Symbols Meanings
vehicle or its equip-
Indicates the compo-
ment.
nent or position being
Indicates operating or explained.
working procedures.
Follow the steps in Means Do not, Do not
numerical order. do this, or Do not let
this happen.
Symbols in illustrations
10
How to search Q Searching by title

z Table of contents: →P.2
Q Searching by name
z Alphabetical index: →P.581
Q Searching by installation posi-

tion
z Pictorial index: →P.592
Q Searching by symptom or
sound
z What to do if... (Troubleshoot-
ing): →P.578
11
12 Pictorial index
Pictorial index
QExterior
Side doors ......................................................................................P.126

Locking/unlocking ............................................................................P.126
Opening/closing the side windows...................................................P.149
Locking/unlocking by using the mechanical key*1............................P.408
Back door .......................................................................................P.130
Locking/unlocking ............................................................................P.132
Outside rear view mirrors .............................................................P.146
Adjusting the mirror angle ................................................................P.146
Folding the mirrors ...........................................................................P.147
Defogging the mirrors ......................................................................P.286
Windshield wipers .........................................................................P.191
Precautions for winter season..........................................................P.280
Precautions for car wash .................................................................P.309
Fuel filler door ................................................................................P.196
Pictorial index 13
Refueling method.............................................................................P.197
Fuel type/fuel tank capacity .............................................................P.422
Tires ................................................................................................P.331
Tire size/inflation pressure ...............................................................P.426
Winter tires/tire chains .....................................................................P.280
Checking/rotation/tire pressure warning system ..............................P.331
Coping with flat tires.................................................................P.386, 397
Hood................................................................................................P.321
Opening ...........................................................................................P.321
Engine oil .........................................................................................P.423
Coping with overheating ..................................................................P.414
Light bulbs of the exterior lights for driving

(Replacing method: P.357, Watts: P.428)
Headlights/front position lights/daytime running lights/turn signal

lights .......................................................................................P.178, 184
Front fog lights*2 ............................................................................P.190
Tail lights/turn signal lights ..................................................P.178, 184
Stop lights
Side turn signal lights ...................................................................P.178
License plate light..........................................................................P.184
Rear fog light..................................................................................P.190
Back-up light
Shifting the shift position to R ..........................................................P.175
*1: Vehicles with a smart entry & start system
*2: If equipped
14 Pictorial index
QInstrument panel (left-hand drive vehicles)
Power switch ..........................................................................P.167, 169

Starting the hybrid system/changing the positions*1 .......................P. 167
Starting the hybrid system/changing the modes*2 ...........................P.169
Emergency stop of the hybrid system..............................................P.366
When the hybrid system will not start ..............................................P.405
Warning messages ..........................................................................P.383
Shift lever........................................................................................P.175
Changing the shift position...............................................................P.175
Precautions for towing .....................................................................P.369
When the shift lever does not move.................................................P.176
Meters .........................................................................................P.90, 95
Reading the meters/adjusting the instrument panel light .............P.90, 95
Warning lights/indicator lights ............................................................P.86
When a warning light turns on .........................................................P.374
Multi-information display ........................................................P.99, 105
Pictorial index 15
Display .......................................................................................P.99, 105

Energy monitor................................................................................. P.115
When a warning message is displayed............................................P.383
Turn signal lever ............................................................................P.178
Headlight switch ............................................................................P.184
Headlights/front position lights/tail lights/daytime running lights ......P.184
Front fog lights*3/rear fog light .........................................................P.190
Windshield wiper and washer switch ..........................................P.191
Rear window wiper and washer switch*3 .....................................P.194
Usage.......................................................................................P.191, 194
Adding washer fluid..........................................................................P.328
Emergency flasher switch.............................................................P.366
Hood lock release lever.................................................................P.321
Tilt and telescopic steering lock release lever............................P.144
Air conditioning system ................................................................P.284
Usage...............................................................................................P.284
Rear window defogger .....................................................................P.286
Audio system*3, 4
Fuel filler door opener ...................................................................P.197
*1: Vehicles
without a smart entry & start system
*2: Vehicles
with a smart entry & start system
*3: If
equipped
*4: Refer
to “Navigation and multimedia system Owner’s manual”.
16 Pictorial index
QSwitches (left-hand drive vehicles)
Outside rear view mirror switches ...............................................P.146

Window lock switch.......................................................................P.151
Door lock switches ........................................................................P.129
Power window switches................................................................P.149
Headlight leveling dial ...................................................................P.186
Automatic High Beam switch* ......................................................P.187
Heated steering wheel switch* ......................................................P.290
Driving mode select switch...........................................................P.270
VSC OFF switch .............................................................................P.273
EV drive mode switch....................................................................P.173
Brake hold switch ..........................................................................P.181
Parking brake switch .....................................................................P.178
Pictorial index 17

Seat heater switches* ....................................................................P.290
*
: If equipped
Meter control switches ..........................................................P.100, 106

Phone switch*2
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch*1 ............................................P.228
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) switch*1...............................................P.213
Cruise control switches*1
Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range*1 ......................P.223
Speed limiter main switch*1 ..........................................................P.234
Audio remote control switches*2
Talk switch*2
*1
: If equipped
*2: Refer to “Navigation and multimedia system Owner’s manual”.
18 Pictorial index
QInterior (left-hand drive vehicles)
SRS airbags......................................................................................P.36
Floor mats.........................................................................................P.30
Front seats......................................................................................P.139
Rear seats.......................................................................................P.140
Head restraints...............................................................................P.141
Seat belts ..........................................................................................P.33
Inside lock buttons ........................................................................P.129
Cup holders ....................................................................................P.294
Console box ...................................................................................P.295
Pictorial index 19
QCeiling (left-hand drive vehicles)
Inside rear view mirror ..................................................................P.145

Sun visors*1 ....................................................................................P.303
Vanity mirrors*2 ..............................................................................P.303
Assist grips ....................................................................................P.304
Interior lights/personal lights .......................................................P.291
Panoramic roof shade*2.................................................................P.305
“SOS” button*2 .................................................................................P.63
*1: NEVER
use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE
AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.
(→P.49)
20 Pictorial index
*2
: If equipped
Pictorial index 21
QInstrument panel (right-hand drive vehicles)
Power switch ..........................................................................P.167, 169

Starting the hybrid system/changing the positions*1 ........................P.167
Starting the hybrid system/changing the modes*2 ...........................P.169
Emergency stop of the hybrid system..............................................P.366
When the hybrid system will not start ..............................................P.405
Warning messages ..........................................................................P.383
Shift lever........................................................................................P.175
Changing the shift position...............................................................P.175
Precautions for towing .....................................................................P.369
When the shift lever does not move.................................................P.176
Meters .........................................................................................P.90, 95
Reading the meters/adjusting the instrument panel light .............P.90, 95
Warning lights/indicator lights ............................................................P.86
When a warning light turns on ...........................................................P.86
Multi-information display ........................................................P.99, 105
22 Pictorial index
Display .......................................................................................P.99, 105

Energy monitor................................................................................. P.115
When a warning message is displayed............................................P.383
Windshield wiper and washer switch ..........................................P.191
Rear window wiper and washer switch*1 .....................................P.194
Usage.......................................................................................P.191, 194
Adding washer fluid..........................................................................P.328
Turn signal lever ............................................................................P.178
Headlight switch ............................................................................P.184
Headlights/front position lights/tail lights/daytime running lights ......P.184
Front fog lights*1/rear fog light .........................................................P.190
Emergency flasher switch.............................................................P.366
Hood lock release lever.................................................................P.321
Tilt and telescopic steering lock release lever............................P.144
Air conditioning system ................................................................P.284
Usage...............................................................................................P.284
Rear window defogger .....................................................................P.286
Audio system*1, 2
Fuel filler door opener ...................................................................P.197
*1: If
equipped
*2: Refer
to “Navigation and multimedia system Owner’s manual”.
Pictorial index 23
QSwitches (right-hand drive vehicles)
Outside rear view mirror switches ...............................................P.146

Window lock switch.......................................................................P.151
Door lock switches ........................................................................P.129
Power window switches................................................................P.149
Headlight leveling dial ...................................................................P.186
Automatic High Beam switch .......................................................P.187
Heated steering wheel switch* ......................................................P.290

Brake hold switch ..........................................................................P.181
Parking brake switch .....................................................................P.178
Driving mode select switch...........................................................P.270
VSC OFF switch .............................................................................P.273
EV drive mode switch....................................................................P.173
*: If equipped
24 Pictorial index
Meter control switches ..........................................................P.100, 106

Phone switch*
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch...............................................P.228
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) switch .................................................P.213
Cruise control switches
Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range .........................P.223
Speed limiter main switch.............................................................P.234
Audio remote control switches*
Talk switch*
*:
Refer to “Navigation and multimedia system Owner’s manual”.
Pictorial index 25
QInterior (right-hand drive vehicles)
SRS airbags......................................................................................P.36
Floor mats.........................................................................................P.30
Front seats......................................................................................P.139
Rear seats.......................................................................................P.140
Head restraints...............................................................................P.141
Seat belts ..........................................................................................P.33
Inside lock buttons ........................................................................P.129
Cup holders ....................................................................................P.294
Console box ...................................................................................P.295
26 Pictorial index
QCeiling (right-hand drive vehicles)
Inside rear view mirror ..................................................................P.145

Sun visors*1 ....................................................................................P.303
Vanity mirrors*2 ..............................................................................P.303
Assist grips ....................................................................................P.304
Interior lights/personal lights .......................................................P.291
Panoramic roof shade*2.................................................................P.305
“SOS” button....................................................................................P.63
*1: NEVER
use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE
AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.
(→P.49)
Pictorial index 27
*2
: If equipped
28 Pictorial index
29
For safety and security

1
1-1. For safe use

Before driving ......................30
For safe driving ....................31 1
Seat belts.............................33

SRS airbags ........................36
Exhaust gas precautions .....44
1-2. Child safety
Airbag manual on-off system
..........................................45
Riding with children .............46
Child restraint systems ........47
1-3. Emergency assistance
eCall ....................................63
1-4. Hybrid system
Hybrid system features........73
Hybrid system precautions ..76
1-5. Theft deterrent system
Immobilizer system ..............81
Double locking system.........82
Alarm ...................................83
30 1-1. For safe use
Before driving tration.

1-1.For safe use
WARNING
Observe the following before Observe the following precautions.
starting off in the vehicle to Failure to do so may cause the
ensure safety of driving. driver’s floor mat to slip, possibly
interfering with the pedals while driv-
ing. An unexpectedly high speed may
Floor mat result or it may become difficult to
stop the vehicle. This could lead to an
accident, resulting in death or serious
Use only floor mats designed spe- injury.
cifically for vehicles of the same
Q When installing the driver’s floor
model and model year as your vehi- mat
cle. Fix them securely in place onto O Do not use floor mats designed for
the carpet. other models or different model
year vehicles, even if they are
1 Insert the retaining hooks (clips) Mazda Genuine floor mats.
into the floor mat eyelets.
O Only use floor mats designed for
the driver’s seat.
O Always install the floor mat securely
using the retaining hooks (clips)
provided.
O Do not use two or more floor mats
on top of each other.
O Do not place the floor mat bottom-
side up or upside-down.
Q Before driving
2 Turn the upper knob of each
O Check that the floor mat is securely
retaining hook (clip) to secure fixed in the correct place with all the
the floor mats in place. provided retaining hooks (clips). Be
especially careful to perform this
check after cleaning the floor.
Always align the marks .

The shape of the retaining hooks (clips)
may differ from that shown in the illus-
1-1. For safe use 31
WARNING For safe driving

O With the hybrid system stopped and
the shift lever in P, fully depress For safe driving, adjust the
each pedal to the floor to make sure
seat and mirror to an appropri-
it does not interfere with the floor
mat. ate position before driving.
1
Correct driving posture

Adjust the angle of the seatback
so that you are sitting straight up
and so that you do not have to
lean forward to steer. (→P.139)
Adjust the seat so that you can
depress the pedals fully and so
that your arms bend slightly at
the elbow when gripping the
steering wheel. (→P.139)
Lock the head restraint in place
with the center of the head
restraint closest to the top of
your ears. (→P.141)
Wear the seat belt correctly.
(→P.33)
WARNING Adjusting the mirrors

Q For safe driving Make sure that you can see back-
Observe the following precautions.
ward clearly by adjusting the inside
Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury. and outside rear view mirrors prop-
erly. (→P.145, 146)
O Do not adjust the position of the
driver’s seat while driving.
Doing so could cause the driver to
lose control of the vehicle.
O Do not place a cushion between the
driver or passenger and the seat-
back.
A cushion may prevent correct pos-
ture from being achieved, and
reduce the effectiveness of the seat
belt and head restraint.
O Do not place anything under the
front seats.
Objects placed under the front
seats may become jammed in the
seat tracks and stop the seat from
locking in place. This may lead to
an accident and the adjustment
mechanism may also be damaged.
O Always observe the legal speed
limit when driving on public roads.
O When driving over long distances,
take regular breaks before you start
to feel tired.
Also, if you feel tired or sleepy while
driving, do not force yourself to con-
tinue driving and take a break
immediately.
Correct use of the seat belts

Make sure that all occupants are
wearing their seat belts before driv-
ing the vehicle. (→P.33)
Use a child restraint system appro-
priate for the child until the child
becomes large enough to properly
wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
(→P.47)
Seat belts Q Pregnant women
Make sure that all occupants

are wearing their seat belts
before driving the vehicle.
WARNING 1
Observe the following precautions to
reduce the risk of injury in the event of

sudden braking, sudden swerving or
an accident.
Failure to do so may cause death or
serious injury.
Q Wearing a seat belt
O Ensure that all passengers wear a
Obtain medical advice and wear the
seat belt.
seat belt in the proper way. (→P.34)
O Always wear a seat belt properly. Women who are pregnant should
position the lap belt as low as possi-
O Each seat belt should be used by ble over the hips in the same manner
one person only. Do not use a seat as other occupants, extending the
belt for more than one person at shoulder belt completely over the
once, including children. shoulder and avoiding belt contact
O Mazda recommends that children with the rounding of the abdominal
be seated in the rear seat and area.
always use a seat belt and/or an If the seat belt is not worn properly,
appropriate child restraint system. not only the pregnant woman, but
also the fetus could suffer death or
O To achieve a proper seating posi- serious injury as a result of sudden
tion, do not recline the seat more braking or a collision.
than necessary. The seat belt is
most effective when the occupants Q People suffering illness
are sitting up straight and well back Obtain medical advice and wear the
in the seats. seat belt in the proper way. (→P.34)
O Do not wear the shoulder belt under Q When children are in the vehicle
your arm.
→P.59
O Always wear your seat belt low and
snug across your hips. Q Seat belt damage and wear
O Do not damage the seat belts by
allowing the belt, plate, or buckle to
be jammed in the door.
WARNING
z Position the lap belt as low as
possible over the hips.
O Inspect the seat belt system period-
ically. Check for cuts, fraying, and z Adjust the position of the seat-
loose parts. Do not use a damaged back. Sit up straight and well
seat belt until it is replaced. Dam-
aged seat belts cannot protect an back in the seat.
occupant from death or serious z Do not twist the seat belt.
injury.
O Ensure that the belt and plate are Q Child seat belt usage
locked and the belt is not twisted. The seat belts of your vehicle were prin-
If the seat belt does not function cipally designed for persons of adult
correctly, immediately contact any size.
authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
authorized repairer, or any reliable O Use a child restraint system appropri-
repairer. ate for the child, until the child
becomes large enough to properly
O Replace the seat assembly, includ- wear the vehicle’s seat belt. (→P.47)
ing the belts, if your vehicle has
been involved in a serious accident,
O When the child becomes large
enough to properly wear the vehicle’s
even if there is no obvious damage.
seat belt, follow the instructions
O Do not attempt to install, remove, regarding seat belt usage. (→P.33)
modify, disassemble or dispose of Q Seat belt regulations
the seat belts. Have any necessary
repairs carried out by any autho- If seat belt regulations exist in the coun-
rized Mazda retailer or Mazda try where you reside, please contact any
authorized repairer, or any reliable authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
repairer. Inappropriate handling authorized repairer, or any reliable
may lead to incorrect operation. repairer for seat belt replacement or
installation.
Correct use of the seat belts Fastening and releasing the

seat belt
z Extend the shoulder belt so that

it comes fully over the shoulder, 1 To fasten the seat belt, push the
but does not come into contact plate into the buckle until a click
with the neck or slide off the sound is heard.
shoulder.
2 To release the seat belt, press event of a minor frontal impact, a minor
the release button . side impact, a rear impact or a vehicle
rollover.
Q Emergency locking retractor (ELR)

Q Replacing the belt after the preten-
The retractor will lock the belt during a sioner has been activated
sudden stop or on impact. It may also
lock if you lean forward too quickly. If the vehicle is involved in multiple colli-
When the seat belt locks, pull the belt sions, the pretensioner will activate for 1
strongly and then release the belt, then the first collision, but will not activate for
a slow and easy pulling will allow the the second or subsequent collisions.

belt to extend. Q PCS-linked seat belt pretensioner
Q After using the rear center seat belt control (vehicles with Safety
Sense)
Stow seat belt buckle in the pocket.
If the PCS (Pre-Collision System) deter-
mines that the possibility of a collision
with a vehicle is high, the seat belt pre-
tensioners will be prepared to operate.
WARNING
Q Seat belt pretensioners
If the pretensioner has activated, the
SRS warning light will come on. In
Seat belt pretensioners that case, the seat belt cannot be
used again and must be replaced at
(front and outboard rear any authorized Mazda retailer or
seats) Mazda authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer.
serious injury.
The pretensioners help the seat

belts to quickly restrain the occu-
pants by retracting the seat belts
when the vehicle is subjected to
certain types of severe frontal or
side collision.
The pretensioners do not activate in the
SRS airbags
The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to certain

types of severe impacts that may cause significant injury to the
occupants. They work together with the seat belts to help reduce
the risk of death or serious injury.
SRS airbag system

Q Location of the SRS airbags
X SRS front airbags

SRS driver airbag/front passenger airbag
Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and front passenger from impact
with interior components
X SRS side and curtain shield airbags
SRS front side airbags
Can help protect the torso of the front seat occupants
SRS curtain shield airbags
Can help protect primarily the head of occupants in the outer seats
X Other SRS airbag
SRS front seat center airbags
Can help protect the side head and neck of the front seat occupants
Q SRS airbag system components

Front impact sensors
Front passenger airbag
Side impact sensors (front door)
Side impact sensors (front)
Seat belt pretensioners and force limiters
Side airbags
Side impact sensors (rear)
Curtain shield airbags
Front seat center airbags
Airbag sensor assembly
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF” indicator lights
SRS warning light
Driver airbag
Airbag manual on-off switch
The main SRS airbag system components are shown above. The SRS air-
bag system is controlled by the airbag sensor assembly. As the airbags
deploy, a chemical reaction in the inflators quickly fills the airbags with non-
toxic gas to help restrain the motion of the occupants.
made. (→P.64)
Q If the SRS airbags deploy (inflate)
Q SRS airbag deployment conditions
O Slight abrasions, burns, bruising etc., (SRS front airbags)
may be sustained from SRS airbags,
due to the extremely high speed O The SRS front airbags will deploy in
deployment (inflation) by hot gases. the event of an impact that exceeds
the set threshold level (the level of
O A loud noise and white powder will be force corresponding to an approxi-
emitted.
mately 20 - 30 km/h [12 - 18 mph]
O Parts of the airbag module (steering frontal collision with a fixed wall that
wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator) does not move or deform).
as well as the front seats, parts of the However, this threshold velocity will be
front and rear pillars, and roof side
rails, may be hot for several minutes. considerably higher in the following situ-
The airbag itself may also be hot. ations:
O The windshield may crack. • If the vehicle strikes an object, such
as a parked vehicle or sign pole,
O The hybrid system will be stopped and which can move or deform on impact
fuel supply to the engine will be • If the vehicle is involved in an under-
stopped. (→P.79) ride collision, such as a collision in
O The brakes and stop lights will be con- which the front of the vehicle “under-
trolled automatically. (→P.273) rides”, or goes under, the bed of a
truck
O The interior lights will turn on automat-
ically. (→P.292) O Depending on the type of collision, it is
possible that only the seat belt preten-
O The emergency flashers will turn on sioners will activate.
automatically. (→P.366)
Q SRS airbag deployment conditions
O Vehicles with eCall: If any of the fol- (SRS side and curtain shield air-
lowing situations occur, the system is bags)
designed to send an emergency call*
to the eCall control center, notifying O The SRS side and curtain shield air-
them of the vehicle’s location (without bags will deploy in the event of an
needing to push the “SOS” button) impact that exceeds the set threshold
and an agent will attempt to speak level (the level of force corresponding
with the occupants to ascertain the to the impact force produced by an
level of emergency and assistance approximately 1500 kg [3300 lb.] vehi-
required. If the occupants are unable cle colliding with the vehicle cabin
to communicate, the agent automati- from a direction perpendicular to the
cally treats the call as an emergency vehicle orientation at an approximate
and helps to dispatch the necessary speed of 20 - 30 km/h [12 - 18 mph]).
emergency services. (→P.63) O Both SRS curtain shield airbags may
• An SRS airbag is deployed. deploy in the event of a severe side
• A seat belt pretensioner is activated. collision.
• The vehicle is involved in a severe
rear-end collision. O Both SRS curtain shield airbags may
*: also deploy in the event of a severe
In some cases, the call cannot be frontal collision.
Q Conditions under which the SRS Q Types of collisions that may not
airbags may deploy (inflate), other deploy the SRS airbags (SRS side
than a collision and curtain shield airbags)
The SRS front airbags and SRS side The SRS side and curtain shield airbags
and curtain shield airbags may also may not activate if the vehicle is sub-
deploy if a serious impact occurs to the jected to a collision from the side at cer-
underside of your vehicle. Some exam- tain angles, or a collision to the side of
ples are shown in the illustration. the vehicle body other than the passen-
O Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or ger compartment. 1
hard surface O Collision from the side to the vehicle
O Falling into or jumping over a deep body other than the passenger com-

hole partment
O Landing hard or falling O Collision from the side at an angle
Q Types of collisions that may not The SRS side airbags do not generally
deploy the SRS airbags (SRS front inflate if the vehicle is involved in a fron-
airbags) tal or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it
is involved in a low-speed side collision.
The SRS front airbags do not generally
inflate if the vehicle is involved in a side O Collision from the front
or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is O Collision from the rear
involved in a low-speed frontal collision.
O Vehicle rollover
But, whenever a collision of any type
causes sufficient forward deceleration of
the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front
airbags may occur.
O Collision from the side
O Collision from the rear
O Vehicle rollover
The SRS curtain shield airbags do not

generally inflate if the vehicle is involved
in a rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is
involved in a low-speed side or low-
speed frontal collision.
O Collision from the rear
O Vehicle rollover
ger airbag is scratched, cracked, or

otherwise damaged.
Q When to contact any authorized

Mazda retailer or Mazda authorized
repairer, or any reliable repairer O The surface of the seats with the SRS
In the following cases, the vehicle will side airbag and SRS front seat center
require inspection and/or repair. Contact airbag is scratched, cracked, or other-
any authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda wise damaged.
repairer as soon as possible.
O Any of the SRS airbags have been
inflated.
O The front of the vehicle is damaged or
deformed, or was involved in an acci-
dent that was not severe enough to
cause the SRS front airbags to inflate.
O The portion of the front pillars, rear pil-

lars or roof side rail garnishes (pad-
ding) containing the SRS curtain
shield airbags inside is scratched,
cracked, or otherwise damaged.
O A portion of a door or its surrounding

area is damaged, deformed or has
had a hole made in it, or the vehicle
was involved in an accident that was
not severe enough to cause the SRS
side and curtain shield airbags to
inflate.
O The pad section of the steering wheel

or dashboard near the front passen-
WARNING The seat should be adjusted as rec-

ommended above, while still main-
Q SRS airbag precautions taining control of the foot pedals,
Observe the following precautions steering wheel, and your view of the
regarding the SRS airbags. instrument panel controls.
serious injury. O The SRS front passenger airbag
also deploys with considerable
O The driver and all passengers in the force, and can cause death or seri-
1
vehicle must wear their seat belts ous injury especially if the front pas-
properly. senger is very close to the airbag.
The SRS airbags are supplemental The front passenger seat should be

devices to be used with the seat as far from the airbag as possible
belts. with the seatback adjusted, so the
front passenger sits upright.
O The SRS driver airbag deploys with
considerable force, and can cause O Improperly seated and/or restrained
death or serious injury especially if infants and children can be killed or
the driver is very close to the air- seriously injured by a deploying air-
bag. bag. An infant or child who is too
Since the risk zone for the driver’s air- small to use a seat belt should be
properly secured using a child
bag is the first 50 - 75 mm (2 - 3 in.) of restraint system. Mazda strongly
inflation, placing yourself 250 mm (10 recommends that all infants and
in.) from your driver airbag provides children be placed in the rear seats
you with a clear margin of safety. This of the vehicle and properly
distance is measured from the center restrained. The rear seats are safer
for infants and children than the
of the steering wheel to your breast- front passenger seat. (→P.47)
bone. If you sit less than 250 mm (10
in.) away now, you can change your O Do not sit on the edge of the seat or
lean against the dashboard.
driving position in several ways:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as
you can while still reaching the ped-
als comfortably.
• Slightly recline the back of the seat.
Although vehicle designs vary,
many drivers can achieve the 250
mm (10 in.) distance, even with the
driver seat all the way forward, sim-
ply by reclining the back of the seat
somewhat. If reclining the back of
your seat makes it hard to see the
road, raise yourself by using a firm,
non-slippery cushion, or raise the
seat if your vehicle has that feature.
• If your steering wheel is adjustable,
tilt it downward. This points the air-
bag toward your chest instead of
your head and neck.
WARNING O Do not attach anything to or lean

anything against areas such as the
O Do not allow a child to stand in front dashboard or steering wheel pad.
of the SRS front passenger airbag
These items can become projectiles
unit or sit on the knees of a front
passenger. when the SRS driver and front pas-
senger airbags deploy.
O Do not allow the front seat occu-

pants to hold items on their knees. O Do not attach anything to areas
such as a door, windshield, side
O Do not lean against the door, the windows, front or rear pillar, roof
roof side rail or the front, side and side rail and assist grip. (Except for
rear pillars. the speed limit label →P.390)
O Do not allow anyone to kneel on the O Do not hang coat hangers or other
passenger seat toward the door or hard objects on the coat hooks. All
put their head or hands outside the of these items could become pro-
vehicle. jectiles and may cause death or
serious injury, should the SRS cur-
tain shield airbags deploy.
O Do not use seat accessories which
cover the parts where the SRS side
airbags inflate as they may interfere
with inflation of the SRS airbags.
Such accessories may prevent the
side airbags from activating cor-
rectly, disable the system or cause
the side airbags to inflate acciden-
tally, resulting in death or serious
injury.
WARNING O Modifications to the front door panel

(such as making a hole in it)
O Do not strike or apply significant
levels of force to the area of the O Repairs or modifications of the front
SRS airbag components or the fender, front bumper, or side of the
front doors. occupant compartment
Doing so can cause the SRS air-
bags to malfunction. O Installation of a grille guard (bull
bars, kangaroo bar, etc.), snow
O Do not touch any of the component plows or winches 1
parts immediately after the SRS air-
bags have deployed (inflated) as O Modifications to the vehicle’s sus-

they may be hot. pension system
O If breathing becomes difficult after O Installation of electronic devices

the SRS airbags have deployed, such as mobile two-way radios (RF-
open a door or window to allow transmitter) and CD players
fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it
is safe to do so. Wash off any resi-
due as soon as possible to prevent
skin irritation.
O If the areas where the SRS airbags
are stored, such as the steering
wheel pad and front and rear pillar
garnishes, are damaged or
cracked, have them replaced by
any authorized Mazda dealer or
repairer, or another duly qualified
and equipped professional.
Q Modification and disposal of SRS
airbag system components
Do not dispose of your vehicle or per-
form any of the following modifica-
tions without consulting your Mazda
retailer or Mazda authorized repairer,
or any reliable repairer. The SRS air-
bags may malfunction or deploy
(inflate) accidentally, causing death or
serious injury.
O Installation, removal, disassembly
and repair of the SRS airbags
O Repairs, modifications, removal or
replacement of the steering wheel,
instrument panel, dashboard, seats
or seat upholstery, front, side and
rear pillars, roof side rails, front
door panels, front door trims or front
door speakers
Exhaust gas precautions Q Exhaust pipe

The exhaust system needs to be
checked periodically. If there is a hole
Harmful substance to the or crack caused by corrosion, dam-
human body is included in age to a joint or abnormal exhaust
exhaust gases if inhaled. noise, be sure to have the vehicle
inspected and repaired by any autho-
rized Mazda retailer or Mazda autho-
WARNING rized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Exhaust gases include harmful car-
bon monoxide (CO), which is color-
less and odorless. Observe the
following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause exhaust
gases enter the vehicle and may lead
to an accident caused by light-head-
edness, or may lead to death or a
serious health hazard.
Q Important points while driving
O Keep the back door closed.
O If you smell exhaust gases in the
vehicle even when the back door is
closed, open the windows and have
the vehicle inspected at any autho-
repairer as soon as possible.
Q When parking
O If the vehicle is in a poorly venti-
lated area or a closed area, such as
a garage, stop the hybrid system.
O Do not leave the vehicle with the
hybrid system on for a long time.
If such a situation cannot be
avoided, park the vehicle in an
open space and ensure that
exhaust fumes do not enter the
vehicle interior.
O Do not leave the hybrid system
operating in an area with snow
build-up, or where it is snowing. If
snowbanks build up around the
vehicle while the hybrid system is
operating, exhaust gases may col-
lect and enter the vehicle.
1-2. Child safety 45
Airbag manual on-off

1-2.Child safety
Deactivating the front seat

system passenger airbag
Vehicles without a smart entry &
This system deactivates the
start system: Insert the key into the
front passenger airbag.
cylinder and turn to the “OFF” posi-
Only deactivate the airbag
tion. 1
when using a child restraint
system on the front passenger The “OFF” indicator light turns on (only
when the power switch is in ON).

seat.
Vehicles with a smart entry & start
system: Insert the mechanical key
System components
into the cylinder and turn to the
“OFF” position.
The “OFF” indicator light turns on (only
when the power switch is in ON).
Q “PASSENGER AIR BAG” indicator

information
If any of the following problems occur, it
is possible that there is a malfunction in
the system. Have the vehicle inspected
by any authorized Mazda retailer or
“PASSENGER AIR BAG” indica-
Mazda authorized repairer, or any reli-
tor able repairer.
“PASSENGER AIR BAG” and “ON” O The “OFF” indicator does not illumi-
indicator light turns on when the airbag nate when the airbag manual on-off
system is on, and about after 60 sec- switch is set to “OFF”.
onds they go off. (only when the power O The indicator light does not change
switch is in ON) when the airbag manual on-off switch
is switched to “ON” or “OFF”.
Airbag manual on-off switch
46 1-2. Child safety
WARNING Riding with children

Q When installing a child restraint
system Observe the following precau-
For safety reasons, always install a tions when children are in the
child restraint system in a rear seat. In
the event that the rear seat cannot be vehicle.
used, the front seat can be used as Use a child restraint system
long as the airbag manual on-off sys- appropriate for the child, until
tem is set to “OFF”.
If the airbag manual on-off system is the child becomes large
left on, the strong impact of the airbag enough to properly wear the
deployment (inflation) may cause vehicle’s seat belt.
serious injury or even death.
z It is recommended that chil-
Q When a child restraint system is
not installed on the front passen- dren sit in the rear seats to
ger seat avoid accidental contact with
Ensure that the airbag manual on-off the shift lever, wiper switch,
system is set to “ON”.
etc.
If it is left off, the airbag may not
deploy in the event of an accident, z Use the rear door child-protec-
which may result in serious injury or
even death. tor lock or the window lock
switch to avoid children open-
ing the door while driving or
operating the power window
accidentally. (→P.130, 151)
z Do not let small children oper-
ate equipment which may
catch or pinch body parts, such
as the power window, hood,
back door, seats, etc.
WARNING
Q When children are in the vehicle
Never leave children unattended in
the vehicle, and never allow children
to have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehi-
cle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children
may injure themselves by playing with
the windows or other features of the
vehicle. In addition, heat build-up or
extremely cold temperatures inside
the vehicle can be fatal to children.
Child restraint systems • Fixed with a seat belt: P.59

• Fixed with an ISOFIX lower
anchorage: P.60
Before installing a child
• Using a top tether anchorage:
restraint system in the vehicle,
P.61
there are precautions that need
to be observed, different types
of child restraint systems, as Points to remember 1
well as installation methods,
z Prioritize and observe the warn-
etc., written in this manual.

ings, as well as the laws and reg-
z Use a child restraint system ulations for child restraint
when riding with a small child systems.
that cannot properly use a seat z Use a child restraint system until
belt. For the child’s safety, the child becomes large enough
install the child restraint sys- to properly wear the vehicle’s
tem to a rear seat. Be sure to seat belt.
follow the installation method
z Choose a child restraint system
that is in the operation manual
appropriate to the age and size
enclosed with the restraint sys-
of the child.
tem.
z Note that not all child restraint
z The use of a Mazda genuine
systems can fit in all vehicles.
child restraint system is rec-
Before using or purchasing a
ommended, as it is safer to
child restraint system, check the
use in this vehicle. Mazda gen-
compatibility of the child restraint
uine child restraint systems
system with seat positions.
are made specifically for
(→P.51)
Mazda vehicles. They can be
purchased at a Mazda dealer. WARNING
Q When a child is riding
Table of contents Observe the following precautions.
Points to remember: P.47 serious injury.
When using a child restraint sys-

tem: P.48
Child restraint system compatibility
for each seating position: P.51
Child restraint system installation
method: P.58
WARNING O Depending on the child restraint

system, installation may be difficult
O For effective protection in automo- or impossible. In those cases,
bile accidents and sudden stops, a check whether the child restraint
child must be properly restrained, system is suitable for installment in
using a seat belt or child restraint the vehicle. (→P.51) Be sure to
system which is correctly installed. install and observe the usage rules
For installation details, refer to the after carefully reading the child
operation manual enclosed with the restraint system fixing method in
child restraint system. General this manual, as well as the opera-
installation instruction is provided in tion manual enclosed with the child
this manual. restraint system.
O Mazda strongly urges the use of a O Keep the child restraint system
proper child restraint system that properly secured on the seat even if
conforms to the weight and size of it is not in use. Do not store the
the child, installed on the rear seat. child restraint system unsecured in
According to accident statistics, the the passenger compartment.
child is safer when properly
restrained in the rear seat than in O If it is necessary to detach the child
the front seat. restraint system, remove it from the
vehicle or store it securely in the
O Holding a child in your or someone luggage compartment.
else’s arms is not a substitute for a
child restraint system. In an acci-
dent, the child can be crushed When using a child restraint
against the windshield or between
the holder and the interior of the system
vehicle.
Q When installing a child
Q Handling the child restraint sys- restraint system to a front pas-
tem
senger seat
If the child restraint system is not
properly fixed in place, the child or For the safety of a child, install a
other passengers may be seriously
child restraint system to a rear seat.
injured or even killed in the event of
sudden braking, sudden swerving, or When installing a child restraint
an accident. system to a front passenger seat is
O If the vehicle were to receive a unavoidable, adjust the seat as fol-
strong impact from an accident, lows and install the child restraint
etc., it is possible that the child
restraint system has damage that is system:
not readily visible. In such cases, z Move the front seat fully rear-
do not reuse the restraint system.
ward.
z Adjust the seat height to the
upper most position.
z Adjust the seatback angle to the
most upright position.
When installing a forward-facing child
seat, if there is a gap between the child O There is a label(s) on the passen-
seat and the seatback, adjust the seat- ger side sun visor, indicating it is
back angle until good contact is forbidden to attach a rear-facing
achieved. child restraint system to the front
passenger seat.
z If the head restraint interferes Details of the label(s) are shown in
with your child restraint system, the illustration below.
and the head restraint can be
1
removed, remove the head
restraint. Otherwise, put the

head restraint in the upper most
position.
WARNING
Q When using a child restraint sys-
tem
serious injury.
O Never use a rear-facing child
restraint system on the front pas-
senger seat when the airbag man-
ual on-off switch is on. (→P.45) The
force of the rapid inflation of the
front passenger airbag can cause
death or serious injury to children in
the event of an accident.
WARNING
WARNING O Do not allow the child to lean

his/her head or any part of his/her
O Only put a forward-facing child body against the door or the area of
restraint system on the front seat the seat, front or rear pillars, or roof
when unavoidable. When installing side rails from which the SRS side
a forward-facing child restraint on airbags or SRS curtain shield air-
the front passenger seat, move the bags deploy even if the child is
seat as far back as possible. Failing seated in the child restraint system.
to do so may result in death or seri- It is dangerous if the SRS side and
ous injury if the airbags deploy curtain shield airbags inflate, and
(inflate). the impact could cause death or
serious injury to the child.
O When a junior seat is installed,

always ensure that the shoulder
belt is positioned across the center
of the child’s shoulder. The belt
should be kept away from the
child’s neck, but not so that it could
fall off the child’s shoulder.
Check the selected child restraint
WARNING
system together with the following
O Use child restraint system suitable
to the age and size of the child and
[Before confirming the compatibility
install it to the rear seat. of each seating position with child
O If the driver’s seat interferes with restraint systems].
the child restraint system and pre- Q Before confirming the compat-
vents it from being attached cor-
rectly, attach the child restraint ibility of each seating position 1
system to the right-hand rear seat with child restraint systems
(left-hand drive vehicles) or the left-
1 Checking the child restraint sys-

hand rear seat (right-hand drive
vehicles). (→P.56) tem standards.
Use a child restraint system that
conforms to UN (ECE) R44*1 or
UN (ECE) R129*1, 2.
The following approval mark is
displayed on child restraint sys-
tems which are conformed.
Check for an approval mark
attached to the child restraint
Child restraint system com- system.
patibility for each seating
position
Q Child restraint system compat-
ibility for each seating posi-
tion
Compatibility of each seating posi-
tion with child restraint systems
(→P.52) displays the type of child
restraint systems that can be used
and possible seating positions for
installation using symbols.
Also, the recommended child
restraint system that is suitable for Example of the displayed regulation
your child can be selected. number
Otherwise, check [Recommended UN (ECE) R44 approval mark*3
child restraint systems information] The weight range of the child
for recommended child restraint who is applicable for an UN
systems. (→P.56) (ECE) R44 approval mark is
*3
indicated. : The displayed mark may differ
depending on the product.
UN (ECE) R129 approval
Q Compatibility of each seating
mark*3
position with child restraint
The height range of the child
systems
who is applicable as well as
available weights for an UN X Left-hand drive vehicles
(ECE) R129 approval mark is
indicated.
2 Checking the category of the
child restraint system.
Check the approval mark of the
child restraint system for which
of the following categories the
child restraint system is suitable.
Also, if there are any uncertain-
ties, check the user’s guide
included with the child restraint
system or contact the retailer of
the child restraint system.
• “universal”
• “semi-universal”
• “restricted”
• “vehicle specific”
*1: UN
(ECE) R44 and UN (ECE) R129
are U.N. regulations for child
restraint systems.
*2: The child restraint systems men-
tioned in the table may not be avail-
able outside of the EU area.
X Right-hand drive vehicles Suitable for i-Size and ISOFIX
child restraint system.
Includes a top tether anchorage

point.
*1
: Move the front seat fully rearward. If
the passenger seat height can be
adjusted, move it to the upper most 1
position.

*2
: Adjust the seatback angle to the
most upright position. When install-
ing a forward-facing child seat, if
there is a gap between the child seat
and the seatback, adjust the seat-
back angle until good contact is
achieved.
Deactivation of front passenger

airbag.
Activation of front passenger

airbag. Never use a rear-facing child *3: If
the head restraint interferes with
restraint system on the front passenger your child restraint system, and the
seat when the airbag manual on-off head restraint can be removed,
switch is on. remove the head restraint.
Suitable for “universal” category Otherwise, put the head restraint in
child restraint system fixed with the upper most position.
the seat belt. *4: Not
suitable for child restraint sys-
Suitable for forward-facing “Uni- tems with support leg.
versal” category child restraints
system fixed with the seat belt.
Suitable for child restraint sys-
tems given on recommended
child restraint systems and
compatibility table (→P.56).
Q Detail information for child restraint systems installation
Seating position
Airbag manual on-

Seat position number off switch
ON OFF
Yes
Seating position suitable for Forward-
Yes Yes Yes*2 Yes
universal belted (Yes/No)*1 facing
only
i-Size seating position
No No Yes No Yes
(Yes/No)
Seating position suitable for
No No No No No
lateral fixture (L1/L2/No)
Suitable rearward facing fix- R1, R2X, R1, R2X,
No No No
ture (R1/R2X/R2/R3/No) R2, R3*3 R2, R3*4
Suitable forward facing fix- F2X, F2, F2X, F2,
No No No
ture (F2X/F2/F3/No) F3 F3
Suitable junior seat fixture
No No B2, B3 No B2, B3
(B2/B3/No)
*1: All Universal categories (group 0, 0+, I, II and III).
*2: Not suitable for child restraint systems with support leg.
*3: Adjust the driver’s seat to the highest position.
*4: Before installing a child restraint system to this seat, adjust the position of the
front passenger’s seat to between the 1st lock position and 12th lock position
(16th lock position from the rear).

1st lock position
12th lock position
Mazda suggests the users to use and seating positions.

ISOFIX child restraint systems are divided into different “fixture”. The child
restraint system can be used in the seating positions for “fixture” mentioned
in the table above. For kind of “fixture” relation, confirm the following table.
If your child restraint system has no kind of “fixture” (or if you cannot find
information in the table below), please refer to the child restraint system
“vehicle list” for compatibility information or ask the retailer of your child
seat.
Mass
Child weight Size class Fixture Description
groups
E R1 Rearward-facing infant seat
Left lateral-facing infant seat
up to 10 kg F L1
0 (Carrycot)
(22 lb.)
Right lateral-facing infant seat
G L2
(Carrycot)
Full-size, rearward-facing child
C R3
restraint systems
Reduced-size, rearward-facing
up to 13 kg D R2
0+ child restraint systems
(28 lb.)
— R2X
child restraint systems
E R1 Rearward-facing infant seat
Mass
Child weight Size class Fixture Description
groups
Full-height, forward-facing child
A F3
restraint systems
Reduced-height, forward-facing
B F2
9 to 18 kg Reduced-height, forward-facing
I B1 F2X
(20 to 39 lb.) child restraint systems
Full-size, rearward-facing child
C R3
restraint systems
D R2
15 to 25 kg
II
(34 to 55 lb.)
— B2, B3 Junior seat
22 to 36 kg
III
(48 to 79 lb.)
Q Recommended child restraint systems information
Fixation
Recommended child Direction of fixed with
Size fixed with a
restraint system travel lower
seat belt
anchorages
Up to 13 kg Rearward-fac- Not applica-
Maxi Cosi Cabriofix Yes
(Up to 28 lb.) ing use only ble
76 to 105cm
Britax TRIFIX 2 i- Forward-facing Not applica-
9 to 18 kg Yes
SIZE use only ble
(20 to 39 lb.)
100 to 150cm
Britax KIDFIX i- Forward-facing
15 to 36kg Yes No
SIZE*1 use only
(34 to 79 lb.)
15 to 36kg Forward-facing
Britax KIDFIX II R*1, 2 Yes Yes
(34 to 79 lb.) use only
15 to 36kg Forward-facing
TAKATA MAXI PLUS Yes Yes
(34 to 79 lb.) use only
*1:Be
sure to attach the seat belt through the SecureGuard.(ĺ P.57)
*2
:Adjust the child restraint system headrest so that it does not interfere with the
vehicle interior.
When securing some types of child
restraint systems in rear seat, it
may not be possible to properly use
the seat belts in positions next to
the child restraint without interfering 1
with it or affecting seat belt effec-
tiveness. Be sure your seat belt fits

snugly across your shoulder and
low on your hips. If it does not, or if
z When installing a junior seat, if
it interferes with the child restraint,
the child in your child restraint
move to a different position. Failure
system is in a very upright posi-
to do so may result in death or seri-
tion, adjust the seatback angle to
ous injury.
the most comfortable position.
z When installing a child restraint And if the seat belt shoulder
in the rear seats, adjust the front anchor is ahead of the child seat
seat so that it does not interfere belt guide, move the seat cush-
with the child or child restraint ion forward.
system.
z When using the child restraint
z When installing a child seat with system with SecureGuard, be
support base, if the child seat sure to guide the lap belt into
interferes with the seatback SecureGuard as shown in the
when latching it into the support illustration.
base, adjust the seatback rear-
ward until there is no interfer-
ence.
z If the seat belt shoulder anchor is
ahead of the child seat belt
guide, move the seat cushion
forward.
Child restraint system installation method

Confirm with the operation manual enclosed with the child restraint system
about the installation of the child restraint system.
Installation method Page
Seat belt attachment P.59
ISOFIX lower anchorage

P.60
attachment
Top tether anchorage

P.61
attachment
Child restraint system fixed dance to the directions enclosed

with the child restraint system.
with a seat belt
Q Installing child restraint sys-
tem using a seat belt
Install the child restraint system in
accordance to the operation man- 1
ual enclosed with the child restraint
system.

If the child restraint system on hand
is not within the “universal” cate-
4 After installing the child restraint
gory (or the necessary information
system, rock it back and forth to
is not in the table), refer to the
ensure that it is installed
“Vehicle List” provided by the child
securely. (→P.59)
restraint system maker for various
possible installation positions, or Q Removing a child restraint
check the compatibility after asking system installed with a seat
the retailer of the child seat. belt
(→P.51, 52) Press the buckle release button
1 If installing the child restraint and fully retract the seat belt.
system to the front passenger When releasing the buckle, the child
seat is unavoidable, refer to restraint system may spring up due to
P.48 for the front passenger seat the rebound of the seat cushion.
adjustment. Release the buckle while holding down
the child restraint system.
2 If the head restraint interferes
Since the seat belt automatically reels
with your child restraint system,
itself, slowly return it to the stowing
and the head restraint can be
position.
removed, remove the head
restraint. Otherwise, put the WARNING
head restraint in the upper most Q When installing a child restraint
position. (→P.141) system
3 Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and insert serious injury.
the plate into the buckle. Make
sure that the belt is not twisted.
Securely fix the seat belt to the
child restraint system in accor-
WARNING
O Do not allow children to play with
the seat belt. If the seat belt
becomes twisted around a child’s
neck, it may lead to choking or
other serious injuries that could
result in death. If this occurs and
the buckle cannot be unfastened,
scissors should be used to cut the
belt.
O Ensure that the belt and plate are Q Installation with ISOFIX lower
securely locked and the seat belt is anchorage (ISOFIX child
not twisted. restraint system)
O Shake the child restraint system left Install the child restraint system in
and right, and forward and back-
ward to ensure that it has been accordance to the operation man-
securely installed. ual enclosed with the child restraint
O After securing a child restraint sys- system.
tem, never adjust the seat. If the child restraint system on hand
O When a junior seat is installed, is not within the “universal” cate-
always ensure that the shoulder gory (or the necessary information
belt is positioned across the center is not in the table), refer to the
of the child’s shoulder. The belt
should be kept away from the “Vehicle List” provided by the child
child’s neck, but not so that it could restraint system maker for various
fall off the child’s shoulder. possible installation positions, or
O Follow all installation instructions check the compatibility after asking
provided by the child restraint sys- the retailer of the child seat.
tem manufacturer.
(→P.51, 52)
1 If the head restraint interferes
Child restraint system fixed
with your child restraint system,
with an ISOFIX lower and the head restraint can be
anchorage removed, remove the head
Q ISOFIX lower anchorages restraint. Otherwise, put the
(ISOFIX child restraint system) head restraint in the upper most
position. (→P.141)
Lower anchorages are provided for
the outboard rear seats. (Marks dis- 2 Remove the anchorage covers,
playing the location of the anchor- and install the child restraint
ages are attached to the seats.) system to the seat.
The bars are installed behind the
anchorage covers. for the outboard rear seats.
Use top tether anchorages when
fixing the top strap.

Top tether anchorages
3 After installing the child restraint Top strap
system, rock it back and forth to Q Fixing the top strap to the top
ensure that it is installed tether anchorage
securely. (→P.59)
Install the child restraint system in
WARNING accordance to the operation man-
ual enclosed with the child restraint
system system.
Observe the following precautions. 1 Vehicles with the tonneau cover:
Failure to do so may result in death or Remove the tonneau cover.
serious injury.
(→P.298)
O After securing a child restraint sys-
tem, never adjust the seat. 2 Adjust the head restraint to the
upmost position.
O When using the lower anchorages,
be sure that there are no foreign If the head restraint interferes with the
objects around the anchorages and child restraint system or top strap instal-
that the seat belt is not caught lation and the head restraint can be
behind the child restraint system. removed, remove the head restraint.
(→P.141)
O Follow all installation instructions
provided by the child restraint sys- 3 Latch the hook onto the top
tem manufacturer. tether anchorage and tighten
the top strap.
Using a top tether anchor- Make sure the top strap is securely
age latched. (→P.59)
When installing the child restraint sys-
Q Top tether anchorages tem with the head restraint being
raised, be sure to have the top strap
Top tether anchorages are provided
pass underneath the head restraint.
Hook
Top strap
4 Vehicles with the tonneau cover:
Reinstall the tonneau cover.
WARNING
system
serious injury.
O Firmly attach the top strap and
make sure that the belt is not
twisted.
O Do not attach the top strap to any-
thing other than the top tether
anchorage.
O After securing a child restraint sys-
tem, never adjust the seat.
O Follow all installation instructions
provided by the child restraint sys-
tem manufacturer.
O When installing the child restraint
system with the head restraint
being raised, after the head
restraint has been raised and then
the top tether anchorage has been
fixed, do not lower the head
restraint.
1-3. Emergency assistance 63
eCall*1, 2
1-3.Emergency assistance
Speaker
*
: This button is intended for communi-
*1
: If equipped cation with the eCall system operator.
*2 Other SOS buttons available in other
: Operates within the eCall coverage.
The system name differs depending systems of a motor vehicle do not
on the country. relate to the device and are not
intended for communication with the
eCall is a telematics service 1
eCall system operator.
that uses Global Navigation
Satellite System (GNSS) data

Emergency Notification Ser-
and embedded cellular tech-
nology to enable the following vices
emergency calls to be made: Q Automatic Emergency Calls
Automatic emergency calls
If any airbag deploys, the system is
(Automatic Collision Notifica-
designed to automatically call the
tion) and manual emergency
eCall control center.* The answer-
calls (by pressing the “SOS”
ing operator receives the vehicle’s
button). This service is
location, the time of the incident
required by European Union
and the vehicle VIN, and attempts
Regulations.
to speak with the vehicle occupants
to assess the situation. If the occu-
System components pants are unable to communicate,
the operator automatically treats
the call as an emergency and con-
tacts the nearest emergency ser-
vices provider (112 system etc.) to
describe the situation and request
that assistance be sent to the loca-
tion.
*: In some cases, the call cannot be
made. (→P.64)
Q Manual Emergency Calls
In the event of an emergency, press
the “SOS” button to call the eCall
control center.* The answering
Microphone
operator will determine your vehi-
“SOS” button* cle’s location, assess the situation,
Indicator lights and dispatch the necessary assis-
tance required.
64 1-3. Emergency assistance
Make sure to open the cover before depleted.

pressing the “SOS” button. z If the red indicator light blinks for
If you accidentally press the “SOS” but- approximately 30 seconds during
ton, tell the operator that you are not an Emergency Call, the call has
experiencing an emergency. been disconnected or the cellular
network signal is weak.
The service life of the backup battery
does not exceed 3 years.
WARNING
Q When the Emergency Call may
not be made
O It may not be possible to make
Emergency Calls in any of the fol-
*: lowing situations. In such cases,
In some cases, the call cannot be report to emergency services pro-
made. (→P.64) vider (112 system etc.) by other
means such as nearby public
phones.
Indicator lights
• Even when the vehicle is in the cel-
When the power switch is turned to lular phone service area, it may be
difficult to connect to the eCall con-
ON, the red indicator light will illumi-
trol center if the reception is poor or
nate for 10 seconds and then the the line is busy. In such cases, even
green indicator light will illuminate, though the system attempts to con-
nect to the eCall control center, you
indicating that the system is may not be able to connect to the
enabled. The indicator lights indi- eCall control center to make Emer-
cate the following: gency Calls and contact emergency
services.
z If the green indicator light illumi-
• When the vehicle is out of the cellu-
nates and stays on, the system is lar phone service area, the Emer-
enabled. gency Calls cannot be made.
z If the green indicator light flashes • When any related equipment (such
twice per second, an automatic as the “SOS” button panel, indicator
lights, microphone, speaker, DCM,
or manual Emergency Call is antenna, or any wires connecting
being made. the equipment) is malfunctioning,
damaged or broken, the Emer-
z If the red indicator light illumi- gency Call cannot be made.
nates at any time other than
immediately after the power
switch is turned to ON, the sys-
tem may be malfunctioning or
the backup battery may be
WARNING O If the airbags deploy when the sys-

tem is operating normally, the sys-
• During an Emergency Call, the system makes emergency call. The
tem makes repeated attempts to system also makes emergency call
connect to the eCall control center. when the vehicle is struck from the
However, if it cannot connect to the rear or rolls over, even if the airbags
eCall control center due to poor do not deploy.
radio wave reception, the system
may not be able to connect to the O For safety, do not make the Emer-
1
cellular network and the call may gency Call while driving.
finish without connecting. The red Making calls during driving may
indicator light will blink for approxi- cause mishandling of the steering

mately 30 seconds to indicate this wheel, which may lead to unex-
disconnection. pected accidents.
Stop the vehicle and confirm the
O If the 12-volt battery’s voltage safety of your surroundings before
decreases or there is a disconnec- making the Emergency Call.
tion, the system may not be able to
connect to the eCall control center. O When changing fuses, please use
the specified fuses. Using other
O The Emergency Call system might fuses may cause ignition or smoke
not work outside of EU area, in the circuit and lead to a fire.
depending on the available infra-
structure in the country. O Using the system while there is
smoke or an unusual smell may
Q When the Emergency Call sys- cause a fire. Stop using the system
tem is replaced with a new one immediately and consult any autho-
The Emergency Call system should rized Mazda retailer or Mazda
be registered. Contact any authorized authorized repairer, or any reliable
Mazda retailer or Mazda authorized repairer.
repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Q For your safety NOTICE
O Please drive safely.
The function of this system is to Q To prevent damage
assist you in making the Emer- Do not pour any liquids onto the
gency Call in case of accidents “SOS” button panel, etc. and do not
such as traffic accidents or sudden impact it.
medical emergencies, and it does
not protect the driver or passengers Q If the “SOS” button panel,
in any way. Please drive safely and speaker or microphone malfunc-
fasten your seatbelts at all times for tions during an Emergency Call
your safety. or manual maintenance check
It may not be possible to make Emer-
O In case of an emergency, make gency Calls, confirm the system sta-
lives the top priority. tus, or communicate with the eCall
O If you smell anything burning or control center operator. If any of the
other unusual smells, leave the above equipment is damaged, please
vehicle and evacuate to a safe area consult any authorized Mazda retailer
immediately. or Mazda authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer.
System overview of added service

Q Data processing flow
Server
Storage
Processing
DCM
1 Activation of data sharing is done by enabling a service on the “MyT by
Mazda” app or purchasing a service that requires data collection.
2 Server activates the service in the DCM and defines which vehicle data
to collect.
3 Defined vehicle data is collected by the DCM.
4 Data is shared with the server.
5 Data is stored in the server.
6 Data is processed in the server for fulfilling the service.
7 Processed data is presented to the customer.
For a list of eligible services in your region please visit the Mazda website or contact
any authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Implementing Regulation
Implementing Regulation Annex1 PART3 User Information Conformity

1. DESCRIPTION OF THE ECALL IN-VEHICLE SYSTEM
Overview of the 112-based eCall in-vehicle sys-
1.1. O
tem, its operation and functionalities
1
The 112-based eCall service is a public service
1.2. of general interest and is accessible free of O

charge.
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is acti-
vated by default. It is activated automatically by
means of in-vehicle sensors in the event of a
1.3. severe accident. It will also be triggered automat- O
ically when the vehicle is equipped with a TPS
system which does not function in the event of a
severe accident.
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system can also
1.4. be triggered manually, if needed. Instructions for O
manual activation of the system
In the event of a critical system failure that would
disable the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system,
1.5. O
the following warning will be given to the occu-
pants of the vehicle

2. INFORMATION ON DATA PROCESSING
Any processing of personal data through the 112-
based eCall in-vehicle system shall comply with
the personal data protection rules provided for in
2.1. Directives 95/46/EC and 2002/58/EC, and in par- O
ticular, shall be based on the necessity to protect
the vital interests of the individuals in accordance
with Article 7(d) of Directive 95/46/EC.
Processing of such data is strictly limited to the
2.2. purpose of handling the emergency eCall to the O
single European emergency number 112.
2.3. Types of data and its recipients
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system may col-
lect and process only the following data: Vehicle
Identification Number, Vehicle type (passenger
vehicle or light commercial vehicle), Vehicle pro-
2.3.1. pulsion storage type (gasoline/die- O
sel/CNG/LPG/electric/hydrogen), Vehicle last
three locations and direction of travel, Log file of
the automatic activation of the system and its
timestamp, Any additional data (if applicable)
Recipients of data processed by the 112-based
eCall in-vehicle system are the relevant public
safety answering points designated by the
respective public authorities of the country on
2.3.2. O
which territory they are located, to first receive
and handle eCalls to the single European emer-
gency number 112. Additional information (if
available):

2.4. Arrangements for data processing
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is
designed in such a way as to ensure that the
2.4.1. data contained in the system memory is not O
available outside the system before an eCall is
triggered. Additional remarks (if any): 1

designed in such a way as to ensure that it is not
2.4.2. traceable and not subject to any constant track- O
ing in its normal operation status. Additional
remarks (if any):
designed in such a way as to ensure that data in
2.4.3. O
the system internal memory is automatically and
continuously removed.
The vehicle location data is constantly overwrit-
ten in the internal memory of the system so as
2.4.3.1. always to keep maximum of the last three up-to- O
date locations of the vehicle necessary for the
normal functioning of the system.
The log of activity data in the 112-based eCall in-
vehicle system is kept for no longer than neces-
sary for attaining the purpose of handling the
2.4.3.2. O
emergency eCall and in any case not beyond 13
hours from the moment an emergency eCall was
initiated.

2.5. Modalities for exercising data subject’s rights
The data subject (the vehicle’s owner) has a right
of access to data and as appropriate to request
the rectification, erasure or blocking of data, con-
cerning him or her, the processing of which does
not comply with the provisions of Directive
2.5.1. O
95/46/EC. Any third parties to whom the data
have been disclosed have to be notified of such
rectification, erasure or blocking carried out in
compliance with this Directive, unless it proves
impossible or involves a disproportionate effort.
The data subject has a right to complain to the
competent data protection authority if he or she
2.5.2. considers that his or her rights have been O
infringed as a result of the processing of his or
her personal data.
Contact service responsible for handling access
2.5.3. requests (if any): O
→P.71

3. INFORMATION ON THIRD PARTY SERVICES AND OTHER ADDED VALUE
SERVICES (IF FITTED)
Description of the operation and the functional-
3.1. →P.66
ities of the TPS system/added value service
Any processing of personal data through the
1
TPS system/other added value service shall
3.2. comply with the personal data protection rules O

provided for in Directives 95/46/EC and
2002/58/EC.
The Euro-
pean Union
Legal basis for the use of TPS system and/or
General
3.2.1. added value services and for processing data
Data Protec-
through them
tion Regula-
tion
The TPS system and/or other added value ser-
vices shall process personal data only on the
3.3. O
base of the explicit consent of the data subject
(the vehicle’s owner or owners).
Modalities for data processing through TPS sys-
tem and/or other added value services, including
3.4. any necessary additional information regarding →P.66
traceability, tracking and processing of personal
data
The owner of a vehicle equipped with a TPS
eCall system and/or other added value service in
addition to the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system
3.5. O
has the right to choose to use the 112-based
eCall in-vehicle system rather than the TPS eCall
system and the other added value service.
Contact details for handling TPS eCall system
3.5.1. N/A
deactivation requests
(For Europe)
Contact service responsible for handling access requests:
Please contact your local Mazda Organisation for data protection requests. Contact
details related thereto are listed in the Privacy Statement which you find on your
country-specific webpage.
Please visit “https://www.mazda.eu” to find your country-specific webpage.
Q Free/Open Source Software Information

This product contains Free/Open Source Software (FOSS). The license information
and/or the source code of such FOSS can be found at the following URL.
http://www.opensourceautomotive.com/dcm/toyota/
Q Certification for eCall
→P.441
1-4. Hybrid system 73
Hybrid system features

1-4.Hybrid system
Your vehicle is a hybrid vehicle. It has characteristics different from

conventional vehicles. Be sure you are closely familiar with the
characteristics of your vehicle, and operate it with care.
The hybrid system combines the use of a gasoline engine and an
1
electric motor (traction motor) according to driving conditions,
improving fuel efficiency and reducing exhaust emissions.

System components
Q System components
The illustration is an example for explanation and may differ from the actual item.
Gasoline engine
Electric motor (traction motor)
Q When stopped/during start off speeds or when traveling down a
The gasoline engine stops when * gentle slope, the engine is stopped*
the vehicle is stopped. During start and the electric motor (traction
off, the electric motor (traction motor) is used.
motor) drives the vehicle. At slow When the shift lever is in N, the
74 1-4. Hybrid system
hybrid battery (traction battery) is regenerate the exhaust gas filter, the
not being charged. hybrid battery (traction battery) may
not be recharged.
*
: When the hybrid battery (traction bat-
Q EV indicator
tery) requires charging or the engine
The EV indicator comes on when the
is warming up, etc., the gasoline vehicle is driven using only the electric
engine will not automatically stop. motor (traction motor) or the gasoline
(→P.74) engine is stopped.
Q During normal driving
The gasoline engine is predomi-
nantly used. The electric motor
(traction motor) charges the hybrid
battery (traction battery) as neces-
sary.
Q When accelerating sharply Q Conditions in which the gasoline
engine may not stop
When the accelerator pedal is
The gasoline engine starts and stops
depressed heavily, the power of the automatically. However, it may not stop
hybrid battery (traction battery) is automatically in the following conditions:
added to that of the gasoline engine O During gasoline engine warm-up
via the electric motor (traction O During hybrid battery (traction battery)
motor). charging
O When the temperature of the hybrid
Q When braking (regenerative
battery (traction battery) is high or low
braking)
O When the heater is switched on
The wheels operate the electric Depending on the circumstances, the
motor (traction motor) as a power gasoline engine may also not stop auto-
matically in other situations.
generator, and the hybrid battery
(traction battery) is charged. Q Charging the hybrid battery (trac-
tion battery)
As the gasoline engine charges the
Q Regenerative braking hybrid battery (traction battery), the bat-
O In the following situations, kinetic tery does not need to be charged from
energy is converted to electric energy an outside source. However, if the vehi-
and deceleration force can be cle is left parked for a long time the
obtained in conjunction with the hybrid battery (traction battery) will
recharging of the hybrid battery (trac- slowly discharge. For this reason, be
tion battery). sure to drive the vehicle at least once
• The accelerator pedal is released every few months for at least 30 minutes
while driving with the shift lever in D or or 16 km (10 miles). If the hybrid battery
B. (traction battery) becomes fully dis-
• The brake pedal is depressed while charged and you are unable to start the
driving with the shift lever in D or B. hybrid system, contact any authorized
O Vehicles with GPF system: While the
GPF system (→P.271) is operating to
Q Charging the 12-volt battery O Vibration may be felt when the gaso-
→P.411 line engine starts or stops.
Q After the 12-volt battery has dis- O Cooling fan sounds may be heard
charged or when the terminal has from the air intake vent on the side of
been removed and installed during the lower part of the rear left seat.
exchange, etc. Q Maintenance, repair, recycling, and
The gasoline engine may not stop even disposal
if the vehicle is being driven by the Contact any authorized Mazda retailer 1
hybrid battery (traction battery). If this or Mazda authorized repairer, or any
continues for a few days, contact any reliable repairer regarding mainte-
authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda nance, repair, recycling and disposal.

authorized repairer, or any reliable Do not dispose of the vehicle yourself.
repairer.
Q Customization
Q Sounds and vibrations specific to a Some functions can be customized.
hybrid vehicle (→P.431)
There may be no engine sound or vibra-
tion even though the vehicle is able to
move with the “READY” indicator is illu- Acoustic vehicle alerting
minated. For safety, apply the parking system
brake and make sure to shift the shift
lever to P when parked. When the gasoline engine is off
The following sounds or vibrations may
while driving, a sound is produced
occur when the hybrid system is operat-
ing and are not a malfunction: to warn pedestrians, people riding
O Motor sounds may be heard from the bicycles or other people and vehi-
engine compartment. cles in the surrounding area that
O Sounds may be heard from the hybrid the vehicle is approaching. The
battery (traction battery) under the pitch of the sound adjusts accord-
rear seats when the hybrid system
starts or stops. ing to vehicle speed. When vehicle
O Relay operating sounds such as a speed is approximately 25 km/h (16
snap or soft clank will be emitted from mph) or more, the warning system
the hybrid battery (traction battery), turns off.
under the rear seats, when the hybrid
system is started or stopped.
O Sounds from the hybrid system may Q Acoustic vehicle alerting system
be heard when the back door is open. In the following cases, the acoustic vehi-
cle alerting system sound may be diffi-
O Sounds may be heard from the trans-
mission when the gasoline engine cult for pedestrians, people riding
starts or stops, when driving at low bicycles or other people and vehicles in
the surrounding area to hear:
speeds, or during idling.
O Engine sounds may be heard when O When there is a lot of noise in the
vicinity
accelerating sharply.
O Sounds may be heard due to regener- O When it is raining or during strong
winds
ative braking when the brake pedal is
depressed or as the accelerator pedal O When in the area surrounding the rear
is released. of the vehicle, rather than in front of
the vehicle
Hybrid system precautions
Take care when handling the hybrid system, as it is a high voltage

system (about 580V at maximum) as well as contains parts that
become extremely hot when the hybrid system is operating. Obey
the warning labels attached to the vehicle.
System components
The illustration is an example for explanation and may differ from the actual item.
Warning label
Service plug
Hybrid battery (traction battery)
High voltage cables (orange)
Air conditioning compressor
Power control unit
Q Running out of fuel WARNING

When the vehicle has run out of fuel and Q High voltage precautions
the hybrid system cannot be started, This vehicle has high voltage DC and
refuel the vehicle with at least enough AC systems as well as a 12-volt sys-
gasoline to make the low fuel level warn- tem. DC and AC high voltage is very
ing light (→P.377) go off. If there is only dangerous and can cause severe
a small amount of fuel, the hybrid sys- burns and electric shock that may
tem may not be able to start. (The stan- result in death or serious injury. 1
dard amount of fuel is about 5.8 L [1.6
gal., 1.3 Imp. gal.] [vehicles without rear O Never touch, disassemble, remove
wiper] or 6.3 L [1.7 gal., 1.4 Imp. gal.] or replace the high voltage parts,

[vehicles with rear wiper] when the vehi- cables or their connectors.
cle is on a level surface. This value may
vary when the vehicle is on a slope. Add O The hybrid system will become hot
extra fuel when the vehicle is inclined.) after starting as the system uses
high voltage. Be careful of both the
Q Electromagnetic waves high voltage and the high tempera-
O High voltage parts and cables on ture, and always obey the warning
hybrid vehicles incorporate electro- labels attached to the vehicle.
magnetic shielding, and therefore emit
approximately the same amount of O Never try to open the service plug
electromagnetic waves as conven- access hole located under the left
tional gasoline powered vehicles or side of the rear seat. The service
home electronic appliances. plug is used only when the vehicle
is serviced and is subject to high
O Your vehicle may cause sound inter- voltage.
ference in some third party-produced
radio parts.
Q Hybrid battery (traction battery)
The hybrid battery (traction battery) has
a limited service life. The lifespan of the
hybrid battery (traction battery) can
change in accordance with driving style
and driving conditions.
Q Starting the hybrid system in an
extremely cold environment Q Road accident cautions
When the hybrid battery (traction bat- Observe the following precautions to
tery) is extremely cold (below approxi- reduce the risk of death or serious
mately -30°C [-22°F]) under the injury:
influence of the outside temperature, it
O Pull your vehicle off the road, apply
may not be possible to start the hybrid
the parking brake, shift the shift
system. In this case, try to start the
lever to P, and turn the hybrid sys-
hybrid system again after the tempera-
tem off.
ture of the hybrid battery increases due
to the outside temperature increase etc. O Do not touch the high voltage parts,
Q Declaration of conformity cables and connectors.
This model conforms to hydrogen emis-
sions according to regulation ECE100
(Battery electric vehicle safety).
WARNING O If electrolyte is leaking from the

hybrid battery (traction battery), do
O If electric wires are exposed inside not approach the vehicle. Even in
or outside your vehicle, an electric the unlikely event that the hybrid
shock may occur. Never touch battery (traction battery) is dam-
exposed electric wires. aged, the internal construction of
the battery will prevent a large
O If a fire occurs in the hybrid vehicle,
amount of electrolyte from leaking
leave the vehicle as soon as possi-
out. However, any electrolyte that
ble. Never use a fire extinguisher
does leak out will give off a vapor.
that is not meant for electric fires.
This vapor is an irritant to skin and
Using even a small amount of water
eyes and could cause acute poi-
may be dangerous.
soning if inhaled.
O If your vehicle needs to be towed,
O Do not bring burning or high-tem-
do so with the front wheels raised. If
perature items close to the electro-
the wheels connected to the electric
lyte. The electrolyte may ignite and
motor (traction motor) are on the
cause a fire.
ground when towing, the motor may
continue to generate electricity. Q Hybrid battery (traction battery)
This may cause a fire. (→P.369)
O Your vehicle contains a sealed lith-
O Carefully inspect the ground under ium-ion battery.
the vehicle. If you find that liquid
O Never resell, hand over or modify
has leaked onto the ground, the fuel
the hybrid battery. To prevent acci-
system may have been damaged.
dents, hybrid batteries that have
Leave the vehicle as soon as possi-
been removed from a disposed
ble.
vehicle are collected through any
O Do not touch the battery if liquid is authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
leaking from or adhering to it. If authorized repairer, or any reliable
electrolyte (carbonate ester-based repairer. Do not dispose of the bat-
organic electrolyte) from the hybrid tery yourself.
battery (traction battery) comes into Unless the battery is properly col-
contact with the eyes or skin, it lected, the following may occur,
could cause blindness or skin
resulting in death or serious injury:
wounds. In the unlikely event that it
comes into contact with the eyes or • The hybrid battery may be illegally
skin, wash it off immediately with a disposed of or dumped, and it is
large amount of water, and seek hazardous to the environment or
immediate medical attention. someone may touch a high voltage
part, resulting in an electric shock.
• The hybrid battery is intended to be
used exclusively with your hybrid
vehicle. If the hybrid battery is used
outside of your vehicle or modified
in any way, accidents such as elec-
tric shock, heat generation, smoke
generation, an explosion and elec-
trolyte leakage may occur.
WARNING
When reselling or handing over your
vehicle, the possibility of an accident
is extremely high because the person
receiving the vehicle may not be
aware of these dangers.
O If your vehicle is disposed of with-
out the hybrid battery having been 1
removed, there is a danger of seri-
ous electric shock if high voltage

parts, cables and their connectors NOTICE
are touched. In the event that your
vehicle must be disposed of, the Q Hybrid battery (traction battery)
hybrid battery must be disposed of air intake vent
by any authorized Mazda retailer or O Make sure that the air intake vent is
Mazda authorized repairer, or any not blocked, such as by a seat
reliable repairer. If the hybrid bat- cover, plastic cover, or luggage. If
tery is not disposed of properly, it the vent is blocked, the hybrid bat-
may cause electric shock that can tery (traction battery) input and out-
result in death or serious injury. put may be restricted, possibly
leading to a malfunction.
NOTICE O Clean the air intake vent regularly

to prevent the hybrid battery (trac-
Q Hybrid battery (traction battery) tion battery) from overheating.
air intake vent
O Do not get water or foreign materi-
Do not carry large amounts of water als in the air intake vent as this may
such as water cooler bottles in the cause a short circuit and damage
vehicle. If water spills onto the hybrid the hybrid battery (traction battery).
battery (traction battery), the battery
may be damaged. Have the vehicle O A filter is installed to the air intake
inspected by any authorized Mazda vent. When the filter remains
retailer or Mazda authorized repairer, noticeably dirty even after cleaning
or any reliable repairer. the air intake vent, filter cleaning or
replacement is recommended.
Refer to P.347 for details on how to
Hybrid battery (traction bat- clean the filters.
tery) air intake vent
There is an air intake vent under
Emergency shut off system
the left side of the rear seat for the When a certain level of impact is
purpose of cooling the hybrid bat- detected by the impact sensor, the
tery (traction battery). If the vent emergency shut off system blocks
becomes blocked, the hybrid bat- the high voltage current and stops
tery (traction battery) input and out- the fuel pump to minimize the risk
put may be reduced. of electrocution and fuel leakage. If
the emergency shut off system acti-
vates, your vehicle will not restart.

To restart the hybrid system, con-
tact any authorized Mazda retailer
or Mazda authorized repairer, or
any reliable repairer.
Hybrid warning message

A message is automatically dis-
played when a malfunction occurs
in the hybrid system or an improper
operation is attempted.
If a warning message is shown on
the multi-information display, read
the message and follow the instruc-
tions.
Q If a warning light comes on, a warn-

ing message is displayed, or the
12-volt battery is disconnected
The hybrid system may not start. In this
case, try to start the system again. If the
“READY” indicator does not come on,
contact any authorized Mazda retailer or
able repairer.
1-5. Theft deterrent system 81
Immobilizer system canceled.

1-5.Theft deterrent system
X Vehicles with a smart entry &

The vehicle’s keys have built- start system
in transponder chips that pre- The indicator light flashes after the
vent the hybrid system from power switch has been turned off to
starting if a key has not been indicate that the system is operat-
previously registered in the ing. 1
vehicle’s on-board computer. The indicator light stops flashing

Never leave the keys inside the after the power switch has been
vehicle when you leave the turned to ACC or ON to indicate
vehicle. that the system has been canceled.
This system is designed to
help prevent vehicle theft but Q System maintenance
does not guarantee absolute The vehicle has a maintenance-free
type immobilizer system.
security against all vehicle
Q Conditions that may cause the sys-
thefts. tem to malfunction
O If the grip portion of the key is in con-
Operating the system tact with a metallic object
O If the key is in close proximity to or
touching a key to the security system
(key with a built-in transponder chip)
of another vehicle
Q Certifications for the immobilizer
system
→P.443
NOTICE
Q To ensure the system operates
correctly
X Vehicles without a smart entry &
Do not modify or remove the system.
start system If modified or removed, the proper
The indicator light flashes after the operation of the system cannot be
guaranteed.
key has been removed from the
power switch to indicate that the
system is operating.
The indicator light stops flashing
after the registered key has been
inserted into the power switch to
indicate that the system has been
82 1-5. Theft deterrent system
Double locking system* Using the wireless remote control:

Press .
*
: If equipped
WARNING
Unauthorized access to the
vehicle is prevented by dis- Q Double locking system precau-
tion
abling the door unlocking
Never activate the double locking sys-
function from both the interior tem when there are people in the
and exterior of the vehicle. vehicle because all the doors cannot
be opened from inside the vehicle.
Vehicles employing this sys-
tem have labels on the window
glass of both front doors.
Setting/canceling the double

locking system
Q Setting
Turn the power switch off, have all
the passengers exit the vehicle and
ensure that all the doors are closed.
Using the entry function (if
equipped): Touch the sensor area
on the outside door handle twice
within 5 seconds.
Using the wireless remote control:
Press twice within 5 seconds.
Q Canceling
Using the entry function (if
equipped): Hold the outside door
handle.
1-5. Theft deterrent system 83
Alarm* The indicator light changes from being

on to flashing when the system is set.
*
: If equipped
The alarm uses light and
sound to give an alert when an
intrusion is detected.
The alarm is triggered in the 1
following situations when the
alarm is set:

z A locked door is unlocked or
opened in any way other than Q Canceling or stopping
using the entry function (if Do one of the following to deacti-
equipped) or wireless remote vate or stop the alarms:
control. (The doors will lock z Unlock the doors using the entry
again automatically.) function (if equipped) or wireless
z The hood is opened. remote control.
z Starting the hybrid system. (The
Setting/canceling/stopping alarm will be deactivated or
the alarm system stopped after a few seconds.)
Q Items to check before locking Q System maintenance

the vehicle The vehicle has a maintenance-free
To prevent unexpected triggering of type alarm system.
the alarm and vehicle theft, make Q Triggering of the alarm
sure of the following: The alarm may be triggered in the fol-
lowing situations:
z Nobody is in the vehicle. (Stopping the alarm deactivates the
alarm system.)
z The windows are closed before
O The doors are unlocked using the key
the alarm is set. or the mechanical key.
z No valuables or other personal
items are left in the vehicle.
Q Setting
Close the door and hood, and lock
all the doors using the entry func-
tion (if equipped) or wireless
remote control. The system will set
O A person inside the vehicle opens a
automatically after 30 seconds. door or hood, or unlocks the vehicle.
84 1-5. Theft deterrent system
O The 12-volt battery is recharged or

replaced when the vehicle is locked.
(→P.411)
Q Alarm-operated door lock

In the following cases, depending on the
situation, the door may automatically
lock to prevent improper entry into the
vehicle:
O When a person remaining in the vehi-
cle unlocks the door and the alarm is
activated.
O While the alarm is activated, a person
remaining in the vehicle unlocks the
door.
O When recharging or replacing the 12-
volt battery
NOTICE
Q To ensure the system operates
correctly
Do not modify or remove the system.
If modified or removed, the proper
operation of the system cannot be
guaranteed.
85
Vehicle status informa-

tion and indicators
2
2-1. Instrument cluster

Warning lights and indicators
..........................................86
Gauges and meters (vertical
display) ..............................90
Gauges and meters (horizontal 2
display) ..............................95
Vehicle status information and indicators

Multi-information display (verti-
cal display).........................99
Multi-information display (hori-
zontal display)..................105
Head-up display................. 111
Energy monitor/consumption
screen.............................. 115
86 2-1. Instrument cluster
Warning lights and indicators

2-1.Instrument cluster
The warning lights and indicators on the instrument cluster, center

panel and outside rear view mirrors inform the driver of the status of
the vehicle’s various systems.
Warning lights and indicators displayed on the instrument

cluster
For the purpose of explanation, the following illustrations display all warning
lights and indicators illuminated.
X Vertical display
X Horizontal display
2-1. Instrument cluster 87
Warning lights Rear passengers’ seat

belt reminder lights*2
Warning lights inform the driver of (→P.377)
malfunctions in the indicated vehi- Tire pressure warning light*1
cle’s systems. (→P.378)
LTA indicator*2 (if equipped)

Brake system warning light*1 (→P.378)
(→P.374) (Orange)
(Red) parking assist-sensor OFF
Brake system warning light *1 indicator*1 (if equipped)
(→P.374) (Flashes) (→P.379) 2
(Yellow)
*1
High coolant temperature “RCTA OFF” indicator (if

warning light*2 (→P.374) equipped) (→P.379)
(Flashes)
Hybrid system overheat PKSB OFF indicator*1 (if
warning light*2 (→P.375) equipped) (→P.379)
Charging system warning
light*2 (→P.375) PCS warning light*1 (if
Low engine oil pressure (Flashes or equipped) (→P.380)
warning light*2 (→P.375) illuminates)
Malfunction indicator lamp*1 Slip indicator*1 (→P.380)

(→P.375)
SRS warning light*1 Parking brake indicator
(→P.376) (→P.380)
(Flashes)
ABS warning light*1
(→P.376) Brake hold operated indica-
Brake Override System tor*1 (→P.381)
(Flashes)
warning light/Drive-Start *1: These lights come on when the
Control warning light*2
power switch is turned to ON to indi-
(→P.376)
cate that a system check is being
Electric power steering sys- performed. They will turn off after the
tem warning light*1 (→P.377) hybrid system is started, or after a
(Red)
few seconds. There may be a mal-
Electric power steering sys- function in a system if the lights do
tem warning light*1 (→P.377) not come on, or turn off. Have the
(Yellow) vehicle inspected by any authorized
Low fuel level warning light Mazda retailer or Mazda authorized
(→P.377) repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Driver’s and front passen- *2: Thislight illuminates on the multi-
ger’s seat belt reminder light
information display.
(→P.377)
WARNING LTA indicator*3 (if equipped)

Q If a safety system warning light *4
(→P.219)
does not come on
BSM outside rear view mirror
Should a safety system light such as indicators*1, 5 (if equipped)
the ABS and SRS warning light not
come on when you start the hybrid (→P.241, 251)
system, this could mean that these BSM OFF indicator*2 (if
systems are not available to help pro- equipped) (→P.241)
tect you in an accident, which could parking assist-sensor OFF
result in death or serious injury. Have
the vehicle inspected by any autho- indicator*1, 2 (if equipped)
rized Mazda retailer or Mazda autho- (→P.246)
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer “RCTA OFF” indicator*1, 2 (if
immediately if this occurs. equipped) (→P.252)
PKSB OFF indicator*1, 2 (if
Indicators equipped) (→P.256)
Speed limiter indicator (if
The indicators inform the driver of
equipped) (→P.234)
the operating state of the vehicle’s
various systems.
Slip indicator*1 (→P.273)
Turn signal indicator (Flashes)
(→P.178) VSC OFF indicator*1, 2
(→P.274)
Tail light indicator (→P.184)
Smart entry & start system
Headlight high beam indica- indicator*3 (→P.169)
tor (→P.186)
“READY” indicator (→P.169)
Automatic High Beam indica-
tor (if equipped) (→P.187) EV drive mode indicator*6
Front fog light indicator (if (→P.173)
equipped) (→P.190) Parking brake indicator
Rear fog light indicator (→P.178)
(→P.190) Brake hold standby indica-
PCS warning light*1, 2 (if tor*1 (→P.181)
equipped) (→P.206) Brake hold operated indica-
Cruise control indicator*3
(if tor*1 (→P.181)
EV indicator*6 (→P.74)
Dynamic radar cruise control
indicator*3 (if equipped) Low outside temperature
(→P.223) indicator*3, 7 (→P.90, 95)
Cruise control “SET” indica- Security indicator (→P.81,
tor*3 (if equipped) (→P.223) 83)
“PASSENGER AIR
BAG” indicator*1, 8
(→P.45)
Eco drive mode indicator*3
(→P.270)
Power mode indicator*3
(→P.270)
*1
: These lights come on when the
power switch is turned to ON to indi-
cate that a system check is being
performed. They will turn off after the 2
hybrid system is started, or after a
few seconds. There may be a mal-

function in a system if the lights do
not come on, or turn off. Have the
vehicle inspected by any authorized
*2: This light comes on when the system
is turned off.
*3: This
light illuminates on the multi-
*4: Depending
on the operating condi-
tion, the color and illuminating/flash-
ing state of the light change.
*5: This light illuminates on the outside
rear view mirrors.
*6: For vehicles with vertical display, this
light illuminates on the multi-informa-

tion display.
*7: When the outside temperature is
approximately 3°C (37°F) or lower,
this indicator will flash for approxi-
mately 10 seconds, then stay on.
*8: This light illuminates on the center
panel.
Gauges and meters (vertical display)
Meter display
Q Locations of gauges and meters
The units of measure may differ depending on the intended destination of the vehi-
cle.
Hybrid System Indicator (→P.91)
Displays hybrid system output or regeneration level
Outside temperature
Displays the outside temperature within the range of -40°C (-40°F) to 60°C (140°F)
Clock (→P.93)
Speedometer
Fuel gauge
Displays the fuel level. In the following situations, the actual fuel level may not be
displayed correctly:
• After refueling only a small amount (approximately 5 L or less)
• When stopped on a hill or other slope
• When driving on a slope or around a curve
Multi-information display
Presents the driver with a variety of vehicle data (→P.99)
Displays warning messages if a malfunction occurs (→P.383)
Odometer and trip meter display (→P.92)
Shift position indicator (→P.175)
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Displays the engine coolant temperature
Display change button (→P.92)
stop and restart under various condi-
Q Engine speed tions.
On hybrid vehicles, engine speed is pre-
cisely controlled in order to help improve Eco area
fuel efficiency and reduce exhaust emis-
Shows that the vehicle is being driven in
sions, etc.
There are times when the engine speed an Eco-friendly manner.
that is displayed may differ even when By keeping the indicator needle within 2
vehicle operation and driving conditions
Eco area, more Eco-friendly driving can
are the same.
be achieved.

Q Hybrid System Indicator
Power area
Shows that an Eco-friendly driving range

is being exceeded (during full power
driving, etc.)
*:
When used in this manual, “regenera-
tion” refers to the conversion of
energy created by the movement of
the vehicle into electrical energy.
In the following situation, the Hybrid
System Indicator does not operate.
O “READY” indicator is not illuminated.
O The shift position is in a range other
than D or B.
Q Outside temperature display
READY OFF area
O In the following situations, the correct
Shows that the hybrid system is not outside temperature may not be dis-
operating. played, or the display may take longer
than normal to change:
Charge area • When stopped, or driving at low
speeds (less than 25 km/h [16 mph])
Shows regeneration* status. • When the outside temperature has
Regenerated energy will be used to changed suddenly (at the
charge the hybrid battery (traction bat- entrance/exit of a garage, tunnel, etc.)
tery). O When “--” is displayed, the system
may be malfunctioning. Take your
Hybrid Eco area vehicle to any authorized Mazda
Shows that gasoline engine power is not or any reliable repairer.
being used very often.
The gasoline engine will automatically
Q Fuel gauge and driving range dis- For example, there is a lag between
play the driver’s shifting and the new gear
The fuel gauge and driving range dis- number appearing on the display.
play are linked. If the fuel gauge and This lag could cause the driver to
driving range display do not update after downshift again, causing rapid and
refueling a small amount, they can be excessive engine braking and possi-
updated by performing the following pro- bly an accident resulting in death or
cedure: injury.
1 Stop the vehicle on a level surface.
Wait until the fuel in the fuel tank stabi-
lizes. NOTICE
2 Press the display change button to Q To prevent damage to the engine
change the odometer and trip meter and its components
display to the odometer.
The engine may be overheating if the
3 Turn the power switch off. engine coolant temperature gauge is
4 While pressing and holding the dis- in the red zone (H). In this case,
play change button, turn the power immediately stop the vehicle in a safe
switch to ON. place, and check the engine after it
5 Continue holding the display change has cooled completely. (→P.414)
button for approximately 5 seconds.
Release the button when the odometer
Odometer and trip meter
begins blinking.
Updating will be complete when the display
odometer blinks for approximately 5
seconds and then returns to the normal Q Changing the display
display. Press the display change button
Q Liquid crystal display until the desired item is displayed.
→P.100
Q Customization
The gauges and meters can be custom-
ized in of the multi-information dis-
play. (→P.431)
WARNING
Q The information display at low
temperatures
Allow the interior of the vehicle to Q Display items
warm up before using the liquid crys-
tal information display. At extremely z Odometer
low temperatures, the information dis- Displays the total distance the vehicle
play monitor may respond slowly, and
has been driven.
display changes may be delayed.
z Trip meter A/Trip meter B
Displays the distance the vehicle has
been driven since the meter was last
reset. Trip meters A and B can be used Q Changing the clock
to record and display different distances
independently. 1 Press or to select of
the multi-information display.
To reset, display the desired trip meter
and press and hold the display change 2 Press or to select “Clock
button.
: 00”.
z Distance until next engine oil
change 3 Press and hold the .
Displays the distance the vehicle can
be driven until an oil change is neces-
4 Press or to select an
item to be changed. 2
sary.
The distance until the next engine oil 5 Press or to change the

change will also be displayed in the fol-
setting.
lowing situations:
• When the power switch is turned to
The following can be changed:
ON. z 12-hour/24-hour format
• When a warning message indicating z Hour
that oil maintenance should be per-
formed soon or is required is dis- z Minute
played.
• Resetting: →P.326 Adjusting the clock (vehi-
cles with navigation/multi-
Adjusting the clock (vehi- media system)
cles without navigation/mul-
timedia system) The clocks on the following can be
adjusted on the audio system
Q Adjusting the minute to “00” screen.
1 Press or to select of z Multi-information display
the multi-information display. z Audio system screen
2 Press or to select “Clock For details, refer to “Navigation and
: 00”. multimedia system Owner’s man-
Press the to set the clock to the ual”.
beginning of the nearest hour.
Q Clock settings screen (vehicles
e.g. with navigation/multimedia system)
1:00 to 1:29 → 1:00
If “Clock : 00” is displayed when is
1:30 to 1:59 → 2:00 selected on the multi-information dis-
play, the system may be malfunctioning.
Have the vehicle inspected by any

repairer.
Adjusting the instrument

panel light control
The brightness of the instrument
panel lights can be adjusted on
select to the multi-information
display.
The brightness of the instrument panel
lights can be adjusted separately for
when the tail lights are on and off.
1 Press or to select of
2 Press or to select ,
and then press and hold the
3 Press or to change the

brightness.
Gauges and meters (horizontal display)
Meter display
Q Locations of gauges and meters

The units of measure may differ depending on the intended destination of the vehi-
cle.
Hybrid System Indicator (→P.96)
Displays hybrid system output or regeneration level
Presents the driver with a variety of vehicle data (→P.105)
Displays warning messages if a malfunction occurs (→P.383)
Clock (→P.98)
Speedometer
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Displays the engine coolant temperature
Fuel gauge
Displays the fuel level. In the following situations, the actual fuel level may not be
displayed correctly:
• After refueling only a small amount (approximately 5 L or less)
• When stopped on a hill or other slope
• When driving on a slope or around a curve
Odometer and trip meter display (→P.97)
Outside temperature
Displays the outside temperature within the range of -40°C (-40°F) to 60°C (140°F)
Display change button (→P.97)
Shift position indicator (→P.175)
Shows that the vehicle is being driven in
Q Engine speed an Eco-friendly manner.
On hybrid vehicles, engine speed is pre-
cisely controlled in order to help improve By keeping the indicator needle within
fuel efficiency and reduce exhaust emis- Eco area, more Eco-friendly driving can
sions, etc. be achieved.
There are times when the engine speed
that is displayed may differ even when Power area
vehicle operation and driving conditions
Shows that an Eco-friendly driving range
are the same.
is being exceeded (during full power
Q Hybrid System Indicator driving, etc.)
*
: When used in this manual, “regenera-
tion” refers to the conversion of
energy created by the movement of
the vehicle into electrical energy.
In the following situation, the Hybrid
System Indicator does not operate.
O Hybrid System Indicator is not illumi-
nated.
O The shift position is in a range other
than D or B.
O In the following situations, the correct
outside temperature may not be dis-
played, or the display may take longer
Charge area than normal to change:
• When stopped, or driving at low
Shows regeneration* status. speeds (less than 25 km/h [16 mph])
Regenerated energy will be used to • When the outside temperature has
charge the hybrid battery (traction bat- changed suddenly (at the
entrance/exit of a garage, tunnel, etc.)
tery).
O When “--” is displayed, the system
Hybrid Eco area may be malfunctioning. Take your
vehicle to any authorized Mazda
Shows that gasoline engine power is not retailer or Mazda authorized repairer,
being used very often. or any reliable repairer.
The gasoline engine will automatically Q Fuel gauge and driving range dis-
stop and restart under various condi- play
tions. The fuel gauge and driving range dis-
play are linked. If the fuel gauge and
Eco area driving range display do not update after
refueling a small amount, they can be
updated by performing the following pro-
cedure: NOTICE
1 Stop the vehicle on a level surface. Q To prevent damage to the engine
Wait until the fuel in the fuel tank stabi- and its components
lizes. The engine may be overheating if the
2 Press the display change button to engine coolant temperature gauge is
change the odometer and trip meter in the red zone (H). In this case,
display to the odometer. immediately stop the vehicle in a safe
3 Turn the power switch off. place, and check the engine after it
has cooled completely. (→P.414)
4 While pressing and holding the dis-
play change button, turn the power
switch to ON. Odometer and trip meter 2
5 Continue holding the display change
button for approximately 5 seconds.
display

Release the button when the odometer Q Changing the display
begins blinking.
Updating will be complete when the Press the display change button
odometer blinks for approximately 5 until the desired item is displayed.
seconds and then returns to the normal
display.
Q Liquid crystal display
→P.106
Q Customization
The gauges and meters can be custom-
ized in of the multi-information dis-
play. (→P.431)
Q Display items
WARNING
z Odometer
temperatures Displays the total distance the vehicle
Allow the interior of the vehicle to has been driven.
warm up before using the liquid crys- z Trip meter A/Trip meter B
tal information display. At extremely
low temperatures, the information dis- Displays the distance the vehicle has
play monitor may respond slowly, and been driven since the meter was last
display changes may be delayed. reset. Trip meters A and B can be used
For example, there is a lag between to record and display different distances
the driver’s shifting and the new gear independently.
number appearing on the display. To reset, display the desired trip meter
This lag could cause the driver to
downshift again, causing rapid and and press and hold the display change
excessive engine braking and possi- button.
bly an accident resulting in death or z Distance until next engine oil
injury.
change
Displays the distance the vehicle can

be driven until an oil change is neces-
setting.
sary.
The distance until the next engine oil The following can be changed:
change will also be displayed in the fol- z 12-hour/24-hour format
lowing situations:
z Hour
• When the power switch is turned to
ON. z Minute
• When a warning message indicating
that oil maintenance should be per- Adjusting the clock (vehi-
formed soon or is required is dis-
cles with navigation/multi-
played.
media system)
• Resetting: →P.326
The clocks on the following can be
Adjusting the clock (vehi- adjusted on the audio system
cles without navigation/mul- screen.
timedia system) z Multi-information display
Q Adjusting the minute to “00” z Audio system screen
For details, refer to “Navigation and
multimedia system Owner’s man-
ual”.
2 Press or to select . Q Clock settings screen (vehicles

Press the to set the clock to the with navigation/multimedia system)
beginning of the nearest hour.
e.g. If is displayed when is
1:00 to 1:29 → 1:00 selected on the multi-information dis-
play, the system may be malfunctioning.
1:30 to 1:59 → 2:00 Have the vehicle inspected by any
Q Changing the clock authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
1 Press or to select of repairer.
Adjusting the instrument
panel light control
2 Press or to select .
The brightness of the instrument
3 Press and hold the .
panel lights can be adjusted on
4 Press or to select an select to the multi-information
item to be changed. display.
The brightness of the instrument panel
lights can be adjusted separately for
when the tail lights are on and off.
(vertical display)
Display and menu icons
Q Display
2 Press or to select ,
and then press and hold the
. 2

brightness.
Driving support system status

display area
Displays an image when the following
systems are operating and a menu icon
other than is selected:
• LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (if
• Dynamic radar cruise control with full-
speed range (if equipped) (→P.223)
• RSA (Road Sign Assist) (if equipped)
(→P.237)
Content display area
By selecting menu icons on the multi-
information display, a variety of driving-
related information can be displayed.
The multi-information display can also
be used to change display settings and
other vehicle settings.
Warning or advice pop-up displays are
also displayed in certain situations.
Q Menu icons
The menu icons will be displayed
by pressing the or meter
control switch.
Driving information display

(→P.100)
Driving support system infor-
mation display (if equipped)
(→P.103)
Audio system-linked display
(if equipped) (→P.103)
Vehicle information display
(→P.103)
Settings display (→P.104) / : Select menu icons

/ : Change displayed con-
Warning message display
tent, scroll up/down the screen
(→P.383)
and move the cursor up/down
Q Liquid crystal display Press: Enter/Set
Small spots or light spots may appear Press and hold: Reset/Display
on the display. This phenomenon is customizable items
characteristic of liquid crystal displays,
and there is no problem continuing to Return to the previous screen
use the display.
Call sending/receiving and his-
WARNING
tory display
Linked with the hands-free system,
Q Caution for use while driving
sending or receiving call is displayed.
O When operating the multi-informa- For details regarding the hands-free
tion display while driving, pay extra
attention to the safety of the area system, refer to the “Navigation and
around the vehicle. multimedia system Owner’s manual”.
O Do not look continuously at the

multi-information display while driv- Content of driving informa-
ing as you may fail to see pedestri-
ans, objects on the road, etc.,
tion
ahead of the vehicle.
Q Display items
temperatures z Speedometer display/Driving
→P.92 range
z Fuel economy
Changing the meter display z ECO Accelerator Guidance/Eco
score
The multi-information display is
operated using the meter control Q Speedometer display/Driving
switches. range
z Speedometer display
z Driving range may not be updated.
Displays driving range with remaining Current fuel consumption
fuel. Use the displayed values as a ref- Displays instantaneous current fuel
erence only. consumption.
This distance is computed based on Average fuel economy (after
your average fuel consumption. As a
reset)
result, the actual distance that can be
driven may differ from that displayed. To reset the average fuel economy dis-
When only a small amount of fuel is play, press and hold the meter
added to the tank, the display may not control switch.
2
be updated. The average fuel economy display
When refueling, turn the power switch can be changed in . (→P.104)

off. If the vehicle is refueled without
turning the power switch off, the display z Average fuel economy (after
may not be updated. start)
Q Fuel economy Displays the average fuel consumption
since hybrid system start.
Use the displayed values as a ref-
z Average fuel economy (after
erence only.
refuel)
Displays the average fuel consumption
since the vehicle was refueled.
Q ECO Accelerator Guid-
ance/Eco score
Driving range
Displays driving range with remaining
fuel.
This distance is computed based on
result, the actual distance that can be ECO Accelerator Guidance
driven may differ from that displayed.
Eco score
When only a small amount of fuel is
added to the tank, the display may not z ECO Accelerator Guidance
be updated.
When refueling, turn the power switch
off. If the vehicle is refueled without
turning the power switch off, the display
Eco area Score result

Shows that the vehicle is being driven Eco start status
in an Eco-friendly manner.
Eco cruise status
Power area
Eco stop status
Shows that an Eco-friendly driving
range is being exceeded (during full z How to read the bar display
power driving, etc.).
Current acceleration
Reference operation range
A zone is displayed in blue under the
Eco area which can be used as a refer-
ence operation range for using the
accelerator pedal according to driving
conditions such as starting off and
cruising.
The ECO Accelerator Guidance display Not yet evaluated
changes according to the driving status, Low
such as when starting off or cruising.
High
It is easier to drive in an Eco-friendly
manner by driving according to the dis- • After the hybrid system is started, the
play showing the accelerator pedal Eco score will not be displayed until
operations and staying within the refer- the vehicle speed exceeds approxi-
mately 20 km/h (12 mph).
ence operation range.
• The Eco score will be reset each time
z Eco score the hybrid system is started.
The following 3 Eco driving methods • When the hybrid system is stopped,
are evaluated in 5 levels: Smooth start- the total score of the current trip will
off acceleration, driving without sudden be displayed.
acceleration, and smooth stopping.
When the vehicle is stopped, an Eco Q The ECO Accelerator Guidance/Eco
score out of 100 points will be dis- score will not operate when
played. The ECO Accelerator Guidance/Eco
score will not operate in the following sit- using the meter control switches.
uations:
This menu icon can be set to be dis-
O The Hybrid System Indicator is not
operating. played/not displayed in .
O The vehicle is being driven using the
dynamic radar cruise control with full-
speed range. (if equipped) Vehicle information display
Q Display items
Driving support system
z Drive information
information display
z Energy monitor (→P.115)
2
Q Driving support system infor- Q Drive information
mation
2 items that are selected using the

Select to display the operational “Drive Info Items” setting (average
status of the following systems: speed, distance and total time) can
z LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (if be displayed vertically.
equipped) (→P.213) The displayed information changes
z Dynamic radar cruise control according to the “Drive Info Type”
with full-speed range (if setting (since the system was
equipped) (→P.223) started or between resets).
Q Navigation system-linked dis- (→P.104)
play (if equipped) Use the displayed information as a
Select to display the following navi- reference only.
gation system-linked information: Following items will be displayed.
z Route guidance to destination z “Trip”
z Compass display (heading-up • “Average Speed”: Displays the aver-
display) age vehicle speed since hybrid sys-
tem start*
Q Route guidance to destination dis- • “Distance”: Displays the distance
play driven since hybrid system start*
When the route guidance to destination • “Total Time”: Displays the elapsed
display is enabled on the head-up dis- time since hybrid system start*
play, it will not be displayed on the multi- *
: These items are reset each time the
information display. (→P.111)
hybrid system stops.
z “Total”
Audio system-linked dis-
• “Average Speed”: Displays the aver-
play (if equipped)
age vehicle speed since the display
was reset*
Select to enable selection of an
audio source or track on the meter • “Distance”: Displays the distance
driven since the display was reset*
• “Total Time”: Displays the elapsed of the following:

time since the display was reset* • Display contents
*
: To reset, display the desired item and Select to display/not display the energy
monitor. (→P.115)
press and hold the meter control
switch. • Drive information type
Select to change the drive information
Settings display type display between after start/after
reset.
Q Meter display settings that can • Drive information items
be changed Select to set the first and second items
z Clock setting (vehicles without of the drive information display to any of
navigation/multimedia system) the following: average vehicle
speed/distance/elapsed time.
→P.93
z Current trip result display
z Language
Select to change the displayed informa-
Select to change the language dis-
tion about the current trip, measured
played.
from when the hybrid system was
z Units started until it was stopped, between
Select to change the units of measure drive information/eco score. (The infor-
displayed. mation will be displayed temporarily
when the hybrid system is stopped.)
z EV indicator
z Pop-up display
Select to enable/disable the EV indica-
tor. Select to enable/disable pop-up dis-
plays for each relevant system.
z
z Multi-information display off
Select to change the displayed content
of the following: Select to turn the multi-information dis-
play off.
• Hybrid System Indicator
To turn the multi-information display on
Select to display/not display the Eco
again, press any of the following meter
Accelerator Guidance. (→P.101)
control switches
• Fuel economy display
Select to change the average fuel con- / / / / / .
sumption display between after
z Default setting
start/after reset/after refuel. (→P.101)
Select to reset the meter display set-
z (if equipped)
tings to the default setting.
Select to display/not display the audio
Q Vehicle functions and settings
system linked display.
that can be changed
z
→P.431
Q Suspension of the settings display Multi-information display

O Some settings cannot be changed (horizontal display)
while driving. When changing set-
tings, park the vehicle in a safe place.
Display and menu icons
O If a warning message is displayed,
operation of the settings display will Q Display
be suspended.
WARNING
Q Cautions during setting up the
display 2
If the hybrid system is operating while
changing certain settings on the set-

tings display, ensure that the vehicle
is parked in a place with adequate
ventilation. In a closed area such as a
garage, exhaust gases including
harmful carbon monoxide (CO) may Driving support system status
collect and enter the vehicle. This
may lead to death or a serious health
display area
hazard. Displays an image when the following
systems are operating and a menu icon
NOTICE other than is selected:

• LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (if
Q During setting up the display equipped) (→P.213)
To prevent 12-volt battery discharge, • Dynamic radar cruise control with full-
ensure that the hybrid system is oper-
speed range (if equipped) (→P.223)
ating while setting up the display fea-
tures. • RSA (Road Sign Assist) (if equipped)
(→P.237)
Content display area
By selecting menu icons on the multi-
information display, a variety of driving-
related information can be displayed.
The multi-information display can also
be used to change display settings and
other vehicle settings.
Warning or advice pop-up displays are
also displayed in certain situations.
Q Menu icons
The menu icons will be displayed
by pressing the or meter
control switch.
Driving information display

(→P.106)
Driving support system infor-
mation display (if equipped)
(→P.108)
(if equipped) (→P.109)
Vehicle information display
(→P.109)
Settings display (→P.109) / : Select menu icons,

scroll the screen and move the
Warning message display cursor
(→P.383)
/ : Change displayed con-
tent, scroll the screen and move
Q Liquid crystal display
Small spots or light spots may appear
the cursor
on the display. This phenomenon is Press: Enter/Set
characteristic of liquid crystal displays,
and there is no problem continuing to Press and hold: Reset/Display
use the display. customizable items
Return to the previous screen
WARNING
Call sending/receiving and his-
Q Caution for use while driving
tory display
O When operating the multi-informa-
tion display while driving, pay extra Linked with the hands-free system,
attention to the safety of the area sending or receiving call is displayed.
around the vehicle. For details regarding the hands-free
O Do not look continuously at the system, refer to the “Navigation and
multi-information display while driv- multimedia system Owner’s manual”.
ing as you may fail to see pedestri-
ans, objects on the road, etc.,
ahead of the vehicle. Content of driving informa-
Q The information display at low tion
temperatures
Q Display items
→P.97
z Fuel economy
Changing the meter display z ECO Accelerator Guidance/Eco
score
The multi-information display is
Q Fuel economy
operated using the meter control
switches. Use the displayed values as a ref-
erence only.
Displays the average fuel consumption
since the vehicle was refueled.
Q ECO Accelerator Guid-
ance/Eco score
Current fuel consumption

2
Displays instantaneous current fuel
consumption.

Average fuel economy (after
reset) ECO Accelerator Guidance
To reset the average fuel economy dis-
Eco score
play, press and hold the meter z ECO Accelerator Guidance
control switch.
Driving range
Displays driving range with remaining
fuel.
result, the actual distance that can be
driven may differ from that displayed.
When only a small amount of fuel is
added to the tank, the display may not
Eco area
be updated.
When refueling, turn the power switch Indicates that the vehicle is being
off. If the vehicle is refueled without driven in an Eco-friendly manner.
turning the power switch off, the display Zone of Eco acceleration
may not be updated.
Displayed as a white bar, and rep-
The average fuel economy display resents an estimated suitable accelera-
can be changed in . (→P.109) tor pedal operation range for the
current driving conditions, such as
z Average fuel economy (after
starting off or cruising.
start)
This display changes according to situ-
Displays the average fuel consumption ation, such as when starting off or cruis-
since hybrid system start. ing.
z Average fuel economy (after Current accelerator pedal oper-
refuel) ation
Displayed as a green bar when within High

the Eco area.
• After the hybrid system is started, the
Eco-friendly acceleration can be Eco score will not be displayed until
achieved by keeping the accelerator the vehicle speed exceeds approxi-
pedal operation display within the range mately 20 km/h (12 mph).
indicated by the white bar. (→P.155) • The Eco score will be reset each time
z Eco score the hybrid system is started.
The following 3 Eco driving methods • When the hybrid system is stopped,
are evaluated in 5 levels: Smooth start- the total score of the current trip will
be displayed.
off acceleration, driving without sudden
acceleration, and smooth stopping.
When the vehicle is stopped, an Eco
Q The ECO Accelerator Guidance/Eco
score will not operate when
score out of 100 points will be dis-
The ECO Accelerator Guidance/Eco
played. score will not operate in the following sit-
uations:
O The Hybrid System Indicator is not
operating.
O The vehicle is being driven using the
dynamic radar cruise control with full-
speed range. (if equipped)
Driving support system

information display
Score result Q Driving support system infor-
Eco start status mation
Eco cruise status Select to display the operational
status of the following systems:
Eco stop status
z LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (if
z How to read the bar display
z Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range (if
Q Navigation system-linked dis-
play (if equipped)
Select to display the following navi-
gation system-linked information:
z Route guidance to destination
Not yet evaluated
z Compass display (heading-up
Low
display) age vehicle speed since hybrid sys-
tem start*
Q Route guidance to destination dis- • “Distance”: Displays the distance
play driven since hybrid system start*
When the route guidance to destination • “Total Time”: Displays the elapsed
display is enabled on the head-up dis- time since hybrid system start*
play, it will not be displayed on the multi- *
: These items are reset each time the
information display. (→P.111)
hybrid system stops.
Audio system-linked dis- z “Total”

play (if equipped) • “Average Speed”: Displays the aver-
age vehicle speed since the display 2
Select to enable selection of an was reset*

audio source or track on the meter • “Distance”: Displays the distance
driven since the display was reset*
using the meter control switches.
• “Total Time”: Displays the elapsed
This menu icon can be set to be dis- time since the display was reset*
played/not displayed in . *: To reset, display the desired item and
press and hold the meter control

Vehicle information display switch.
Q Display items
Settings display
z Drive information
z Energy monitor (→P.115) Q Meter display settings that can
be changed
Q Drive information
z Clock setting (vehicles without
2 items that are selected using the
navigation/multimedia system)
“Drive Info Items” setting (average
speed, distance and total time) can →P.98
be displayed vertically. z Language
The displayed information changes Select to change the language dis-
according to the “Drive Info Type” played.
setting (since the system was z Units
started or between resets). Select to change the units of measure
(→P.109) displayed.
Use the displayed information as a z EV indicator
reference only. Select to enable/disable the EV indica-
Following items will be displayed. tor.
z “Trip” z
• “Average Speed”: Displays the aver- Select to change the displayed content
of the following:
• Hybrid System Indicator To turn the multi-information display on

Select to display/not display the Eco again, press any of the following meter
Accelerator Guidance. (→P.107) control switches
• Fuel economy display / / / / / .
Select to change the average fuel con-
z Default setting
sumption display between after
start/after reset/after refuel. (→P.106) Select to reset the meter display set-
tings to the default setting.
z (if equipped)
Q Vehicle functions and settings
Select to display/not display the audio
system linked display.
that can be changed
z →P.431

Q Suspension of the settings display
of the following:
O Some settings cannot be changed
• Display contents while driving. When changing set-
Select to display/not display the energy tings, park the vehicle in a safe place.
monitor. (→P.115) O If a warning message is displayed,
• Drive information type operation of the settings display will
be suspended.
Select to change the drive information
type display between after start/after
WARNING
reset.
• Drive information items Q Cautions during setting up the
display
Select to set the first and second items
If the hybrid system is operating while
of the drive information display to any of changing certain settings on the set-
the following: average vehicle tings display, ensure that the vehicle
speed/distance/elapsed time. is parked in a place with adequate
z Current trip result display garage, exhaust gases including
Select to change the displayed informa- harmful carbon monoxide (CO) may
tion about the current trip, measured
may lead to death or a serious health
from when the hybrid system was hazard.
started until it was stopped, between
drive information/eco score. (The infor-
mation will be displayed temporarily NOTICE
when the hybrid system is stopped.) Q During setting up the display
z Pop-up display To prevent 12-volt battery discharge,
Select to enable/disable pop-up dis- ating while setting up the display fea-
plays for each relevant system. tures.
z Multi-information display off
Select to turn the multi-information dis-
play off.
Head-up display*
*
: If equipped
The head-up display projects a variety of driving-related information
and the operating state of the driving support systems on the wind-
shield.
System components
2

Illustrations used in this text are intended as examples, and may differ from the
image that is actually displayed by the head-up display.
Driving support system status (if equipped)/navigation system-linked
display area (if equipped) (→P.113)
Shift position display/RSA (Road Sign Assist) display area (if equipped)
(→P.175, 237)
Vehicle speed display
Hybrid System Indicator/Tachometer/Outside temperature display area
(→P.114)
head-up display or remove your sun-
Q Head-up display will operate when glasses.
The power switch is in ON.
Q When using the head-up display
The head-up display may seem dark or
hard to see when viewed through sun-
glasses, especially polarized sun-
glasses. Adjust the brightness of the
Q Street name display (vehicles with

navigation system)
Using the head-up display
Only street names which are included in Select on the multi-information
the map data will be displayed.
display (→P.431) and then “HUD
Main”.
WARNING
Q When using the head-up display Q Enabling/disabling the head-
O Check that the position and bright- up display
ness of the head-up display image Press the meter control switch
does not interfere with safe driving.
Incorrect adjustment of the image’s to enable/disable the head-up dis-
position or brightness may obstruct play.
the driver’s view and lead to an
accident, resulting in death or seri- Q Changing the head-up display
ous injury. settings
O Do not continuously look at the Press and hold the meter con-
head-up display while driving as trol switch to change the following
you may fail to see pedestrians,
objects on the road, etc., ahead of settings:
the vehicle. z Brightness and vertical position
of the head-up display
NOTICE Select to adjust the brightness or verti-
Q Head-up display projector cal position of the head-up display.
O Do not place any drinks near the z Display content
head-up display projector. If the
projector gets wet, electrical mal- Select to change the display between
functions may result. the following:
• No content
• Hybrid System Indicator
• Tachometer
z Select to enable/disable the fol-
lowing items:
• Route guidance to destination (if
equipped)
O Do not place anything on or put • Driving support system display (if
stickers onto the head-up display equipped)
projector.
Doing so could interrupt head-up • Compass (heading-up display) (if
display indications. equipped)
O Do not touch the inside of the head- • Audio system operation status (if
up display projector or thrust sharp equipped)
edges or the like into the projector.
Doing so could cause mechanical
malfunctions.
z Display angle Driving support system sta-
Select to adjust the angle of the head- tus/navigation system-
up display.
linked display area
Q Enabling/disabling of the head-up Q Driving support system status
display
display
If the head-up display is disabled, it will
remain disabled when the power switch Displays the operational status of
is turned off then back to ON. the following systems:
Q Display brightness z Dynamic radar cruise control
The brightness of the head-up display with full-speed range (if 2
can be adjusted on of the multi- equipped) (→P.223)
information display. Also, it is automati-

cally adjusted according to the ambient z LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (if
brightness. equipped) (→P.213)
Details of content displayed on the
WARNING
head-up display may differ from that
Q Caution for changing settings of displayed on the multi-information dis-
the head-up display play. For details, refer to the explana-
If the hybrid system is operating while tion of each system.
changing certain settings on the set-
tings display, ensure that the vehicle Q Navigation system-linked dis-
is parked in a place with adequate play area (if equipped)
garage, exhaust gases including Displays the following items which
harmful carbon monoxide (CO) may are linked to the navigation system:
may lead to death or a serious health z Street name
hazard.
z Route guidance to destination
z Compass (heading-up display)
NOTICE
Q When changing the settings of
the head-up display Pop-up display
To prevent 12-volt battery discharge, Pop-up displays for the following
ating while changing the settings of systems will be displayed when
the head-up display. necessary:
Q Driving support systems
Displays a warning/sugges-
tion/advice message or the operat-
ing state of a relevant system.
z PCS (Pre-Collision System) (if
z LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (if played. In this case, the display will
equipped) (→P.213) return after the pop-up display disap-
pears.
z PKSB (Parking Support Brake)
(if equipped) (→P.255) Hybrid System Indica-
z Brake Override System tor/Tachometer/Outside tem-
(→P.154) perature display
z Drive-Start Control (→P.155)
Q Hybrid System Indicator
displayed on the multi-information dis-
play. For details, refer to the explana-
tion of each system.
Q icon
Displayed when a warning mes-
sage is displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display. (→P.383)
Q Warning message Charge area
Some warning messages are dis- Hybrid Eco area
played when necessary, according Eco area
to certain conditions.
Power area
Displayed content is the same as that
play (Hybrid System Indicator). For
play.
details, refer to P.91, 96.
Q Audio system operation status
Q Tachometer
(if equipped)
Displays the engine speed in revo-
Displayed when an audio remote
lutions per minute.
control switch on the steering wheel
is operated. Q Outside temperature display
Displayed when the power switch is
Q Hands-free system status (if
turned to ON or when the low out-
equipped)
side temperature indicator is flash-
Displayed when the hands-free
ing.
system is operated.
Q When a pop-up display is displayed
O When the ambient temperature is
When a pop-up display is displayed, a approximately 3°C (37°F) or lower, the
current display may no longer be dis- low outside temperature indicator will
flash for approximately 10 seconds
and the outside temperature display
Energy monitor/con-
will turn off. In this case, the display sumption screen*
will be displayed again when the out-
side temperature becomes approxi- *: If equipped
mately 5°C (41°F) or higher.
O In the following situations, the correct You can view the status of your
outside temperature may not be dis- hybrid system on the multi-
played, or the display may take longer information display and the
than normal to change:
• When stopped, or driving at low audio system screen.
speeds (less than 25 km/h [16 mph])
• When the outside temperature has 2
changed suddenly (at the System components
entrance/exit of a garage, tunnel, etc.)

O When “--” or “E” is displayed, the sys-
tem may be malfunctioning. Take your
vehicle to any authorized Mazda
or any reliable repairer.
Audio system screen (if

equipped)
Meter control switches
Energy monitor
Q Audio system screen
1 Press the “MENU” button.
2 Select “Info” on the “Menu”
screen.
If a screen other than “Energy monitor”
is displayed, select “Energy”.
Q Multi-information display
Press the meter control switches on
the steering wheel several times to
select the energy monitor display.
When the vehicle is powered by the electric motor (traction motor)

Multi-information display (ex. vertical dis-
Audio system screen play)
When the vehicle is powered by both the gasoline engine and the electric motor
(traction motor)
When the vehicle is powered by the gasoline engine


When the vehicle is charging the hybrid battery (traction battery)
When there is no energy flow

These images are examples only, and may vary slightly from actual conditions.
Q Hybrid battery (traction bat- X Multi-information display (ex.
tery) status vertical display)
X Audio system screen
Low
Low High
High These images are examples only, and
may vary slightly from actual condi-
tions.
Consumption
Q Trip information
1 Press the “MENU” button.
screen.
If a screen other than “Trip information”
is displayed, select “Trip information”. played, select “History”.
2
Fuel consumption in the past 15 Best recorded fuel consumption
minutes Latest fuel consumption

Regenerated energy in the past Previous fuel consumption
15 minutes record
One symbol indicates 30 Wh. Up to 5
Updating the latest fuel con-
symbols are shown.
sumption data
Current fuel consumption
Resetting the history data
Resetting the consumption data
The average fuel consumption his-
Average vehicle speed since the tory is divided by color into past
hybrid system was started. averages and the average fuel con-
Elapsed time since the hybrid sumption since the last updated.
system was started. Use the displayed average fuel
Cruising range consumption as a reference.
Average fuel consumption for the The image is an example only, and may
vary slightly from actual conditions.
past 15 minutes is divided by color
into past averages and averages
Q Updating the history data
attained since the power switch
Update the latest fuel consumption by
was last turned to ON. Use the dis- selecting “Clip” to measure the current
played average fuel consumption fuel consumption again.
as a reference. Q Resetting the data
The image is an example only, and may The fuel consumption data can be
deleted by selecting “Clear”.
vary slightly from actual conditions.
Q Cruising range
Q History
Displays the estimated maximum dis-
1 Press the “MENU” button. tance that can be driven with the quan-
tity of fuel remaining.
screen. your average fuel consumption.
If a screen other than “History” is dis- As a result, the actual distance that can
be driven may differ from that displayed.

121
Before driving
3
3-1. Key information

Keys...................................122
3-2. Opening, closing and locking
the doors
Side doors .........................126
Back door ..........................130
Smart entry & start system 134
3-3. Adjusting the seats 3
Front seats.........................139
Before driving
Rear seats .........................140
Head restraints ..................141
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel
and mirrors
Steering wheel...................144
Inside rear view mirror .......145
Outside rear view mirrors ..146
3-5. Opening and closing the win-
dows
Power windows..................149
122 3-1. Key information
Keys • Operating the wireless remote control

3-1.Key information
function (→P.124)
Mechanical keys
The keys
Key number plate
The following keys are provided
with the vehicle. Q When riding in an aircraft
X Vehicles without a smart entry & When bringing a key with wireless
remote control function onto an aircraft,
start system
make sure you do not press any buttons
on the key while inside the aircraft cabin.
If you are carrying the key in your bag,
etc., ensure that the buttons are not
likely to be pressed accidentally. Press-
ing a button may cause the key to emit
radio waves that could interfere with the
operation of the aircraft.
Q Key battery depletion (vehicles
without a smart entry & start sys-
tem)
O The standard battery life is 1 to 2
Key (with a wireless remote con- years.
trol function) O The battery will become depleted
Operating the wireless remote control even if the key is not used. The follow-
ing symptoms indicate that the key
function (→P.124) battery may be depleted. Replace the
Key (without a wireless remote battery when necessary. (→P.351)
• The wireless remote control does not
control function) operate.
Key number plate • The detection area becomes smaller.
Q Key battery depletion (vehicles
X Vehicles with a smart entry & with a smart entry & start system)
start system O The standard battery life is 1 to 2
years.
O If the battery becomes low, an alarm
will sound in the cabin and a message
will be shown on the multi-information
display when the hybrid system is
stopped.
O To reduce key battery depletion when
the electronic key is to not be used for
long periods of time, set the electronic
key to the battery-saving mode.
(→P.135)
Electronic keys O As the electronic key always receives
• Operating the smart entry & start sys- radio waves, the battery will become
tem (→P.134) depleted even if the electronic key is
not used. The following symptoms
3-1. Key information 123
indicate that the electronic key battery
may be depleted. Replace the battery NOTICE
when necessary. (→P.351) Q To prevent key damage
• The smart entry & start system or the
O Do not drop the keys, subject them
wireless remote control does not oper-
to strong shocks, or bend them.
ate.
• The detection area becomes smaller. O Do not expose the keys to high
• The LED indicator on the key surface temperatures for long periods of
does not turn on. time.
O To avoid serious deterioration, do not
O Do not get the keys wet or wash
leave the electronic key within 1 m (3
them in an ultrasonic washer, etc.
ft.) of the following electrical appli-
ances that produce a magnetic field: O Vehicles with a smart entry & start
• TVs system: Do not attach metallic or
• Personal computers magnetic materials to the keys or
• Cellular phones, cordless phones and place the keys close to such materi-
battery chargers als. 3
• Recharging cellular phones or cord-
less phones O Do not disassemble the keys.
Before driving
• Table lamps
• Induction cookers O Do not attach a sticker or anything
else to the surface of the key.
O If the electronic key is near the vehicle
for longer than necessary, even if the O Vehicles with a smart entry & start
smart entry & start system is not oper- system: Do not place the keys near
ated, the key battery may become objects that produce magnetic
depleted faster than normal. fields, such as TVs, audio systems
and induction cookers, or medical
Q Replacing the battery electrical equipment, such as low-
→P.351 frequency therapy equipment.
Q If “A New Key has been Registered Q Carrying the electronic key on
Contact Your Dealer for Details” is your person (vehicles with a
shown on the multi-information smart entry & start system)
display (vehicles with a smart entry
& start system) Carry the electronic key 10 cm (3.9
in.) or more away from electric appli-
This message will be displayed each ances that are turned on. Radio
time the driver’s door is opened when waves emitted from electric appli-
the doors are unlocked from the outside ances within 10 cm (3.9 in.) of the
for approximately 10 days after a new electronic key may interfere with the
electronic key has been registered. key, causing the key to not function
If this message is displayed but you properly.
have not had a new electronic key regis-
tered, ask any authorized Mazda retailer Q In case of a smart entry & start
or Mazda authorized repairer, or any system malfunction or other key-
reliable repairer to check if an unknown related problems (vehicles with a
electronic key (other than those in your smart entry & start system)
possession) has been registered. →P.407
Q If a wrong key is used
The key cylinder rotates freely, isolated
from the internal mechanism.
124 3-1. Key information
NOTICE Closes the windows* (→P.126)

Q When an electronic key is lost Unlocks the doors (→P.126)
(vehicles with a smart entry &
start system) Opens the windows* (→P.126)
*:
→P.407 This setting must be customized at
any authorized Mazda retailer or
Mazda authorized repairer, or any
Wireless remote control
reliable repairer.
The keys are equipped with the fol-
lowing wireless remote control: Q Conditions affecting the operation
of the wireless remote control
X Vehicles without a smart entry & (vehicles without a smart entry &
start system)
start system
The wireless remote control function
may not operate normally in the follow-
ing situations:
O When the wireless key battery is
depleted
O Near a TV tower, electric power plant,
gas station, radio station, large dis-
play, airport or other facility that gen-
erates strong radio waves or electrical
noise
O When carrying a portable radio, cellu-
Locks the doors (→P.126) lar phone or other wireless communi-
cation devices
Closes the windows* (→P.126) O When the wireless key is in contact
with, or is covered by a metallic object
Unlocks the doors (→P.126)
O When another wireless key (that emits
Opens the windows* (→P.126) radio waves) is being used nearby
X Vehicles with a smart entry & O If window tint with a metallic content or
metallic objects are attached to the
start system rear window
Q Conditions affecting the operation
of the smart entry & start system or
wireless remote control (vehicles
with a smart entry & start system)
→P.135
Locks the doors (→P.126)

3-1. Key information 125
Using the key (vehicles with- (→P.407)

out a smart entry & start
system)
Q If you lose your mechanical keys

→P.407
3
1 Releasing Q Certification for the wireless
remote control
To release the key, press the button
→P.453
Before driving
2 Folding
To stow the key, press the button then
fold the key.
Using the mechanical key

(vehicles with a smart entry
& start system)
To take out the mechanical key,
slide the release lever and take
the key out.
The mechanical key can only be
inserted in one direction, as the key
only has grooves on one side. If the
key cannot be inserted in a lock cyl-
inder, turn it over and re-attempt to
insert it.
After using the mechanical key,
store it in the electronic key. Carry
the mechanical key together with
the electronic key. If the electronic
key battery is depleted or the entry
function does not operate properly,
you will need the mechanical key.
126 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Side doors Q Wireless remote control

3-2.Opening, closing and locking the doors

Unlocking and locking the start system
doors from the outside
Q Using the entry function (vehi-
cles with a smart entry & start
system)
Carry the electronic key to enable
this function.
1 Locks all the doors

Check that the door is securely locked.
Press and hold to close the windows.*
2 Unlocks all the doors
Press and hold to open the windows.*
start system
1 Grip the front door handle to
unlock all the doors.
Make sure to touch the sensor on the
back of the handle.
The doors cannot be unlocked for 3
seconds after the doors are locked.
2 Touch the lock sensor (the
indentation on the side of the
front door handle) to lock all the
doors. 1 Locks all the doors
Check that the door is securely locked. Check that the door is securely locked.
Press and hold to close the windows.*
2 Unlocks all the doors
Press and hold to open the windows.*
*
: This setting must be customized at
reliable repairer.
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors 127
Q Key that the doors have been
locked/unlocked using the entry function
Turning the key operates the doors
or wireless remote control. (Locked:
as follows:
Once; Unlocked: Twice)
X Vehicles without a smart entry & A buzzer sounds to indicate that the win-
start system dows are operating.
Q Security feature
X Vehicles without a smart entry & start
system
If a door is not opened within approxi-
mately 30 seconds after the vehicle is
unlocked using the wireless remote con-
trol, the security feature automatically
locks the vehicle again. 3
X Vehicles with a smart entry & start
system
1 Locks all the doors
Before driving
If a door is not opened within approxi-
Turn and hold to close the windows.*
mately 30 seconds after the vehicle is
2 Unlocks all the doors unlocked using the entry function or
Turn and hold to open the windows.* wireless remote control, the security fea-
*
: This setting must be customized at ture automatically locks the vehicle
any authorized Mazda retailer or again.
Mazda authorized repairer, or any Q When the door cannot be locked by
reliable repairer. the lock sensor on the surface of
the front door handle (vehicles with
X Vehicles with a smart entry & a smart entry & start system)
start system If the doors cannot be locked by touch-
The doors can also be locked and ing the lock sensor with a finger, touch
the lock sensor with the palm of your
unlocked with the mechanical key. hand.
(→P.408) If you are wearing gloves, remove them.
Q Operation signals
system
The emergency flashers flash to indicate
that the doors have been
locked/unlocked using the wireless
remote control. (Locked: Once;
Unlocked: Twice) Q Door lock buzzer (vehicles with a
smart entry & start system)
system If an attempt to lock the doors using the
entry function or wireless remote control
The emergency flashers flash to indicate is made when a door is not fully closed,
a buzzer will sound continuously for 5 • The hybrid system is started within 10
seconds. Fully close the door to stop the minutes after opening and closing a
buzzer, and lock the doors again. rear door.
• A rear door has been opened and
Q Alarm (if equipped)
closed after the hybrid system was
Locking the doors will set the alarm sys- started.
tem. (→P.83)
However, if a rear door is opened and
Q Conditions affecting the operation then closed within approximately 2 sec-
of the smart entry & start system or onds, the rear seat reminder function
wireless remote control
may not operate.
system O The rear seat reminder function deter-
→P.124 mines that luggage, etc., has been
placed in a rear seat based on open-
X Vehicles with a smart entry & start ing and closing of a rear door. There-
system fore, depending on the situation, the
→P.135 rear seat reminder function may not
operate and you may still forget lug-
Q If the smart entry & start system or gage, etc., in the rear seat, or it may
the wireless remote control does operate unnecessarily.
not operate properly
O The rear seat reminder function can
X Vehicles without a smart entry & start be enabled/disabled. (→P.431)
system
Q Customization
Replace the key battery with a new one
Some functions can be customized.
if it is depleted. (→P.351)
(→P.431)
system
WARNING
Use the mechanical key to lock and
unlock the doors. (→P.408) Q To prevent an accident
Observe the following precautions
Replace the key battery with a new one
while driving the vehicle.
if it is depleted. (→P.351) Failure to do so may result in a door
Q If the 12-volt battery is discharged opening and an occupant being
(vehicles with a smart entry & start thrown out of the vehicle, resulting in
system) death or serious injury.
The doors cannot be locked and O Ensure that all doors are properly
unlocked using the entry function or closed and locked.
wireless remote control. Lock or unlock
the doors using the mechanical key. O Do not pull the inside door handle
(→P.408) while driving.
Be especially careful of the front
Q Rear seat reminder function doors, as the doors may be opened
O In order to remind you not to forget even if the inside lock buttons are in
luggage, etc., in the rear seat, when the locked position.
the power switch is turned to OFF
O Set the rear door child-protector
after any of the following conditions
locks when children are seated in
are met, a buzzer will sound and a
the rear seats.
message will be displayed on the
multi-information display for approxi-
mately 6 seconds.
Q Inside lock buttons
WARNING
Q When opening or closing a door
Check the surroundings of the vehicle
such as whether the vehicle is on an
incline, whether there is enough
space for a door to open and whether
a strong wind is blowing. When open-
ing or closing the door, hold the door
handle tightly to prepare for any
unpredictable movement.
Q When using the wireless remote
control or the key and operating 1 Locks the door
the power windows
2 Unlocks the door
Operate the power windows after
checking to make sure that there is no The front doors can be opened by pull- 3
possibility of any passenger having ing the inside handle even if the lock
any of their body parts caught in the buttons are in the lock position.
Before driving
windows. Also, do not allow children
to operate the wireless remote control
or the key. It is possible for children Q Locking the front doors from the
and other passengers to get caught in outside without a key
the power windows. 1 Move the inside lock button to the
lock position.
2 Close the door while pulling the door
Unlocking and locking the handle.
doors from the inside X Vehicles without a smart entry & start
system
Q Door lock switches (to The door cannot be locked if the key is
lock/unlock) in the power switch.
system
The door cannot be locked if the power
switch is in ACC or ON, or the electronic
key is left inside the vehicle.
The key may not be detected correctly
and the door may be locked.
Q Open door warning buzzer
If a door or the back door is not fully
1 Locks all the doors closed, a buzzer will sound when the
vehicle speed reaches 5 km/h (3 mph).
2 Unlocks all the doors The open door(s) or back door is indi-
cated on the multi-information display.
Rear door child-protector Back door

lock
The back door can be
The door cannot be opened from
locked/unlocked and
inside the vehicle when lock is set.
opened/closed by the follow-
ing procedures.
WARNING
serious injury.
Q Caution while driving
O Keep the back door closed while
driving. If the back door is left open,
it may hit near-by objects while driv-
ing or luggage may be unexpect-
edly thrown out, causing an
accident.
In addition, exhaust gases may
enter the vehicle, causing death or
1 Unlock a serious health hazard. Make sure
2 Lock to close the back door before driv-
ing.
These locks can be set to prevent chil-
dren from opening the rear doors. Push O Before driving the vehicle, make
down on each rear door switch to lock sure that the back door is fully
closed. If the back door is not fully
both rear doors.
closed, it may open unexpectedly
while driving, causing an accident.
O Never let anyone sit in the luggage
compartment. In the event of sud-
den braking or a collision, they are
susceptible to death or serious
injury.
Q When children are in the vehicle
O Do not allow children to play in the
luggage compartment.
If a child is accidentally locked in
the luggage compartment, they
could have heat exhaustion or other
injuries.
WARNING O When closing the back door, take

extra care to prevent your fingers,
O Do not allow a child to open or etc., from being caught.
close the back door.
Doing so may cause the back door
to move unexpectedly, or cause the
child’s hands, head, or neck to be
caught by the closing back door.
Q Operating the back door
Failure to do so may cause parts of
the body to be caught, resulting in
death or serious injury. O When closing the back door, make
sure to press it lightly on its outer
O Remove any heavy loads, such as surface. If the back door handle is
snow and ice, from the back door used to fully close the back door, it 3
before opening it. Failure to do so may result in hands or arms being
may cause the back door to sud- caught.
denly shut again after it is opened.
Before driving
O Do not pull on the back door
O When opening or closing the back damper stay (→P.133) to close the
door, thoroughly check to make back door, and do not hang on the
sure the surrounding area is safe. back door damper stay. Doing so
O If anyone is in the vicinity, make may cause hands to be caught or
sure they are safe and let them the back door damper stay to
know that the back door is about to break, causing an accident.
open or close.
O Use caution when opening or clos-
ing the back door in windy weather
as it may move abruptly in strong
wind.
O The back door may suddenly shut if
it is not opened fully. It is more diffi-
cult to open or close the back door
on an incline than on a level sur-
face, so beware of the back door
unexpectedly opening or closing by
itself. Make sure that the back door
is fully open and secure before
using the luggage compartment.
WARNING Unlocking and locking the

O If a bicycle carrier or similar heavy back door from the inside
object is attached to the back door,
it may suddenly shut again after Q Door lock switches
being opened, causing someone’s
hands, head or neck to be caught →P.129
and injured. When installing an
accessory part to the back door,
using a genuine Mazda part is rec- Opening/closing the back
ommended. door
Q Open
Unlocking and locking the
Raise the back door while pushing
back door from the outside
up the back door opener switch.
Q Using the entry function (vehi- The back door cannot be closed imme-
cles with a smart entry & start diately after the back door opener
system) switch is pushed.
1 Unlocks all the doors Q Close

The door cannot be unlocked for 3 sec- Lower the back door using a back
onds after the door is locked. door handle, and then push the
2 Locks all the doors back door from the outside to close
Check that the door is securely locked. it.
Q Wireless remote control Be careful not to pull the back door
→P.126 sideways when closing the back
door with the handle.
Q Key
→P.127
Q Operation signals
→P.127
O Do not attach any accessories

other than genuine Mazda parts to
the back door.
O Do not place your hand on the
damper stay or apply lateral forces
to it.
Q Open door warning buzzer

→P.129
Q Luggage compartment light
O The luggage compartment light turns 3
on when the back door is opened.
O If the luggage compartment light is left
Before driving
on when the power switch is turned
off, the light will go off automatically
after 20 minutes.
NOTICE
Q Back door damper stays
The back door is equipped with
damper stays that hold the back door
in place.
Failure to do so may cause damage
to the back door damper stay, result-
ing in malfunction.
O Do not attach any foreign objects,
such as stickers, plastic sheets, or
adhesives to the damper stay rod.
O Do not touch the damper stay rod

with gloves or other fabric items.
Q Effective range (areas within which

Smart entry & start sys- the electronic key is detected)
tem*
*: If equipped
The following operations can
be performed simply by carry-
ing the electronic key on your
person, for example in your
pocket. The driver should When locking or unlocking the doors
always carry the electronic
key. The system can be operated when the
electronic key is within about 0.7 m (2.3
z Locks and unlocks the doors ft.) of an outside front door handle and
(→P.126) back door. (Only the doors detecting the
z Locks and unlocks the back key can be operated.)
door (→P.132) When starting the hybrid system or
z Starts the hybrid system changing power switch modes
(→P.169) The system can be operated when the
electronic key is inside the vehicle.
Q Antenna location Q Alarms and warning messages
A combination of exterior and interior
buzzers as well as warning messages
shown on the multi-information display
are used to prevent theft of the vehicle
and accidents resulting from erroneous
operation. Take appropriate measures
based on the displayed message.
(→P.383)
When only an alarm sounds, circum-
stances and correction procedures are
as follows.
O Exterior buzzer sounds once for 5
seconds
Correction
Situation
procedure
Antennas outside the cabin Close all of
An attempt was made
Antennas inside the cabin the doors and
to lock the vehicle while
lock the doors
Antenna outside the luggage com- a door was open.
again.
partment
O Interior buzzer sounds continuously
Correction While the battery-saving mode is set,

Situation the smart entry & start system cannot be
procedure
used. To cancel the function, press any
The power switch was of the electronic key buttons.
turned to ACC while the Turn the
driver’s door was open power switch
(or the driver’s door off and close
was opened while the the driver’s
power switch was in door.
ACC).
The power switch was
Close the
turned to off while the
driver’s door. O Electronic keys that will not be used
driver’s door was open.
for long periods of time can be set to
Q Battery-saving function the battery-saving mode in advance. 3
The battery-saving function will be acti- Q Conditions affecting operation
vated in order to prevent the electronic The smart entry & start system uses
Before driving
key battery and the 12-volt battery from weak radio waves. In the following situa-
being discharged while the vehicle is not tions, the communication between the
operated for a long time. electronic key and the vehicle may be
O In the following situations, the smart affected, preventing the smart entry &
entry & start system may take some start system, wireless remote control
time to unlock the doors. and immobilizer system from operating
• The electronic key has been left within properly. (Ways of coping: →P.407)
approximately 3.5 m (11 ft.) of the out- O When the electronic key battery is
side of the vehicle for 2 minutes or depleted
longer.
• The smart entry & start system has O Near a TV tower, electric power plant,
not been used for 5 days or longer. gas station, radio station, large dis-
play, airport or other facility that gen-
O If the smart entry & start system has erates strong radio waves or electrical
not been used for 14 days or longer, noise
the doors cannot be unlocked from
any door except the driver’s door. In O When carrying a portable radio, cellu-
this case, hold the driver’s door han- lar phone, cordless phone or other
dle, or use the wireless remote control wireless communication device
or mechanical key to unlock the O When the electronic key is in contact
doors. with, or is covered by the following
Q Electronic key battery-saving func- metallic objects
tion • Cards to which aluminum foil is
attached
O When battery-saving mode is set, bat- • Cigarette boxes that have aluminum
tery depletion is minimized by stop- foil inside
ping the electronic key from receiving • Metallic wallets or bags
radio waves. • Coins
• Hand warmers made of metal
Press twice while pressing and • Media such as CDs and DVDs
holding . Confirm that the electronic O When other wireless keys (that emit
radio waves) are being used nearby
key indicator flashes 4 times.
O When carrying the electronic key door pockets when exiting the vehicle.
together with the following devices Depending on the radio wave recep-
that emit radio waves tion conditions, it may be detected by
• Another vehicle’s electronic key or a the antenna outside the cabin and the
wireless key that emits radio waves door will become lockable from the
• Personal computers or personal digi- outside, possibly trapping the elec-
tal assistants (PDAs) tronic key inside the vehicle.
• Digital audio players O As long as the electronic key is within
• Portable game systems the effective range, the doors may be
O If window tint with a metallic content or locked or unlocked by anyone. How-
metallic objects are attached to the ever, only the doors detecting the
rear window electronic key can be used to unlock
O When the electronic key is placed the vehicle.
near a battery charger or electronic O Even if the electronic key is not inside
devices the vehicle, it may be possible to start
O When the vehicle is parked in a pay the hybrid system if the electronic key
parking spot where radio waves are is near the window.
emitted O The doors may unlock or lock if a
If the doors cannot be locked/unlocked large amount of water splashes on the
using the smart entry & start system, door handle, such as in the rain or in a
lock/unlock the doors by performing any car wash when the electronic key is
of the following: within the effective range. (The doors
will automatically be locked after
O Bring the electronic key close to either approximately 30 seconds if the doors
front door handle and operate the are not opened and closed.)
entry function.
O If the wireless remote control is used
O Operate the wireless remote control. to lock the doors when the electronic
If the doors cannot be locked/unlocked key is near the vehicle, there is a pos-
using the above methods, use the sibility that the door may not be
mechanical key. (→P.408) unlocked by the entry function. (Use
If the hybrid system cannot be started the wireless remote control to unlock
using the smart entry & start system, the doors.)
refer to P.408. O Touching the door lock or unlock sen-
Q Note for the entry function sor while wearing gloves may prevent
lock or unlock operation.
O Even when the electronic key is within
the effective range (detection areas), O When the lock operation is performed
the system may not operate properly using the lock sensor, recognition sig-
in the following cases: nals will be shown up to two consecu-
• The electronic key is too close to the tive times. After this, no recognition
window or outside door handle, near signals will be given.
the ground, or in a high place when O If the door handle becomes wet while
the doors are locked or unlocked. the electronic key is within the effec-
• The electronic key is on the instru- tive range, the door may lock and
ment panel, luggage cover or floor, or unlock repeatedly. In that case, follow
in the door pockets or glove box when the following correction procedures to
the hybrid system is started or power wash the vehicle:
switch modes are changed. • Place the electronic key in a location 2
O Do not leave the electronic key on top m (6 ft.) or more away from the vehi-
of the instrument panel or near the cle. (Take care to ensure that the key
is not stolen.)
• Set the electronic key to battery-sav- Q If the smart entry & start system
ing mode to disable the smart entry & does not operate properly
start system. (→P.135) O Locking and unlocking the doors:
O If the electronic key is inside the vehi- →P.408
cle and a door handle becomes wet O Starting the hybrid system: →P.408
during a car wash, a message may be
shown on the multi-information dis- Q Customization
play and a buzzer will sound outside Some functions can be customized.
the vehicle. To turn off the alarm, lock (→P.431)
all the doors.
Q If the smart entry & start system
O The lock sensor may not work prop- has been deactivated in a custom-
erly if it comes into contact with ice, ized setting
snow, mud, etc. Clean the lock sensor
and attempt to operate it again. O Locking and unlocking the doors: Use
the wireless remote control or
O A sudden handle operation or a han- mechanical key. (→P.126, 408)
dle operation immediately after enter- 3
ing the effective range may prevent O Starting the hybrid system and chang-
the doors from being unlocked. Touch ing power switch modes: →P.408
the door unlock sensor and check that O Stopping the hybrid system: →P.171
Before driving
the doors are unlocked before pulling
the door handle again. Q Certification for the smart entry &
start system
O If there is another electronic key in the
→P.496
detection area, it may take slightly lon-
ger to unlock the doors after the door
handle is gripped. WARNING
Q When the vehicle is not driven for Q Caution regarding interference
extended periods with electronic devices
O To prevent theft of the vehicle, do not O People with implantable cardiac
leave the electronic key within 2 m (6 pacemakers, cardiac resynchroni-
ft.) of the vehicle. zation therapy-pacemakers or
O The smart entry & start system can be implantable cardioverter defibrilla-
deactivated in advance. (→P.431) tors should maintain a reasonable
distance between themselves and
O Setting the electronic key to battery- the smart entry & start system
saving mode helps to reduce key bat- antennas. (→P.134)
tery depletion. (→P.135) The radio waves may affect the
Q To operate the system properly operation of such devices. If neces-
sary, the entry function can be dis-
Make sure to carry the electronic key
abled. Ask any authorized Mazda
when operating the system. Do not get
the electronic key too close to the vehi-
repairer, or any reliable repairer for
cle when operating the system from the
details, such as the frequency of
outside of the vehicle.
radio waves and timing of the emit-
Depending on the position and holding
ted radio waves. Then, consult your
condition of the electronic key, the key
doctor to see if you should disable
may not be detected correctly and the
the entry function.
system may not operate properly. (The
alarm may go off accidentally, or the
door lock prevention function may not
operate.)
WARNING
O Users of any electrical medical
device other than implantable car-
diac pacemakers, cardiac resyn-
chronization therapy-pacemakers
or implantable cardioverter defibril-
lators should consult the manufac-
turer of the device for information
about its operation under the influ-
ence of radio waves.
Radio waves could have unex-
pected effects on the operation of
such medical devices.
Ask any authorized Mazda retailer or
reliable repairer for details on dis-
abling the entry function.
Front seats
3-3.Adjusting the seats
O To reduce the risk of sliding under

the lap belt during a collision, do not
recline the seat more than neces-
Adjustment procedure sary.
If the seat is too reclined, the lap
belt may slide past the hips and
apply restraint forces directly to the
abdomen, or your neck may contact
the shoulder belt, increasing the
risk of death or serious injury in the
event of an accident.
Adjustments should not be made
while driving as the seat may unex-
pectedly move and cause the driver
to lose control of the vehicle.
O After adjusting the seat, make sure 3
that the seat is locked in position.
Before driving
NOTICE
Q When adjusting a front seat
Seat position adjustment lever
When adjusting a front seat, make
Seatback angle adjustment sure that the head restraint does not
contact the headliner. Otherwise, the
lever
head restraint and headliner may be
Vertical height adjustment lever* damaged.
*: If equipped
WARNING
Q When adjusting the seat position
O Take care when adjusting the seat
position to ensure that other pas-
sengers are not injured by the mov-
ing seat.
O Do not put your hands under the
seat or near the moving parts to
avoid injury.
Fingers or hands may become
jammed in the seat mechanism.
O Make sure to leave enough space
around the feet so they do not get
stuck.
Q Seat adjustment
O Be careful that the seat does not hit
passengers or luggage.
140 3-3. Adjusting the seats
Rear seats Q Returning the rear seatbacks

Raise the rear seatback until it
The seatbacks of the rear seats locks.
can be folded down. Check that the seat belts are not
twisted or caught in the seatback.
Folding down and returning

the rear seatbacks
Q Folding down the rear seat-
backs
1 Move the front seats forward.
(→P.139)
2 Stow the rear center seat belt
buckle.
WARNING
serious injury.
Q When folding the rear seatbacks
down
O Do not fold the seatbacks down
while driving.
O Stop the vehicle on level ground,
set the parking brake and shift the
3 Lower the head restraints to the shift lever to P.
lowest position. (→P.142) O Do not allow anyone to sit on a
folded seatback or in the luggage
4 Pull the seatback lock release
compartment while driving.
lever and fold the seatback
O Do not allow children to enter the
down. luggage compartment.
Each seatback may be folded sepa-
rately. O Do not allow anyone to sit on the
rear center seat if the rear right seat
is folded down, as the seat belt
buckle for the rear center seat belt
is then concealed under the folded
seat and cannot be used.
O Be careful not to get your hand
caught when folding the rear seat-
backs.
WARNING Head restraints

O Adjust the position of the front seats
before folding down the rear seat- Head restraints are provided
backs so that the front seats do not
for the front seats, rear outer
interfere with the rear seatbacks
when folding down the rear seat- seats and rear center seat (if
backs. equipped).
Q After returning the rear seatback
to the upright position WARNING
O Make sure that the seatback is Q Head restraint precautions
securely locked in position by lightly
pushing it back and forth.
regarding the head restraints. Failure
If the seatback is not securely locked, to do so may result in death or serious
the red marking will be visible on the injury.
3
seatback lock release lever. Make
O Use the head restraints designed
sure that the red mark is not visible. for each respective seat.
Before driving
O Adjust the head restraints to the
correct position at all times.
O After adjusting the head restraints,
push down on them and make sure
they are locked in position.
O Do not drive with the head
restraints removed.
O Check that the seat belts are not
twisted or caught in the seatback. Adjusting a head restraint
If the seat belt gets caught between
the seatback’s securing hook and Q Front seats
latch, it may damage the seat belt.
1 Up
Pull the head restraint up.
2 Down
Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock release button .
142 3-3. Adjusting the seats
Q Rear seats making the removal difficult, adjust the

seatback angle. (→P.139)
1 Up
Pull the head restraint up. Q Rear center seat (if equipped)
2 Down Pull the head restraint up while
Push the head restraint down while pressing the lock release button .
Q Adjusting the height of the head

restraints (front seats)
Make sure that the head restraints are
adjusted so that the center of the head
restraint is closest to the top of your
ears.
Q Rear outer seats

lever and fold down the seat-
back until it reaches the position
where the head restraints can
Q Adjusting the rear center seat head be removed.
restraint
Always raise the head restraint one level
from the stowed position when using.
Removing the head

restraints
Q Front seats
Pull the head restraint up while
If the head restraint touches the ceiling,
2 Pull the head restraint up while
pressing the lock release button
.
Q Rear outer seats

lever and fold down the seat-
back until it reaches the position 3
Installing the head restraints where the head restraints can
be installed.
Q Front seats
Before driving
Align the head restraint with the
installation holes and push it down
to the lock position.
Press and hold the lock release button
when lowering the head restraint.
2 Align the head restraint with

installation holes and push it
down to the lock position. Press
and hold the lock release button
when inserting the head
restraint.
Q Rear center seat (if equipped)
Align the head restraint with the
installation holes and push it down
to the lock position.
Press and hold the lock release button
when lowering the head restraint.
144 3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel
3-4.Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
Q After adjusting the steering

wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is
Adjustment procedure securely locked.
Otherwise, the steering wheel may
1 Hold the steering wheel and move suddenly, possibly causing an
push the lever down. accident, and resulting in death or
serious injury. Also, the horn may not
sound if the steering wheel is not
securely locked.
Horn
To sound the horn, press on or
close to the mark.
2 Adjust to the ideal position by

moving the steering wheel hori-
zontally and vertically.
After adjustment, pull the lever up to
secure the steering wheel.
WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel while
driving.
Doing so may cause the driver to mis-
handle the vehicle and cause an acci-
dent, resulting in death or serious
injury.
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors 145
Inside rear view mirror
The rear view mirror’s position

can be adjusted to enable suf-
ficient confirmation of the rear
view.
Adjusting the height of rear

view mirror 1 Normal position
2 Anti-glare position
The height of the rear view mirror
X Auto anti-glare inside rear view
can be adjusted to suit your driving
mirror 3
posture.
Responding to the level of bright-
Adjust the height of the rear view
ness of the headlights of vehicles
Before driving
mirror by moving it up and down.
behind, the reflected light is auto-
matically reduced.
Changing automatic anti-glare
function mode on/off
When the automatic anti-glare function
is in ON mode, the indicator illumi-
nates. The function will set to ON mode
each time the power switch is turned to
ON.
Pressing the button turns the function
WARNING
to off mode. (The indicator also
Q Caution while driving turns off.)
Do not adjust the position of the mir-
ror while driving.
Doing so may lead to mishandling of
the vehicle and cause an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
Anti-glare function
X Manual anti-glare inside rear
view mirror
Reflected light from the headlights
of vehicles behind can be reduced
by operating the lever.
Q To prevent sensor error (vehicles Outside rear view mir-

with an auto anti-glare inside rear rors
view mirror)
To ensure that the sensors operate
properly, do not touch or cover them. The rear view mirror’s position
can be adjusted to enable suf-
ficient confirmation of the rear
view.
WARNING
Q Important points while driving
while driving.
Failure to do so may result in loss of
control of the vehicle and cause an
accident, resulting in death or serious
injury.
O Do not adjust the mirrors while driv-
ing.
O Do not drive with the mirrors folded.
O Both the driver and passenger side
mirrors must be extended and prop-
erly adjusted before driving.
Adjustment procedure
1 To select a mirror to adjust, turn
the switch.
Left
Right
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors 147
2 To adjust the mirror, operate the
switch.
X Power type
Up
Right 3
Down
Before driving
Left
Q Mirror angle can be adjusted when

The power switch is in ACC or ON.
1 Folds the mirrors
Q When the mirrors are fogged up (if
equipped) 2 Extends the mirrors
The outside rear view mirrors can be Putting the outside rear view mirror
cleared using the mirror defoggers. Turn folding switch in the neutral position
on the rear window defogger to turn on
the outside rear view mirror defoggers. sets the mirrors to automatic mode.
(→P.286) Automatic mode allows the folding or
extending of the mirrors to be linked to
WARNING locking/unlocking of the doors with the
smart entry function or wireless remote
Q When the mirror defoggers are control.
operating (if equipped)
Do not touch the rear view mirror sur-
faces, as they can become very hot Q Using automatic mode in cold
and burn you. weather (vehicles with automatic
mode)
When automatic mode is used in cold
Folding and extending the weather, the door mirror could freeze up
mirrors and automatic stowing and return may
not be possible. In this case, remove
X Manual type any ice and snow from the door mirror,
then either operate the mirror using
Push the mirror back in the direc- manual mode or move the mirror by
tion of the vehicle’s rear. hand.
Q Customization
(→P.431)
WARNING
Q When a mirror is moving
To avoid personal injury and mirror
malfunction, be careful not to get your
hand caught by the moving mirror.
3-5. Opening and closing the windows 149
Power windows* ment is stopped and the window is

3-5.Opening and closing the windows
opened slightly.
*
: If equipped Q Catch protection function
If an object becomes caught between
the door and window while the window
Opening and closing the is opening, window movement is
stopped.
power windows
Q When the window cannot be
The power windows can be opened opened or closed
and closed using the switches. When the jam protection function or
catch protection function operates
Operating the switch moves the unusually and the side window cannot
windows as follows: be opened or closed, perform the follow-
ing operations with the power window
switch of that door.
3
O Stop the vehicle. With the power
switch in ON, within 4 seconds of the
jam protection function or catch pro-
Before driving
tection function activating, continu-
ously operate the power window
switch in the one-touch closing direc-
tion or one-touch opening direction so
that the side window can be opened
and closed.
1 Closing O If the side window cannot be opened
and closed even when performing the
2 One-touch closing* above operations, perform the follow-
ing procedure for function initializa-
3 Opening tion.
4 One-touch opening* 1 Turn the power switch to ON.
*: 2 Pull and hold the power window
To stop the window partway, operate switch in the one-touch closing
the switch in the opposite direction. direction and completely close the
side window.
Q The power windows can be oper- 3 Release the power window switch
ated when for a moment, resume pulling the
switch in the one-touch closing
direction, and hold it there for
Q Operating the power windows after approximately 6 seconds or more.
turning the hybrid system off 4 Press and hold the power window
The power windows can be operated for switch in the one-touch opening
approximately 45 seconds after the direction. After the side window is
power switch is turned to ACC or OFF. completely opened, continue holding
They cannot, however, be operated the switch for an additional 1 second
once either front door is opened. or more.
Q Jam protection function 5 Release the power window switch
for a moment, resume pushing the
If an object becomes jammed between switch in the one-touch opening
the window and the window frame while
the window is closing, window move-
150 3-5. Opening and closing the windows
direction, and hold it there for Q Closing the windows

approximately 4 seconds or more.
O The driver is responsible for all the
6 Pull and hold the power window
power window operations, including
switch in the one-touch closing
the operation for the passengers. In
direction again. After the side win-
order to prevent accidental opera-
dow is completely closed, continue
tion, especially by a child, do not let
holding the switch for a further 1 sec-
a child operate the power windows.
ond or more.
It is possible for children and other
If you release the switch while the win- passengers to have body parts
dow is moving, start again from the caught in the power window. Also,
beginning. when riding with a child, it is recom-
If the window reverses and cannot be mended to use the window lock
fully closed or opened, have the vehicle switch. (→P.151)
inspected by any authorized Mazda
retailer or Mazda authorized repairer, or O Check to make sure that all passen-
any reliable repairer. gers do not have any part of their
body in a position where it could be
Q Door lock linked window operation caught when a window is being
O The power windows can be opened operated.
and closed using the key (vehicles
without a smart entry & start system)
or mechanical key (vehicles with a
smart entry & start system).* (→P.127,
408)
O The power windows can be opened
and closed using the wireless remote
control.* (→P.126)
*: These settings must be customized at
any authorized Mazda retailer or O When using the wireless remote

Mazda authorized repairer, or any reli- control, key or mechanical key and
able repairer. operating the power windows, oper-
ate the power window after check-
Q Customization ing to make sure that there is no
Some functions can be customized. possibility of any passenger having
(→P.431) any of their body parts caught in the
window. Also do not let a child oper-
ate window by the wireless remote
WARNING control, key or mechanical key. It is
possible for children and other pas-
Observe the following precautions. sengers to get caught in the power
Failure to do so may result in death or window.
serious injury.
O When exiting the vehicle, turn the
power switch off, carry the key and
exit the vehicle along with the child.
There may be accidental opera-
tion, due to mischief, etc., that may
possibly lead to an accident.
3-5. Opening and closing the windows 151
WARNING
Q Jam protection function
O Never use any part of your body to
intentionally activate the jam pro-
tection function.
O The jam protection function may not
work if something gets jammed just
before the window is fully closed.
Be careful not to get any part of
your body jammed in the window.
Q The window lock switch can be
Q Catch protection function operated when
O Never use any part of your body or The power switch is in ON.
clothing to intentionally activate the
catch protection function. Q When the 12-volt battery is discon- 3
nected
O The catch protection function may
The window lock switch is disabled. If
not work if something gets caught
Before driving
necessary, press the window lock switch
just before the window is fully
after reconnecting the 12-volt battery.
opened. Be careful not to get any
part of your body or clothing caught
in the window.
Preventing accidental opera-

tion (window lock switch)
This function can be used to pre-
vent children from accidentally
opening or closing a passenger
window.
Press the switch.
The indicator will come on and the
passenger windows will be locked.
The passenger windows can still be
opened and closed using the driver’s
switch even if the lock switch is on.
152 3-5. Opening and closing the windows
153
Driving
4
4-1. Before driving 4-5. Using the driving support

Driving the vehicle .............154 systems
Cargo and luggage ............160 Safety Sense .....................198
Trailer towing (vehicles without PCS (Pre-Collision System)
towing packages - including .........................................203
Reunion) ..........................161 LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) ..213
Trailer towing (vehicles with Dynamic radar cruise control
towing packages - except for with full-speed range .......223
Reunion) ..........................161 Speed limiter......................234
4-2. Driving procedures RSA (Road Sign Assist) .....237
Power (ignition) switch (vehi- BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) ..241 4
cles without a smart entry &
parking assist-sensor.........246
start system) ....................167
Driving
RCTA (Rear Crossing Traffic
Power (ignition) switch (vehi-
Alert) ................................251
cles with a smart entry & start
system) ............................169 PKSB (Parking Support Brake)
.........................................255
EV drive mode ...................173
Parking Support Brake function
Hybrid transmission ...........175
(static objects) .................260
Turn signal lever ................178
Parking Support Brake function
Parking brake ....................178 (rear-crossing vehicles) ...266
Brake Hold.........................181 Driving mode select switch 270
4-3. Operating the lights and wip- GPF (Gasoline Particulate Fil-
ers ter) system.......................271
Headlight switch ................184 Driving assist systems .......272
Automatic High Beam ........187 4-6. Driving tips
Fog light switch ..................190 Hybrid vehicle driving tips ..278
Windshield wipers and washer Winter driving tips ..............280
........................................191
Rear window wiper and washer
........................................194
4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank cap..196
154 4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle Check the parking brake indicator is

4-1.Before driving
illuminated.
3 Turn the power switch to OFF to
The following procedures stop the hybrid system.
should be observed to ensure
4 Slowly release the brake pedal.
safe driving:
5 Lock the door, making sure that
you have the key on your per-
Driving procedure
son.
Q Starting the hybrid system If parking on a hill, block the wheels as
→P.167, 169 needed.
Q Starting off on a steep uphill
Q Driving
1 Make sure that the parking
1 With the brake pedal depressed,
brake is set and shift the shift
shift the shift lever to D.
lever to D.
(→P.175)
2 Gently depress the accelerator
2 If the parking brake is in manual
pedal.
mode, release the parking
brake. (→P.178) 3 Release the parking brake.
3 Gradually release the brake

Q For fuel-efficient driving
pedal and gently depress the
Keep in mind that hybrid vehicles are
accelerator pedal to accelerate similar to conventional vehicles, and it is
the vehicle. necessary to refrain from activities such
as sudden acceleration. (→P.278)
Q Stopping
Q Driving in the rain
1 With the shift lever in D, depress O Drive carefully when it is raining,
the brake pedal. because visibility will be reduced, the
windows may become fogged-up, and
2 If necessary, set the parking the road will be slippery.
brake. O Drive carefully when it starts to rain,
If the vehicle is to be stopped for an because the road surface will be
extended period of time, shift the shift especially slippery.
lever to P. (→P.175) O Refrain from high speeds when driv-
Q Parking the vehicle ing on an expressway in the rain,
because there may be a layer of water
1 With the shift lever in D, depress between the tires and the road sur-
the brake pedal to stop the vehi- face, preventing the steering and
brakes from operating properly.
cle completely.
Q Restraining the hybrid system out-
2 Set the parking brake (→P.178), put (Brake Override System)
and shift the shift lever to P. O When the accelerator and brake ped-
(→P.175) als are depressed at the same time,
the hybrid system output may be
4-1. Before driving 155
restrained. is in reverse.
*
O A warning message is displayed on : Depending on the situation, the shift
the multi-information display while the position may not be changed.
system is operating.
O While Drive-Start Control is being acti-
Q ECO Accelerator Guidance vated, your vehicle may have trouble
(→P.101, 107) escaping from the mud or fresh snow.
Eco-friendly driving may be achieved In such case, deactivate TRC
more easily by staying within the zone of (→P.273) to cancel Drive-Start Control
Eco acceleration. Also, by staying within so that the vehicle may become able
the zone of Eco acceleration, it will be to escape from the mud or fresh snow.
easier to obtain a good Eco score. Q Breaking in your new Mazda
O When starting off: To extend the life of the vehicle, observ-
Gradually depress the accelerator pedal ing the following precautions is recom-
to stay within the zone of Eco accelera- mended:
tion and accelerate to the desired O For the first 300 km (186 miles):
speed. By refraining from excessive Avoid sudden stops.
acceleration, a good eco start score will
O For the first 800 km (500 miles):
be obtained. 4
Do not tow a trailer. (vehicles with tow-
O When driving: ing packages only)
After accelerating to the desired speed,
Driving
O For the first 1000 km (621 miles):
release the accelerator pedal and drive • Do not drive at extremely high
at a stable speed while staying within speeds.
the zone of Eco acceleration. By staying • Avoid sudden acceleration.
within the zone of Eco acceleration, a • Do not drive at a constant speed for
extended periods.
good eco cruise score will be obtained.
Q Operating your vehicle in a foreign
O When stopping: country
By starting to release the accelerator Comply with the relevant vehicle regis-
pedal early before decelerating, a good tration laws and confirm the availability
eco stop score will be obtained. of the correct fuel. (→P.422)
Q Restraining sudden start (Drive-
Start Control) WARNING
O When the following unusual operation Observe the following precautions.
is performed, the hybrid system output Failure to do so may result in death or
may be restrained. serious injury.
• When the shift lever is shifted from R
to D, D to R, N to R, P to D*, or P to R* Q When starting the vehicle
(D includes B) with the accelerator Always keep your foot on the brake
pedal depressed, a warning message pedal while stopped with the
appears on the multi-information dis- “READY” indicator is illuminated. This
play. If a warning message is shown prevents the vehicle from creeping.
on the multi-information display, read
the message and follow the instruc-
tion.
• When the accelerator pedal is
depressed too much while the vehicle
WARNING O During normal driving, do not turn

off the hybrid system. Turning the
Q When driving the vehicle hybrid system off while driving will
O Do not drive if you are unfamiliar not cause loss of steering or brak-
with the location of the brake and ing control, however, power assist
accelerator pedals to avoid to the steering will be lost. This will
depressing the wrong pedal. make it more difficult to steer
smoothly, so you should pull over
• Accidentally depressing the accel- and stop the vehicle as soon as it is
erator pedal instead of the brake safe to do so.
pedal will result in sudden accelera- In the event of an emergency, such
tion that may lead to an accident. as if it becomes impossible to stop
the vehicle in the normal way:
• When backing up, you may twist
→P.366
your body around, leading to a diffi-
culty in operating the pedals. Make O Use engine braking (shift position
sure to operate the pedals properly. B) to maintain a safe speed when
driving down a steep hill.
• Make sure to keep a correct driving
Using the brakes continuously may
posture even when moving the
cause the brakes to overheat and
vehicle only slightly. This allows you
lose effectiveness. (→P.175)
to depress the brake and accelera-
tor pedals properly. O Do not adjust the positions of the
steering wheel, the seat, or the
• Depress the brake pedal using your
inside or outside rear view mirrors
right foot. Depressing the brake
while driving.
pedal using your left foot may delay
Doing so may result in a loss of
response in an emergency, result-
vehicle control.
ing in an accident.
O Always check that all passengers’
O The driver should pay extra atten-
arms, heads or other parts of their
tion to pedestrians when the vehicle
body are not outside the vehicle.
is powered only by the electric
motor (traction motor). As there is Q When driving on slippery road
no engine noise, the pedestrians surfaces
may misjudge the vehicle’s move-
O Sudden braking, acceleration and
ment.
steering may cause tire slippage
O Do not drive the vehicle over or and reduce your ability to control
stop the vehicle near flammable the vehicle.
materials.
O Sudden acceleration, engine brak-
The exhaust system and exhaust
ing due to shifting, or changes in
gases can be extremely hot. These
engine speed could cause the vehi-
hot parts may cause a fire if there is
cle to skid.
any flammable material nearby.
WARNING Q If you hear a squealing or scrap-

ing noise (brake pad wear indica-
O After driving through a puddle, tors)
lightly depress the brake pedal to
Have the brake pads checked and
make sure that the brakes are func-
replaced by any authorized Mazda
tioning properly. Wet brake pads
may prevent the brakes from func-
or any reliable repairer as soon as
tioning properly. If the brakes on
possible.
only one side are wet and not func-
tioning properly, steering control Rotor damage may result if the pads
may be affected. are not replaced when needed.
Q When shifting the shift lever It is dangerous to drive the vehicle
O Do not let the vehicle roll backward when the wear limits of the brake
while a forward driving position is pads and/or those of the brake discs
selected, or roll forward while the are exceeded.
shift lever is in R.
Doing so may result in an accident Q When the vehicle is stopped
or damage to the vehicle. O Do not depress the accelerator
pedal unnecessarily.
O Do not shift the shift lever to P while If the shift lever is any position other 4
the vehicle is moving. than P or N, the vehicle may accel-
Doing so can damage the transmis- erate suddenly and unexpectedly,
sion and may result in a loss of causing an accident.
Driving
vehicle control.
O In order to prevent accidents due to
O Do not shift the shift lever to R while the vehicle rolling away, always
the vehicle is moving forward. keep depressing the brake pedal
Doing so can damage the transmis- while stopped with the “READY”
sion and may result in a loss of indicator is illuminated, and apply
vehicle control. the parking brake as necessary.
O Do not shift the shift lever to a driv- O If the vehicle is stopped on an
ing position while the vehicle is incline, in order to prevent acci-
moving backward. dents caused by the vehicle rolling
Doing so can damage the transmis- forward or backward, always
sion and may result in a loss of depress the brake pedal and
vehicle control. securely apply the parking brake as
needed.
O Moving the shift lever to N while the
vehicle is moving will disengage the O Avoid revving or racing the engine.
hybrid system. Engine braking is Running the engine at high speed
not available with the hybrid system while the vehicle is stopped may
disengaged. cause the exhaust system to over-
heat, which could result in a fire if
O Be careful not to shift the shift lever
combustible material is nearby.
with the accelerator pedal
depressed. Shifting the shift lever to
any positions other than P or N may
lead to unexpected rapid accelera-
tion of the vehicle that may cause
an accident and result in death or
serious injury.
WARNING O Always apply the parking brake,

shift the shift lever to P, stop the
Q When the vehicle is parked hybrid system and lock the vehicle.
O Do not leave glasses, cigarette Do not leave the vehicle unat-
lighters, spray cans, or soft drink tended while the hybrid system is
cans in the vehicle when it is in the operating.
sun. If the vehicle is parked with the shift
Doing so may result in the follow- lever in P but the parking brake is
ing: not set, the vehicle may start to
move, possibly leading to an acci-
• Gas may leak from a cigarette dent.
lighter or spray can, and may lead
to a fire. O Do not touch the exhaust pipes
while the “READY” indicator is illu-
• The temperature inside the vehicle minated or immediately after turn-
may cause the plastic lenses and ing the hybrid system off.
plastic material of glasses to Doing so may cause burns.
deform or crack.
Q When taking a nap in the vehicle
• Soft drink cans may fracture, caus-
Always turn the hybrid system off.
ing the contents to spray over the
Otherwise, if you accidentally move
interior of the vehicle, and may also
the shift lever or depress the acceler-
cause a short circuit in the vehicle’s
ator pedal, this could cause an acci-
electrical components.
dent or fire due to hybrid system
O Do not leave cigarette lighters in the overheating. Additionally, if the vehi-
vehicle. If a cigarette lighter is in a cle is parked in a poorly ventilated
place such as the glove box or on area, exhaust gases may collect and
the floor, it may be lit accidentally enter the vehicle, leading to death or
when luggage is loaded or the seat a serious health hazard.
is adjusted, causing a fire.
Q When braking
O Do not attach adhesive discs to the O When the brakes are wet, drive
windshield or windows. Do not more cautiously.
place containers such as air fresh- Braking distance increases when
eners on the instrument panel or the brakes are wet, and this may
dashboard. Adhesive discs or con- cause one side of the vehicle to
tainers may act as lenses, causing brake differently than the other
a fire in the vehicle. side. Also, the parking brake may
not securely hold the vehicle.
O Do not leave a door or window
open if the curved glass is coated O If the electronically controlled brake
with a metallized film such as a sil- system does not operate, do not fol-
ver-colored one. Reflected sunlight low other vehicles closely and avoid
may cause the glass to act as a hills or sharp turns that require
lens, causing a fire. braking.
In this case, braking is still possible,
but the brake pedal should be
depressed more firmly than usual.
Also, the braking distance will
increase. Have your brakes fixed
immediately.
WARNING O When driving over bumps in the

road, drive as slowly as possible to
O The brake system consists of 2 or avoid damaging the wheels, under-
more individual hydraulic systems; side of the vehicle, etc.
if one of the systems fails, the
other(s) will still operate. In this Q If you get a flat tire while driving
case, the brake pedal should be A flat or damaged tire may cause the
depressed more firmly than usual following situations. Hold the steering
and the braking distance will wheel firmly and gradually depress
increase. Have your brakes fixed the brake pedal to slow down the
immediately. vehicle.
Q If the vehicle becomes stuck O It may be difficult to control your
Do not spin the wheels excessively vehicle.
when a driven wheel is up in the air,
or the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, O The vehicle will make abnormal
etc. This may damage the driveline sounds or vibrations.
components or propel the vehicle for- O The vehicle will lean abnormally.
ward or backward, causing an acci-
dent. Information on what to do in case of a
flat tire (→P.386, 397) 4
Q When encountering flooded
NOTICE
roads
Driving
Q When driving the vehicle Do not drive on a road that has
O Do not depress the accelerator and flooded after heavy rain, etc. Doing so
brake pedals at the same time may cause the following serious dam-
during driving, as this may restrain age to the vehicle:
the hybrid system output.
O Engine stalling
O Do not use the accelerator pedal or
depress the accelerator and brake O Short in electrical components
pedals at the same time to hold the O Engine damage caused by water
vehicle on a hill. immersion
Q When parking the vehicle In the event that you drive on a
Always set the parking brake and shift flooded road and the vehicle
the shift lever to P. Failure to do so becomes flooded or stuck in mud or
may cause the vehicle to move or the sand, be sure to have any authorized
vehicle may accelerate suddenly if Mazda retailer or Mazda authorized
the accelerator pedal is accidentally repairer, or any reliable repairer check
depressed. the following:
Q Avoiding damage to vehicle parts O Brake function
O Do not turn the steering wheel fully O Changes in quantity and quality of
in either direction and hold it there oil and fluid used for the engine,
for an extended period of time. hybrid transmission, etc.
Doing so may damage the power
steering motor. O Lubricant condition for the bearings
and suspension joints (where possi-
ble), and the function of all joints,
bearings, etc.
Cargo and luggage O Secure all items in the occupant

compartment.
Take notice of the following O Never allow anyone to ride in the

luggage compartment. It is not
information about storage pre- designed for passengers. They
cautions, cargo capacity and should ride in their seats with their
load: seat belts properly fastened.
Q Load and distribution
WARNING O Do not overload your vehicle.
Q Things that must not be carried O Do not apply loads unevenly.
in the luggage compartment Improper loading may cause deteri-
The following things may cause a fire oration of steering or braking con-
if loaded in the luggage compartment: trol which may cause death or
serious injury.
O Receptacles containing gasoline
O Aerosol cans
Q Storage precautions
Failure to do so may prevent the ped-
als from being depressed properly,
may block the driver’s vision, or may
result in items hitting the driver or
passengers, possibly causing an acci-
dent.
O Stow cargo and luggage in the lug-
gage compartment whenever pos-
sible.
O Do not stack cargo and luggage in
the luggage compartment higher
than the seatbacks.
O When you fold down the rear seats,
long items should not be placed
directly behind the front seats.
O Do not place cargo or luggage in or
on the following locations.
• At the feet of the driver
• On the front passenger or rear
seats (when stacking items)
• On the luggage cover
• On the instrument panel
• On the dashboard
Trailer towing (vehicles Trailer towing (vehicles

without towing pack- with towing packages -
ages - including except for Reunion)
Reunion)
Your vehicle is designed pri-
Mazda does not recommend marily as a passenger carrying
towing a trailer with your vehi- vehicle. Towing a trailer will
cle. have an adverse effect on han-
dling, performance, braking,
Mazda also does not recom-
mend the installation of a tow durability, and fuel consump-
tion. Your safety and satisfac-
hitch or the use of a tow hitch
carrier for a wheelchair, tion depend on the proper use
of correct equipment and cau-
scooter, bicycle, etc. Your vehi-
cle is not designed for trailer tious driving habits. For your
safety and the safety of others,
towing or for the use of tow 4
hitch mounted carriers. do not overload the vehicle or
trailer.
Driving
To tow a trailer safely, use
extreme care and drive the
vehicle in accordance with the
trailer’s characteristics and
operating conditions.
Mazda warranties do not apply
to damage or malfunction
caused by towing a trailer for
commercial purposes.
Contact any authorized Mazda
repairer, or any reliable
repairer for further information
about additional requirements
such as towing kits, etc.
Weight limits
Check the allowable towing capac-
ity, GVM (Gross Vehicle Mass),
MPAC (Maximum Permissible Axle
Capacity), and permissible draw- Q Information tag (manufac-

bar load before towing. (→P.420) turer’s label)
Towing hitch/bracket
Mazda recommends the use of the
Mazda hitch/bracket for your vehi-
cle. Other products of a suitable
nature and comparable quality may
also be used.
Important points regarding Gross vehicle mass

trailer loads The combined weight of the driver, pas-
sengers, luggage, towing hitch, total
Q Total trailer weight and per- curb mass and drawbar load should not
missible drawbar load exceed the gross vehicle mass by more
than 100 kg (220.5 lb.). Exceeding this
weight is dangerous.
Maximum permissible rear axle
capacity
The weight borne by the rear axle
should not exceed the maximum per-
missible rear axle capacity by 15% or
more. Exceeding this weight is danger-
ous. The values for towing capacity
were derived from testing conducted at
Total trailer weight
sea level. Take note that engine output
Weight of the trailer itself plus the trailer and towing capacity will be reduced at
load should be within the maximum high altitudes.
towing capacity. Exceeding this weight
is dangerous. (→P.420)
When towing a trailer, use a friction
coupler or friction stabilizer (sway con-
trol device).
Permissible drawbar load
Allocate the trailer load so that the
drawbar load is greater than 25 kg
(55.1 lb.) or 4% of the towing capacity.
Do not let the drawbar load exceed the
indicated weight. (→P.420)
WARNING
Q When the gross vehicle mass or
maximum permissible axle
capacity is exceeded
Failing to observe this precaution may
lead to an accident causing death or
serious injury.
O Add an additional 20.0 kPa (0.2
kgf/cm2 or bar, 3 psi) to the recom-
mended tire inflation pressure
value. (→P.426)
O Do not exceed the established
speed limit for towing a trailer in
built-up areas or 100 km/h (62
mph), whichever is the lower.
Installation positions for the

4
towing hitch/bracket and
hitch ball 3 690 mm (27.2 in.)
Driving
4 600 mm (23.6 in.)
5 322 mm (12.7 in.)
6 19 mm (0.75 in.)
7 370 mm (14.6 in.)
Q Tire information
O Increase the tire inflation pressure to
20.0 kPa (0.2 kgf/cm2 or bar, 3 psi)
greater than the recommended value
when towing. (→P.426)
O Increase the air pressure of the trailer
tires in accordance with the total
trailer weight and according to the val-
ues recommended by the manufac-
turer of your trailer.
Q Trailer lights
Please consult any authorized Mazda
retailer or Mazda authorized repairer, or
any reliable repairer when installing
1 511 mm (20.1 in.) trailer lights, as incorrect installation
may cause damage to the vehicle’s
2 513 mm (20.2 in.) lights. Please take care to comply with
your state’s laws when installing trailer
lights.
Q Break-in schedule
Guidance
Mazda recommends that vehicles fitted
with new power train components Your vehicle will handle differently
should not be used for towing trailers for
the first 800 km (500 miles). when towing a trailer. In order to
Q Safety checks before towing avoid accident, death or serious
O Check that the maximum load limit for
injury, keep the following in mind
the towing hitch/bracket hitch ball is when towing:
not exceeded. Bear in mind that the
coupling weight of the trailer will add Q Checking connections
to the load exerted on the vehicle. between trailer and lights
Also make sure that you will not be
towing a load that exceeds the maxi- Stop the vehicle and check the
mum permissible axle capacity. operation of the connection
O Ensure that the trailer load is secure. between the trailer and lights after
O Supplementary outside rear view mir- driving for a brief period as well as
rors should be added to the vehicle if before starting off.
the traffic behind cannot be clearly
seen with standard mirrors. Adjust the Q Practicing driving with a cou-
extending arms of these mirrors on pled trailer
both sides of the vehicle so that they
always provide maximum visibility of z Get the feel for turning, stopping
the road behind. and reversing with the trailer
Q Maintenance coupled by practicing in an area
O Maintenance must be performed more with no or light traffic.
frequently when using the vehicle for
towing due to the greater weight bur- z When reversing with a coupled
den placed on the vehicle compared trailer, hold the section of the
to normal driving.
steering wheel nearest to you
O Retighten all bolts securing the hitch- and rotate clockwise to turn the
ing ball and bracket after towing for
approximately 1000 km (600 miles). trailer left or counterclockwise to
turn it right. Always rotate a little
NOTICE at a time to prevent steering
Q When the rear bumper strength- error. Have someone guide you
ening material is aluminum when reversing to lessen the risk
Ensure the steel bracket part does not of an accident.
come directly in contact with that
area. Q Increasing vehicle-to-vehicle
When steel and aluminum come into distance
contact, there is a reaction similar to
corrosion, which will weaken the sec- At a speed of 10 km/h (6 mph), the
tion concerned and may result in distance to the vehicle running
damage. Apply a rust inhibitor to parts
ahead of you should be equivalent
that will come in contact when attach-
ing a steel bracket. to or greater than the combined
length of your vehicle and trailer.
Avoid sudden braking that may of your vehicle and trailer and
cause skidding. Otherwise, the ensure that the vehicle-to-vehicle
vehicle may spin out of control. This distance is sufficient before execut-
is especially true when driving on ing lane changes.
wet or slippery road surfaces. Q Transmission information
Q Sudden acceleration/steering To maintain engine braking effi-
input/cornering ciency and charging system perfor-
Executing sharp turns when towing mance when using engine braking,
may result in the trailer colliding do not use the transmission in D.
with your vehicle. Decelerate well in (→P.175)
advance when approaching turns Q If the engine overheats
and take them slowly and carefully
Towing a loaded trailer up a long,
to avoid sudden braking.
steep incline in temperatures
Q Important points regarding exceeding 30°C (85°F) may result
turning in the engine overheating. If the 4
The wheels of the trailer will travel engine coolant temperature gauge
closer to the inside of the curve indicates that the engine is over-
Driving
than the wheels of the vehicle. To heating, turn the air conditioning off
make allowance for this, take the immediately, leave the road and
turns wider than you would nor- stop the vehicle in a safe place.
mally do. (→P.414)
Q Important points regarding Q When parking the vehicle
stability Always place wheel chocks under
Vehicle movement resulting from the wheels of both the vehicle and
uneven road surfaces and strong trailer. Firmly set the parking brake
crosswinds will affect handling. The and shift the shift lever to P.
vehicle may also be rocked by
WARNING
passing buses or large trucks. Fre-
quently check behind when moving Follow all the instructions described in
this section. Failure to do so could
alongside such vehicles. As soon
cause an accident resulting in death
as such vehicle movement occurs, or serious injury.
immediately start to decelerate
Q Trailer towing precautions
smoothly by slowly applying the When towing, make sure that none of
brakes. Always steer the vehicle the weight limits are exceeded.
straight ahead while braking. (→P.162)
Q Passing other vehicles

Consider the total combined length
WARNING
Q Vehicle speed in towing
Observe the legal maximum speeds
for trailer towing.
Q Before descending hills or long
declines
Reduce speed and downshift. How-
ever, never downshift suddenly while
descending steep or long downhill
grades.
Q Operation of the brake pedal
Do not hold the brake pedal
depressed often or for long periods of
time. Doing so may result in the brake
overheating or reduce braking effects.
Q To avoid accident or injury
O Vehicles with a compact spare tire:
Do not tow a trailer when the com-
pact spare tire is installed on your
vehicle.
O Vehicles with the emergency tire
puncture repair kit: Do not tow a
trailer when the tire installed is
repaired with the emergency tire
puncture repair kit.
O Vehicles with a Dynamic radar
cruise control: Do not use dynamic
radar cruise control when you are
towing.
NOTICE
Q Do not directly splice trailer
lights
Directly splicing trailer lights may
damage your vehicle’s electrical sys-
tem and cause a malfunction.
Power (ignition) switch influence of the outside temperature, it

4-2.Driving procedures

(vehicles without a system. In this case, try to start the
smart entry & start sys- hybrid system again after the tem-
perature of the hybrid battery
tem) increases due to the outside tempera-
ture increase, etc.
Starting the hybrid system Q Sounds and vibrations specific to a
hybrid vehicle
1 Check that the parking brake is →P.75
set. Q When the steering lock cannot be
released
2 Check that the shift lever is set
When starting the hybrid system, the
in P. power switch may seem stuck in OFF.
3 Firmly depress the brake pedal. To free it, turn the key while turning the
steering wheel slightly left and right.
4 Turn the power switch to START
to start the hybrid system.
If the “READY” indicator turns on, the 4
hybrid system will operate normally.
Continue depressing the brake pedal
Driving
until the “READY” indicator is illumi-
nated.
5 Check that the “READY” indica-
Q If the “READY” indicator does not
tor is illuminated. come on
The vehicle cannot be driven if the In the event that the “READY” indicator
“READY” indicator is off. does not come on even after performing
the proper procedures for starting the
Q If the hybrid system does not start vehicle, contact any authorized Mazda
The immobilizer system may not have
any reliable repairer immediately.
been deactivated. (→P.81) Contact any
authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda Q If the hybrid system is malfunction-
authorized repairer, or any reliable ing
repairer. →P.383
Q When the ambient temperature is
low, such as during winter driving WARNING
conditions
O When starting the hybrid system, the Q When starting the hybrid system
flashing time of the “READY” indicator Always start the hybrid system while
may be long. Leave the vehicle as it is sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not
until the “READY” indicator is steady depress the accelerator pedal while
on, as steady means the vehicle is starting the hybrid system under any
able to move. circumstances.Doing so may cause
an accident resulting in death or seri-
O When the hybrid battery (traction bat-
ous injury.
tery) is extremely cold (below approxi-
mately -30°C [-22°F]) under the
168 4-2. Driving procedures
NOTICE
Q When starting the hybrid system
If the hybrid system becomes difficult
to start, have your vehicle checked by
reliable repairer immediately.
Q Key reminder function
Changing the power switch A buzzer sounds if the driver’s door is
positions opened while the power switch is in OFF
or ACC to remind you to remove the
key.
WARNING
Q Caution when driving
Do not turn the power switch to OFF
while driving. If, in an emergency, you
must turn the hybrid system off while
the vehicle is moving, turn the power
switch only to ACC to stop the hybrid
system. An accident may result if the
1 OFF (“LOCK” position) hybrid system is stopped while driv-
ing. (→P.366)
The steering wheel is locked and the
key can be removed. (The key can be
removed only when the shift lever is in NOTICE
P.) Q To prevent 12-volt battery dis-
2 ACC (“ACC” position) charge
Do not leave the power switch in ACC
Some electrical components such as
or ON for long periods of time without
the audio system can be used. the hybrid system running.
3 ON (“ON” position)
All electrical components can be used.
4 START (“START” position)
For starting the hybrid system.
Q Turning the key from ACC to OFF

1 Shift the shift lever to P.
2 Push in the key and turn it to OFF.
Power (ignition) switch any power switch mode.
(vehicles with a smart

entry & start system)
Performing the following oper-

ations when carrying the elec-
tronic key on your person
starts the hybrid system or
changes power switch modes.
5 Check that the “READY” indica-
Starting the hybrid system tor is illuminated.
The vehicle cannot be driven if the
1 Press the parking brake switch “READY” indicator is off.
to check that the parking brake
is set. Q Power switch illumination
In the following situations, the power 4
2 Check that the shift lever is in P. switch is illuminated.
3 Firmly depress the brake pedal. O When the driver’s or passenger’s door
Driving
is opened.
and a message will be displayed
on the multi-information display. If it is O When the power switch is in ACC or
not displayed, the hybrid system cannot ON.
be started. O When the power switch mode is
4 Press the power switch shortly changed from ACC or ON to off.
and firmly. Also, in the following situation, the
power switch flashes.
When operating the power switch, one O When depressing the brake pedal
short, firm press is enough. It is not while carrying the electronic key.
necessary to press and hold the switch.
If the “READY” indicator turns on, the Q If the hybrid system does not start
hybrid system will operate normally. O The immobilizer system may not have
Continue depressing the brake pedal been deactivated. (→P.81)
until the “READY” indicator is illumi- Contact any authorized Mazda retailer
nated. or Mazda authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer.
The hybrid system can be started from
O If a message related to start-up is
shown on the multi-information dis-
play, read the message and follow the
instructions.
Q When the ambient temperature is
low, such as during winter driving
conditions
O When starting the hybrid system, the
flashing time of the “READY” indicator
may be long. Leave the vehicle as it is
until the “READY” indicator is steady

on, as steady means the vehicle is
able to move.
O When the hybrid battery (traction bat-
tery) is extremely cold (below approxi-
mately -30°C [-22°F]) under the
influence of the outside temperature, it
system. In this case, try to start the
hybrid system again after the tem- O To prevent the steering lock motor
perature of the hybrid battery from overheating, the motor may be
increases due to the outside tempera- suspended if the hybrid system is
ture increase, etc. turned on and off repeatedly in a short
period of time. In this case, refrain
Q Sounds and vibrations specific to a from operating the power switch. After
hybrid vehicle about 10 seconds, the steering lock
→P.75 motor will resume functioning.
Q If the 12-volt battery is discharged Q If the “READY” indicator does not
The hybrid system cannot be started come on
using the smart entry & start system. In the event that the “READY” indicator
Refer to P.409 to restart the hybrid sys- does not come on even after performing
tem. the proper procedures for starting the
vehicle, contact any authorized Mazda
Q Electronic key battery depletion
→P.122 any reliable repairer immediately.
Q Conditions affecting operation Q If the hybrid system is malfunction-
→P.135 ing
Q Notes for the entry function →P.383
→P.136 Q Electronic key battery
Q Steering lock function →P.351
O After turning the power switch off and Q Operation of the power switch
opening and closing the doors, the O If the switch is not pressed shortly and
steering wheel will be locked due to firmly, the power switch mode may not
the steering lock function. Operating change or the hybrid system may not
the power switch again automatically start.
cancels the steering lock.
O If attempting to restart the hybrid sys-
O When the steering lock cannot be tem immediately after turning the
released, “Push Power Switch while power switch off, the hybrid system
Turning Steering Wheel in Either may not start in some cases. After
Direction” will be displayed on the turning the power switch off, please
multi-information display. wait a few seconds before restarting
Press the power switch shortly and the hybrid system.
firmly while turning the steering wheel
left and right. Q Customization
If the smart entry & start system has
been deactivated in a customized set-
ting, refer to P.407.
The hybrid system will stop, and the
WARNING meter display will be extinguished.
Q When starting the hybrid system 4 Release the brake pedal and
Always start the hybrid system while check that “ACCESSORY” or
sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not
depress the accelerator pedal while “IGNITION ON” is not shown on
starting the hybrid system under any the multi-information display.
circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident WARNING
Q Stopping the hybrid system in an
Q Caution while driving emergency
If hybrid system failure occurs while O If you want to stop the hybrid sys-
the vehicle is moving, do not lock or tem in an emergency while driving
open the doors until the vehicle the vehicle, press and hold the
reaches a safe and complete stop. power switch for more than 2 sec-
Activation of the steering lock in this onds, or press it briefly 3 times or
circumstance may lead to an acci- more in succession. (→P.366)
dent, resulting in death or serious However, do not touch the power
injury. switch while driving except in an
emergency. Turning the hybrid sys- 4
tem off while driving will not cause
NOTICE loss of steering or braking control,
Driving
Q When starting the hybrid system however, power assist to the steer-
ing will be lost. This will make it
If the hybrid system becomes difficult more difficult to steer smoothly, so
to start, have your vehicle checked by you should pull over and stop the
any authorized Mazda retailer or vehicle as soon as it is safe to do
Mazda authorized repairer, or any so.
reliable repairer immediately.
O If the power switch is operated
Q Symptoms indicating a malfunc- while the vehicle is running, a warn-
tion with the power switch ing message will be shown on the
If the power switch seems to be oper- multi-information display and a
ating somewhat differently than usual, buzzer sounds.
such as the switch sticking slightly,
there may be a malfunction. Contact O To restart the hybrid system after
any authorized Mazda retailer or performing an emergency shut-
Mazda authorized repairer, or any down, shift the shift lever to N and
reliable repairer immediately. then press the power switch.
Stopping the hybrid system Changing power switch

modes
1 Stop the vehicle completely.
Modes can be changed by pressing
2 Set the parking brake (→P.178),
the power switch with brake pedal
and shift the shift lever to P.
released. (The mode changes each
Check the parking brake indicator is
time the switch is pressed.)
illuminated.
3 Press the power switch.
is not operating.
NOTICE
Q To prevent 12-volt battery dis-
charge
O Do not leave the power switch in
ACC or ON for long periods of time
without the hybrid system on.
O If “ACCESSORY” or “IGNITION
ON” is displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display, the power switch is
not off. Exit the vehicle after turning
the power switch off.
“ACCESSORY” When stopping the hybrid

“IGNITION ON” system with the shift lever in
a position other than P
1 OFF*
The emergency flashers can be used. If the hybrid system is stopped with
2 ACC the shift lever in a position other
Some electrical components such as than P, the power switch will not be
the audio system can be used. turned off. Perform the following
“ACCESSORY” will be displayed on the procedure to turn the switch off:
multi-information display. 1 Check that the parking brake is
3 ON set.
All electrical components can be used. 2 Shift the shift lever to P.
“IGNITION ON” will be displayed on the
3 Check that “IGNITION ON” is
multi-information display.
*: displayed on the multi-informa-
If the shift lever is in a position other
tion display and press the power
than P when turning off the hybrid
system, the power switch will be switch shortly and firmly.
remained to ON, not to off. 4 Check that “ACCESSORY” or
“IGNITION ON” on the multi-
Q Auto power off function information display is off.
If the vehicle is left in ACC or ON (the
hybrid system is not operating) for more NOTICE
than 20 minutes with the shift lever in P,
the power switch will automatically turn
off. However, this function cannot
entirely prevent 12-volt battery dis-
charge. Do not leave the vehicle with the
power switch in ACC or ON for long
periods of time when the hybrid system
Q To prevent 12-volt battery dis- EV drive mode

charge
Do not stop the hybrid system when
the shift lever is in a position other In EV drive mode, electric
than P. If the hybrid system is stopped power is supplied by the
in another shift lever position, the hybrid battery (traction bat-
power switch will not be turned off and
remained to ON. If the vehicle is left in tery), and only the electric
ON, battery discharge may occur. motor (traction motor) is used
to drive the vehicle.
This mode allows you to drive
in residential areas early in the
morning and late at night, or in
indoor parking lots, etc., with-
out concern for noises and gas
emissions.
4
Operating instructions
Driving
Turns EV drive mode on/off
When EV drive mode is turned on, the
EV drive mode indicator will come on.
Pressing the switch when in EV drive
mode will return the vehicle to normal
driving (using the gasoline engine and
electric motor [traction motor]).
Q Situations in which EV drive mode

cannot be turned on
It may not be possible to turn EV drive
mode on in the following situations. If it
cannot be turned on, a buzzer will sound
and a message will be shown on the
multi-information display.
O The temperature of the hybrid system (→P.118)

is high. O Vehicle speed is high.
The vehicle has been left in the sun,
driven on a hill, driven at high speeds, O The accelerator pedal is depressed
etc. firmly or the vehicle is on a hill, etc.
O The temperature of the hybrid system Q Possible driving distance when
is low. driving in EV drive mode
The vehicle has been left in tempera- EV drive mode’s possible driving dis-
tures lower than about 0°C (32°F) for tance ranges from a few hundred
a long period of time, etc. meters to approximately 1 km (0.6 mile).
O The gasoline engine is warming up. However, depending on vehicle condi-
tions, there are situations when EV drive
O The hybrid battery (traction battery) is mode cannot be used.
low. (The distance that is possible depends
The remaining battery level indicated on the hybrid battery [traction battery]
in the energy monitor display is low. level and driving conditions.)
(→P.118)
Q Fuel economy
O Vehicle speed is high.
The hybrid system is designed to
O The accelerator pedal is depressed achieve the best possible fuel economy
firmly or the vehicle is on a hill, etc. during normal driving (using the gaso-
O The windshield defogger is in use. line engine and electric motor [traction
motor]). Driving in EV drive mode more
Q Switching to EV drive mode when
than necessary may lower fuel econ-
the gasoline engine is cold
omy.
If the hybrid system is started while the
gasoline engine is cold, the gasoline Q If “EV Mode Unavailable” is shown
engine will start automatically after a on the multi-information display
short period of time in order to warm up. The EV drive mode is not available. The
In this case, you will become unable to reason the EV drive mode is not avail-
switch to EV drive mode. able (the vehicle is idling, battery charge
After the hybrid system has started and is low, vehicle speed is higher than the
the “READY” indicator has illuminated, EV drive mode operating speed range
press the EV drive mode switch before or accelerator pedal is depressed too
the gasoline engine starts to switch to much) may be displayed. Use the EV
EV drive mode. drive mode when it becomes available.
Q Automatic cancelation of EV drive Q If “EV Mode Deactivated” is shown
mode on the multi-information display
When driving in EV drive mode, the gas- The EV drive mode has been automati-
oline engine may start automatically and cally canceled. The reason the EV drive
the vehicle may be driven by the gaso- mode is not available (the battery
line engine and electric motor (traction charge is low, vehicle speed is higher
motor) in the following situations. When than the EV drive mode operating speed
EV drive mode is canceled, a buzzer will range or accelerator pedal is depressed
sound, the EV drive mode indicator will too much) may be displayed. Drive the
flash, and a message will be displayed vehicle for a while before attempting to
on the multi-information display. turn on the EV drive mode again.
O The hybrid battery (traction battery)
becomes low.
The remaining battery level indicated
in the energy monitor display is low.
WARNING Hybrid transmission

When driving in EV drive mode, pay Select the shift position
special attention to the area around depending on your purpose
the vehicle. Because there is no
engine noise, pedestrians, people rid- and situation.
ing bicycles or other people and vehi-
cles in the area may not be aware of
the vehicle starting off or approaching Shift position purpose and
them. functions
Take extra care while driving even if
the acoustic vehicle alerting system is Shift posi-
active. Objective or function
tion
Parking the vehicle/start-
P
ing the hybrid system
R Reversing
Neutral (Condition in 4
N which the power is not
transmitted)
Driving
D Normal driving*
Applying moderate engine
B
braking driving down hills
*: To improve fuel efficiency and reduce
noise, shift the shift lever to D for nor-
mal driving.
Q Restraining sudden start (Drive-

Start Control)
→P.155
Q When driving with dynamic radar
cruise control with full-speed range
activated
Even when switching the driving mode
to power mode with the intent of
enabling engine braking, engine braking
will not occur because dynamic radar
cruise control with full-speed range will
not be canceled. (→P.270)
WARNING
depressed*, shift the shift lever
while pushing the shift release but-
Q When driving on slippery road
surfaces ton on the shift knob.
Do not accelerate or shift gears sud- : Shift the shift lever while push-
denly. ing the shift release button on the
Sudden changes in engine braking
may cause the vehicle to spin or skid, shift knob.
resulting in an accident. : Shift the shift lever normally.
When shifting the shift lever between P
NOTICE and D, make sure that the vehicle is
Q Hybrid battery (traction battery) completely stopped.
charge *
: For the vehicle be able to be shifted
If the shift lever is in N, the hybrid bat- from P, the brake pedal must be
tery (traction battery) will not be depressed before the shift release
charged even when the engine is run-
button is pushed. If the shift release
ning. Therefore, if the vehicle is left
with the shift lever in N for a long button is pushed first, the shift lock
period of time, the hybrid battery will not be released.
(traction battery) will discharge, and
this may result in the vehicle not
Q Shift lock system
being able to start.
The shift lock system is a system to pre-
vent accidental operation of the shift
Shifting the shift lever lever in starting.
The shift lever can be shifted from P
only when the power switch is in ON and
the brake pedal is being depressed.
Q If the shift lever cannot be shifted
from P
First, check whether the brake pedal is
being depressed.
If the shift lever cannot be shifted with
your foot on the brake pedal, there may
be a problem with the shift lock system.
repairer immediately.
The following steps may be used as an
emergency measure to ensure that the
shift lever can be shifted.
Releasing the shift lock:
1 Set the parking brake.
2 Turn the power switch off.
3 Depress the brake pedal.
4 Ply the cover up with a flathead
: While the power switch is in screwdriver or equivalent tool.
ON and the brake pedal To prevent damaging the cover,
wrap the tip of the flathead screw-
driver with a tape. WARNING
Q To prevent an accident when
releasing the shift lock
Before pressing the shift lock override
button, make sure to set the parking
brake and depress the brake pedal.
If the accelerator pedal is accidentally
depressed instead of the brake pedal
when the shift lock override button is
pressed and the shift lever is shifted
5 Press and hold the shift lock override out of P, the vehicle may suddenly
button and then push the button on start, possibly leading to an accident
the shift knob. resulting in death or serious injury.
The shift lever can be shifted while the
both buttons are pressed. Selecting the driving mode
→P.270
4
Driving
Q About engine braking
When shift position B is selected,
releasing the accelerator pedal will
apply engine braking.
O When the vehicle is driven at high
speeds, compared to ordinary gaso-
line-fueled vehicles, the engine brak-
ing deceleration is felt less than that of
other vehicles.
O The vehicle can be accelerated even
when shift position B is selected.
If the vehicle is driven continuously in
the B position, fuel efficiency will
become low. Usually, select the D posi-
tion.
Turn signal lever Parking brake
Operating instructions The parking brake can be set

or released automatically or
manually.
In automatic mode, the parking
brake can be set or released
automatically. Also, even in
automatic mode, the parking
brake can be set or released
manually.
Q Using the manual mode
The parking brake can be set and
released manually.
1 Right turn
2 Lane change to the right (move
the lever partway and release it)
The right hand signals will flash 3 times.
3 Lane change to the left (move
the lever partway and release it)
The left hand signals will flash 3 times.
4 Left turn
Q Turn signals can be operated when

1 Pull the switch to set the parking
brake
Q If the indicator flashes faster than
usual The parking brake indicator and parking
Check that a light bulb in the front or brake light will turn on.
rear turn signal lights has not burned Pull and hold the parking brake switch if
out. an emergency occurs and it is neces-
sary to operate the parking brake while
driving.
2 Push the switch to release the
parking brake turn on.
• Operate the parking brake switch Operate the shift lever with the
while depressing the brake pedal.
vehicle stopped and the brake
• Using the parking brake automatic
pedal depressed.
release function, the parking brake
can be released by depressing the The parking brake may not operate
accelerator pedal. When using this automatically if the shift lever is moved
function, slowly depress the acceler- quickly.
ator pedal. In this case, it is necessary to operate
Make sure that the parking brake indi- the parking brake switch. (→P.178)
cator and parking brake light turn off. Q Turning automatic mode off
Q Turning automatic mode on While the vehicle is stopped and
While the vehicle is stopped, pull depressing the brake pedal, press
and hold the parking brake switch and hold the parking brake switch
until a message is shown on the until a message is shown on the
multi-information display multi-information display
4
Driving
“EPB Shift Interlock Function “EPB Shift Interlock Function
Activated” Deactivated”
When the automatic mode is turned
on, the parking brake operates as Q Parking brake operation
follows. O When the power switch is not in ON,
the parking brake cannot be released
z When the shift lever is moved out using the parking brake switch.
of P, the parking brake will be O When the power switch is not in ON,
released, and the parking brake automatic mode (automatic brake set-
ting and releasing) is not available.
indicator and parking brake light
Q Parking brake automatic release
will turn off. function
z When the shift lever is moved The parking brake is automatically
into P, the parking brake will be released when slowly depress the accel-
erator pedal.
set, and the parking brake indi- The parking brake will be released auto-
cator and parking brake light will matically under the following conditions:
O The driver’s door is closed will stay on for about 15 seconds. This
O The driver is wearing the seat belt does not indicate a malfunction.
O The shift lever is a forward or reverse Q When the parking brake switch
position. malfunctions
O The malfunction indicator lamp or Automatic mode (automatic brake set-
brake system warning light is not illu- ting and releasing) will be turned on
minated. automatically.
If the automatic release function does Q Parking the vehicle
not operate, manually release the park- →P.154
ing brake.
Q Parking brake engaged warning
Q If “Parking Brake Temporarily buzzer
Unavailable” is displayed on the A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is
multi-information display driven with the parking brake engaged.
If the parking brake is operated repeat- “Parking Brake ON” is displayed on the
edly over a short period of time, the sys- multi-information display. (with the vehi-
tem may restrict operation to prevent cle reached a speed of 5 km/h [3 mph])
overheating. If this happens, refrain from
operating the parking brake. Normal Q If the brake system warning light
operation will return after about 1 min- comes on
ute. →P.374
Q If “Parking Brake Unavailable” is Q Usage in winter time
displayed on the multi-information →P.281
display
Operate the parking brake switch. If the
WARNING
message does not disappear after oper-
ating the switch several times, the sys- Q When parking the vehicle
tem may be malfunctioning. Have the Do not leave a child in the vehicle
vehicle inspected by any authorized alone. The parking brake may be
Mazda retailer or Mazda authorized released unintentionally and there is
repairer, or any reliable repairer. the danger of the vehicle moving that
Q Parking brake operation sound may lead to an accident resulting in
When the parking brake operates, a death or serious injury.
motor sound (whirring sound) may be Q Parking brake switch
heard. This does not indicate a malfunc-
tion. Do not set any objects near the park-
ing brake switch.
Q Parking brake operation Objects may interfere with the switch
O Depending on the power switch mode, and may lead the parking brake to
the parking brake indicator and park- unexpectedly operate.
ing brake light will turn on and stay on
as described below:
ON: Comes on until the parking brake NOTICE
is released. Q When parking the vehicle
Not in ON: Stays on for approximately
15 seconds. Before you leave the vehicle, set the
parking brake, shift the shift lever to P
O When the power switch is turned off and make sure that the vehicle does
with the parking brake set, the parking not move.
brake indicator and parking brake light
NOTICE Brake Hold

Q When the system malfunctions
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and The brake hold system keeps
check the warning messages. the brake applied when the
Q When the parking brake cannot shift lever is in D, B or N with
be released due to a malfunction the system on and the brake
Driving the vehicle with the parking pedal has been depressed to
brake set will lead to brake compo-
nents overheating, which may affect stop the vehicle. The system
braking performance and increase releases the brake when the
brake wear. accelerator pedal is depressed
Have the vehicle inspected by any with the shift lever in D or B to
authorized repairer, or any reliable allow smooth start off.
repairer immediately if this occurs.
Enabling the system

4
Turn the brake hold system on
The brake hold standby indicator
Driving
(green) comes on. While the system
is holding the brake, the brake hold
operated indicator (yellow) comes
on.
Q Brake hold system operating con-

ditions
The brake hold system cannot be turned
on in the following conditions:
O The driver’s door is not closed.
O The driver is not wearing the seat belt.
If any of the conditions above are
detected when the brake hold system is
enabled, the system will turn off and the
brake hold standby indicator light will go
off. In addition, if any of the conditions the brake hold switch is pressed with the
are detected while the system is holding brake hold system operating conditions
the brake, a warning buzzer will sound met, the system may be malfunctioning.
and a message will be shown on the Have the vehicle inspected at any
multi-information display. The parking authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
brake will then be set automatically. authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer.
Q Brake hold function
O If the brake pedal is left released for a Q If “Brake Hold Malfunction Press
period of about 3 minutes after the Brake to Deactivate Visit Your
system has started holding the brake, Dealer” or “Brake Hold Malfunction
the parking brake will be set automati- Visit Your Dealer” is displayed on
cally. In this case, a warning buzzer the multi-information display
sounds and a message is shown on The system may be malfunctioning.
the multi-information display. Have the vehicle inspected by any
O To turn the system off while the sys-
tem is holding the brake, firmly
repairer.
depress the brake pedal and press
the button again. Q Warning messages and buzzers
O The brake hold function may not hold Warning messages and buzzers are
the vehicle when the vehicle is on a used to indicate a system malfunction or
steep incline. In this situation, it may to inform the driver of the need for cau-
be necessary for the driver to apply tion. If a warning message is shown on
the brakes. A warning buzzer will the multi-information display, read the
sound and the multi-information dis- message and follow the instructions.
play will inform the driver of this situa- Q If the brake hold operated indicator
tion. If a warning message is shown flashes
on the multi-information display, read
the message and follow the instruc- →P.381
tions.
Q When the parking brake is set auto- WARNING
matically while the system is hold- Q When the vehicle is on a steep
ing the brakes incline
Perform any of the following operations When using the brake hold system on
to release the parking brake. a steep incline, exercise caution. The
O Depress the accelerator pedal. (The brake hold function may not hold the
parking brake will not be released vehicle in such a situation.
automatically if the seat belt is not fas-
tened.) Q When stopped on a slippery road
O Operate the parking brake switch with The system cannot stop the vehicle
the brake pedal depressed. when the gripping ability of the tires
has been exceeded. Do not use the
Make sure that the parking brake indica- system when stopped on a slippery
tor light goes off. (→P.178) road.
Q When an inspection at any autho-
repairer is necessary
When the brake hold standby indicator
(green) does not illuminate even when
NOTICE
Q When parking the vehicle
The brake hold system is not
designed for use when parking the
vehicle for a long period of time. Turn-
ing the power switch off while the sys-
tem is holding the brake may release
the brake, which would cause the
vehicle to move. When operating the
power switch, depress the brake
pedal, shift the shift lever to P and set
the parking brake.
Driving
184 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
Headlight switch Type B

4-3.Operating the lights and wipers
The headlights can be oper-

ated manually or automatically.
Operating the switch turns
on the lights as follows:
X Type A
1 The headlights, daytime

running lights (→P.184) and all
the lights listed below turn on
and off automatically.
2 The front position, tail,

license plate and instrument
panel lights turn on.
3 The headlights and all the

1 The headlights, daytime lights listed above turn on.
running lights (→P.184) and all 4 The daytime running lights
the lights listed below turn on turn on (→P.184)
and off automatically.
Q AUTO mode can be used when
2 The front position, tail,
license plate and instrument
panel lights turn on. Q Daytime running light system
To make your vehicle more visible to
3 The headlights and all the other drivers during daytime driving, the
daytime running lights turn on automati-
lights listed above turn on. cally whenever hybrid system is started
and the parking brake is released with
the headlight switch in the or
position. (LED type headlights only: Illu-
minate brighter than the front position
lights.) Daytime running lights are not
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers 185
designed for use at night. Q When unlock the doors (welcome
lamp) (vehicles with LED type
Q Headlight control sensor
headlights)
When the doors are unlocked using the
entry function or wireless remote con-
trol, the front position lights turn on auto-
matically.
When the light switch is in the AUTO
position and the surrounding area is
dark, this function will operate.
Q 12-volt battery-saving function
The sensor may not function properly if In order to prevent the 12-volt battery of
an object is placed on the sensor, or the vehicle from discharging, if the light
anything that blocks the sensor is
affixed to the windshield. switch is in the or position
Doing so interferes with the sensor when the power switch is turned off the
detecting the level of ambient light and 12-volt battery saving function will oper-
may cause the automatic headlight sys- ate and automatically turn off all the
tem to malfunction. lights after approximately 20 minutes.
Q Automatic light off system When the power switch is turned to ON, 4
the 12-volt battery-saving function will
be disabled.
O When the light switch is in or
Driving
When any of the following are per-
formed, the 12-volt battery-saving func-
: The headlights and front fog
tion is canceled once and then
lights (if equipped) turn off automati- reactivated. All the lights will turn off
cally if the power switch is turned to automatically 20 minutes after the 12-
ACC or OFF. volt battery-saving function has been
reactivated:
O When the light switch is in : The O When the headlight switch is operated
headlights and all lights turn off auto-
matically if the power switch is turned O When a door is opened or closed
to ACC or OFF. Q Customization
To turn the lights on again, turn the Some functions can be customized.
power switch to ON, or turn the light (→P.431)
switch or once and then back
NOTICE
to or .
Q Light reminder buzzer charge
A buzzer sounds when the power switch Do not leave the lights on longer than
is turned to OFF or ACC and the driver’s necessary when the hybrid system is
door is opened while the lights are off.
turned on.
Turning on the high beam

headlights
The lights are turned off in the fol-

lowing situations.
z The power switch is turned to
1 With the headlights on, push the ON.
lever away from you to turn on
z The light switch is turned on.
the high beams.
z The light switch is pulled toward
Pull the lever toward you to the center
position to turn the high beams off. you and then released.
2 Pull the lever toward you and
release it to flash the high Manual headlight leveling
beams once. dial
You can flash the high beams with the
The level of the headlights can be
headlights on or off.
adjusted according to the number
of passengers and the loading con-
Headlamp temporary light- dition of the vehicle.
ing function
This system allows the headlights
to be turned on for 30 seconds
when the power switch is off.
Pull the lever toward you and
release it with the light switch in
or after turning the power

switch off.
1 Raises the level of the head-
lights
2 Lowers the level of the head-
lights
Q Guide to dial settings Automatic High Beam*
X Left-hand drive vehicles
*
: If equipped
Occupancy and luggage
load conditions The Automatic High Beam
Dial position uses a camera sensor located
Luggage
Occupants behind the upper portion of the
load
windshield to assess the
Driver None 0 brightness of the lights of vehi-
Driver and cles ahead, streetlights, etc.,
front pas- None 0.5 and automatically turns the
senger high beams on or off as neces-
All seats sary.
None 1.5
occupied
WARNING
Full lug-
All seats
gage load- 2.5 Q Limitations of the Automatic
occupied High Beam 4
ing
Do not overly rely on the Automatic
Full lug- High Beam. Always drive safely, tak-
Driving
Driver gage load- 3.5 ing care to observe your surroundings
ing and turning the high beams on or off
manually if necessary.
X Right-hand drive vehicles
Q To prevent incorrect operation of
Occupancy and luggage the Automatic High Beam system
load conditions Do not overload the vehicle.
Dial position
Luggage
Occupants Activating the Automatic
load
High Beam
Driver None 0
Driver and 1 Press the Automatic High Beam
front pas- None 0.5 switch.
senger
All seats
None 1.5
occupied
Full lug-
All seats
gage load- 2.5
occupied
ing
Full lug-
Driver gage load- 3
ing
2 Turn the headlight switch to the another vehicle

• When vehicles ahead cannot be
or position. detected due to repeated curves, road
dividers or roadside trees
The Automatic High Beam indicator will • When vehicles ahead appear in a far-
come on when the system is operating. away lane on a wide road
• When the lights of vehicles ahead are
not on
O The high beams may be turned off if a
vehicle ahead that is using fog lights
without its headlights turned on is
detected.
O House lights, streetlights, traffic sig-
nals, and illuminated billboards or
signs and other reflective objects may
cause the high beams to change to
the low beams, or the low beams to
remain on.
Q Conditions to turn the high beams
on/off automatically O The following factors may affect the
amount of time taken for the high
O When all of the following conditions beams to turn on or off:
are met, the high beams will be turned • The brightness of the headlights, fog
on automatically (after approximately lights, and tail lights of vehicles ahead
1 second): • The movement and direction of vehi-
• The vehicle speed is approximately 30 cles ahead
km/h (19 mph) or more. • When a vehicle ahead only has oper-
• The area ahead of the vehicle is dark. ational lights on one side
• There are no vehicles ahead with • When a vehicle ahead is a two-
headlights or tail lights turned on. wheeled vehicle
• There are few streetlights on the road • The condition of the road (gradient,
ahead. curve, condition of the road surface,
O If any of the following conditions are etc.)
met, the high beams will turn off auto- • The number of passengers and
matically: amount of luggage in the vehicle
• The vehicle speed is below approxi- O The high beams may turn on or off
mately 25 km/h (16 mph). unexpectedly.
• The area ahead of the vehicle is not
dark. O Bicycles or similar vehicles may not
• Vehicles ahead have their headlights be detected.
or tail lights turned on. O In the following situations the system
• There are many streetlights on the may not be able to correctly detect the
road ahead. surrounding brightness level. This
Q Camera sensor detection informa- may cause the low beams to remain
tion on or the high beams to flash or daz-
zle pedestrians or vehicles ahead. In
O The high beams may not be automati- such a case, it is necessary to manu-
cally turned off in the following situa- ally switch between the high and low
tions: beams.
• When a vehicle suddenly appears • When driving in inclement weather
from around a curve (heavy rain, snow, fog, sandstorms,
• When the vehicle is cut in front of by etc.)
• When the windshield is obscured by
fog, mist, ice, dirt, etc.
Turning the high beams
• When the windshield is cracked or on/off manually
damaged
• When the camera sensor is deformed Q Switching to the high beams
or dirty
• When the temperature of the camera Push the lever away from you.
sensor is extremely high The Automatic High Beam indicator will
• When the surrounding brightness
level is equal to that of headlights, tail turn off and the high beam indicator will
lights or fog lights turn on.
• When headlights or tail lights of vehi- Pull the lever to its original position to
cles ahead are turned off, dirty, chang-
ing color, or not aimed properly activate the Automatic High Beam sys-
• When the vehicle is hit by water, tem again.
snow, dust, etc., from a preceding
vehicle
• When driving through an area of inter-
mittently changing brightness and
darkness
• When frequently and repeatedly driv- 4
ing ascending/descending roads, or
roads with rough, bumpy or uneven
surfaces (such as stone-paved roads,
Driving
gravel roads, etc.)
• When frequently and repeatedly tak-
ing curves or driving on a winding
road Q Switching to the low beams
• When there is a highly reflective
object ahead of the vehicle, such as a Press the Automatic High Beam
sign or mirror switch.
• When the back of a preceding vehicle
is highly reflective, such as a con- The Automatic High Beam indicator will
tainer on a truck turn off.
• When the vehicle’s headlights are
Press the switch to activate the Auto-
damaged or dirty, or are not aimed
properly matic High Beam system again.
• When the vehicle is listing or titling
due to a flat tire, a trailer being towed,
etc.
• When the headlights are changed
between the high beams and low
beams repeatedly in an abnormal
manner
• When the driver believes that the high
beams may be flashing or dazzling
pedestrians or other drivers
Q Temporarily switching to the

low beams
Pull the lever toward you and then
return it to its original position. Fog light switch

The high beams are on while the lever
is pulled toward you, however, after the The fog lights secure excellent
lever is returned to its original position,
visibility in difficult driving
the low beams remain on for a certain
amount of time. Afterwards, the Auto-
conditions, such as in rain and
matic High Beam will be activated fog.
again.
X Rear fog light switch
Q Temporarily switching to the low

beams
It is recommended to switch to the low
beams when the high beam may cause
problems or distress to other drivers or
pedestrians nearby.
Turns the rear fog light on

Releasing the switch ring returns it
to .
Operating the switch ring again turns
the rear fog light off.
X Front and rear fog light switch Windshield wipers and
washer
Operating the lever can use the

windshield wipers or the
washer.
NOTICE
Q When the windshield is dry
Do not use the wipers, as they may
damage the windshield.
Operating the wiper lever

Operating the lever operates
1 Turns the front fog lights off
the wipers or washer as follows. 4
2 Turns the front fog lights on X Intermittent windshield wipers
with interval adjuster
Driving
3 Turns the front and rear fog
light on
Releasing the switch ring returns it
to .
Operating the switch ring again turns
only the rear fog light off.
Q Fog lights can be used when

O Vehicles with a rear fog light switch
The headlights are turned on.
O Vehicles with a front and rear fog light
switch
The headlights or the front fog lights are
turned on.
1 Intermittent windshield
wiper operation
2 Low speed windshield wiper

operation
3 High speed windshield

wiper operation
X Rain-sensing windshield wipers

4 Temporary operation
Wiper intervals can be adjusted
when intermittent operation is
selected.
5 Increases the intermittent wind-

shield wiper frequency 1 Rain-sensing windshield
wiper operation
6 Decreases the intermittent wind-
shield wiper frequency 2 Low speed windshield wiper
operation
3 High speed windshield

wiper operation
4 Temporary operation
When “AUTO” is selected, the wipers
will operate automatically when the
sensor detects falling rain. The system
automatically adjusts wiper timing in
7 Washer/wiper dual oper- accordance with rain volume and vehi-
ation cle speed.
Pulling the lever operates the wipers When “AUTO” is selected, the sen-
and washer. sor sensitivity can be adjusted as
Wipers will automatically operate a cou- follows by turning the switch ring.
ple of times after the washer squirts.
An optical sensor is adopted. It may
not operate properly when sunlight
from the rising or setting of the sun
intermittently strikes the windshield, or
if bugs etc. are present on the wind-
shield.
5 Increases the rain-sensing wind-

shield wiper sensitivity
6 Decreases the rain-sensing
windshield wiper sensitivity O If the wiper is turned to AUTO mode
while the power switch is in ON, the
wipers will operate once to show that
AUTO mode is activated.
O If the temperature of the raindrop sen- 4
sor is 85°C (185°F) or higher, or -15°C
(5°F) or lower, automatic operation
may not occur. In this case, operate
Driving
the wipers in any mode other than
AUTO mode.
Q If no windshield washer fluid
sprays
Check that the washer nozzles are not
7 Washer/wiper dual oper- blocked if there is washer fluid in the
ation windshield washer fluid reservoir.
Pulling the lever operates the wipers
and washer. WARNING
Wipers will automatically operate a cou- Q Caution regarding the use of
ple of times after the washer squirts. windshield wipers in AUTO mode
(vehicles with rain-sensing wind-
shield wipers)
Q The windshield wiper and washer
can be operated when The windshield wipers may operate
unexpectedly if the sensor is touched
The power switch is in ON. or the windshield is subject to vibra-
Q Effects of vehicle speed on wiper tion in AUTO mode. Take care that
operation (vehicles with rain-sens- your fingers or anything else do not
ing windshield wipers) become caught in the windshield wip-
Vehicle speed affects the Intermittent ers.
wiper interval.
Q Raindrop sensor (vehicles with
rain-sensing windshield wipers)
O The raindrop sensor judges the
amount of raindrops.
WARNING Rear window wiper and

Q Caution regarding the use of washer*
washer fluid
*: If equipped
When it is cold, do not use the washer
fluid until the windshield becomes Operating the lever can use the
warm. The fluid may freeze on the
windshield and cause low visibility. rear window wiper or the
This may lead to an accident, result- washer.
ing in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE Q When the rear window is dry
Q When there is no washer fluid Do not use the wiper, as it may dam-
spray from the nozzle age the rear window.
Damage to the washer fluid pump
may be caused if the lever is pulled Operating instructions
toward you and held continually.
Q When a nozzle becomes blocked Operating the switch oper-
In this case, contact any authorized ates the rear wiper as follows:
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other
object. The nozzle will be damaged.
1 Intermittent window wiper

operation
2 Normal window wiper oper-

ation
NOTICE
Q When the washer fluid tank is
empty
Do not operate the switch continually
as the washer fluid pump may over-
heat.
Q When a nozzle becomes blocked
In this case, contact any authorized
3 Washer/wiper dual oper- repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other
ation object. The nozzle will be damaged.
Pushing the lever operates the wiper
and washer.
The wiper will automatically operate a
couple of times after the washer squirts.
4
Q The rear window wiper and washer
can be operated when
Driving
Q If no windshield washer fluid
sprays
Check that the washer nozzle is not
blocked if there is washer fluid in the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
Q Reverse-linked rear window wiper
function
When the shift lever is shifted to R when
the front wipers are operating, the rear
window wiper will operate once.
Q Back door opening linked rear win-
dow wiper stop function
When the rear window wiper are operat-
ing, if a back door is opened while the
vehicle is stopped, operation of the rear
window wiper will be stopped to prevent
anyone near the vehicle from being
sprayed by water from the wiper. When
the back door is closed, wiper operation
will resume.
196 4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank

4-4.Refueling
O Always hold the grips on the fuel

cap tank cap and turn it slowly to
remove it.
A whooshing sound may be heard
Perform the following steps to when the fuel tank cap is loosened.
Wait until the sound cannot be
open the fuel tank cap: heard before fully removing the
cap. In hot weather, pressurized
fuel may spray out the filler neck
Before refueling the vehicle and cause injury.
z Turn the power switch off and O Do not allow anyone that has not
discharged static electricity from
ensure that all the doors and their body to come close to an open
windows are closed. fuel tank.
z Confirm the type of fuel. O Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
Fuel contains substances that are
harmful if inhaled.
Q Fuel types
→P.430 O Do not smoke while refueling the
vehicle.
Q Fuel tank opening for unleaded Doing so may cause the fuel to
gasoline ignite and cause a fire.
To help prevent incorrect fueling, your
vehicle has a fuel tank opening that only O Do not return to the vehicle or touch
accommodates the special nozzle on any person or object that is stati-
unleaded fuel pumps. cally charged.
This may cause static electricity to
build up, resulting in a possible igni-
WARNING tion hazard.
Q When refueling the vehicle Q When refueling
Observe the following precautions Observe the following precautions to
while refueling the vehicle. Failure to prevent fuel overflowing from the fuel
do so may result in death or serious tank:
injury.
O Securely insert the fuel nozzle into
O After exiting the vehicle and before the fuel filler neck.
opening the fuel door, touch an
unpainted metal surface to dis- O Stop filling the tank after the fuel
charge any static electricity. It is nozzle automatically clicks off.
important to discharge static elec-
tricity before refueling because O Do not top off the fuel tank.
sparks resulting from static electric-
ity can cause fuel vapors to ignite
while refueling.
4-4. Refueling 197
NOTICE
Q Refueling
Do not spill fuel during refueling.
Doing so may damage the vehicle,
such as causing the emission control
system to operate abnormally or dam-
aging fuel system components or the
vehicle’s painted surface.
Opening the fuel tank cap

WARNING
1 Pull up the opener to open the Q When replacing the fuel tank cap
fuel filler door. Do not use anything but a genuine
Mazda fuel tank cap designed for
your vehicle. Doing so may cause a
fire or other incident which may result
in death or serious injury.
4
Driving
2 Turn the fuel tank cap slowly
and remove it, then hang it on
the back of the fuel filler door.
Closing the fuel tank cap

After refueling, turn the fuel tank
cap until you hear a click. Once the
cap is released, it will turn slightly in
the opposite direction.
198 4-5. Using the driving support systems
Safety Sense*
4-5.Using the driving support systems
WARNING
* Q Safety Sense
: If equipped
The Safety Sense is designed to
The Safety Sense consists of operate under the assumption that
the following drive assist sys- the driver will drive safely, and is
designed to help reduce the impact to
tems and contributes to a safe the occupants and the vehicle in the
and comfortable driving expe- case of a collision or assist the driver
in normal driving conditions.
rience:
As there is a limit to the degree of rec-
ognition accuracy and control perfor-
mance that this system can provide,
Driving assist system do not overly rely on this system. The
driver is always responsible for paying
Q PCS (Pre-Collision System) attention to the vehicle’s surroundings
→P.203 and driving safely.
Q LTA (Lane Tracing Assist)

Sensors
→P.213
Two types of sensors, located
Q AHB (Automatic High Beam)
behind the front grille and wind-
→P.187 shield, detect information neces-
Q RSA (Road Sign Assist) (if sary to operate the drive assist
equipped) systems.
→P.237
Q Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range
→P.223
Radar sensor
Front camera
4-5. Using the driving support systems 199
WARNING O Do not disassemble the radar sen-

sor.
Q To avoid malfunction of the radar
sensor O Do not modify or paint the radar
Observe the following precautions. sensor or radar sensor cover.
Otherwise, the radar sensor may not O In the following cases, the radar
operate properly, possibly leading to sensor must be recalibrated. Con-
an accident resulting in death or seri- tact any authorized Mazda retailer
ous injury. or Mazda authorized repairer, or
O Keep the radar sensor and the any reliable repairer for details.
radar sensor cover clean at all • When the radar sensor or front
times. grille are removed and installed, or
replaced
• When the front bumper is replaced
Q To avoid malfunction of the front
camera
Otherwise, the front camera may not 4
operate properly, possibly leading to
an accident resulting in death or seri-
Radar sensor
Driving
ous injury.
Radar sensor cover O Keep the windshield clean at all
times.
If the front of the radar sensor or the
front or back of the radar sensor • If the windshield is dirty or covered
cover is dirty or covered with water with an oily film, water droplets,
snow, etc., clean the windshield.
droplets, snow, etc., clean it.
Clean the radar sensor and radar • If a glass coating agent is applied to
the windshield, it will still be neces-
sensor cover with a soft cloth to avoid sary to use the windshield wipers to
damaging them. remove water droplets, etc., from
the area of the windshield in front of
O Do not attach accessories, stickers
the front camera.
(including transparent stickers) or
other items to the radar sensor, • If the inner side of the windshield
radar sensor cover or surrounding where the front camera is installed
area. is dirty, contact any authorized
O Do not subject the radar sensor or
its surrounding area to a strong
impact.
If the radar sensor, front grille, or
front bumper has been subjected to
a strong impact, have the vehicle
WARNING O Do not allow liquids to contact the

front camera.
O Do not attach objects, such as
stickers, transparent stickers, etc., O Do not allow bright lights to shine
to the outer side of the windshield in into the front camera.
front of the front camera (shaded
area in the illustration). O Do not dirty or damage the front
camera.
When cleaning the inside of the
windshield, do not allow glass
cleaner to contact the lens of the
front camera. Also, do not touch the
lens.
If the lens is dirty or damaged, con-
tact any authorized Mazda retailer
From the top of the windshield to
O Do not subject the front camera to a
approximately 1 cm (0.4 in.) below strong impact.
the bottom of the front camera O Do not change the installation posi-
Approximately 20 cm (7.9 in.) tion or direction of the front camera
or remove it.
(Approximately 10 cm [4.0 in.] to
the right and left from the center of O Do not disassemble the front cam-
era.
the front camera)
O Do not modify any components of
O If the part of the windshield in front the vehicle around the front camera
of the front camera is fogged up or (inside rear view mirror, etc.) or ceil-
covered with condensation, or ice, ing.
use the windshield defogger to
remove the fog, condensation, or O Do not attach any accessories to
ice. (→P.286) the hood, front grille or front bumper
that may obstruct the front camera.
O If water droplets cannot be properly Contact any authorized Mazda
removed from the area of the wind- retailer or Mazda authorized
shield in front of the front camera by repairer, or any reliable repairer for
the windshield wipers, replace the details.
wiper insert or wiper blade.
O If a surfboard or other long object is
O Do not attach window tint to the to be mounted on the roof, make
windshield. sure that it will not obstruct the front
camera.
O Replace the windshield if it is dam-
aged or cracked. O Do not modify the headlights or
After replacing the windshield, the other lights.
front camera must be recalibrated.
Contact any authorized Mazda
repairer, or any reliable repairer for
details.
Q Certifications for the Safety Sense

→P.542
Q If a warning message is displayed on the multi-information display
A system may be temporarily unavailable or there may be a malfunction in the sys-
tem.
O In the following situations, perform the actions specified in the table. When the nor-
mal operating conditions are detected, the message will disappear and the system
will become operational.
If the message does not disappear, contact any authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Situation Actions
When the area around a camera is cov-
Using the wiper and A/C function,
ered with dirt, moisture (fogged up, cov-
remove the dirt and other attached mat-
ered with condensation, ice, etc.), or
ter. (→P.286).
other foreign matter
If the front camera is hot, such as after 4
the vehicle had been parked in the sun,
use the air conditioning system to
Driving
decrease the temperature around the
front camera.
If a sunshade was used when the vehicle
When the temperature around the front was parked, depending on its type, the
camera is outside of the operational sunlight reflected from the surface of the
range, such as when the vehicle is in the sunshade may cause the temperature of
sun or in an extremely cold environment the front camera to become excessively
high.
If the front camera is cold, such after the
vehicle is parked in an extremely cold
environment, use the air conditioning
system to increase the temperature
around the front camera.
The area in front of the front camera is
obstructed, such as when the hood is
Close the hood, remove the sticker, etc.,
open or a sticker is attached to the part of
to clear the obstruction.
the windshield in front of the front cam-
era.
When “Pre-Collision System Radar In Check whether there is attached materi-
Self Calibration Unavailable See als on the radar and radar cover, and if
Owner’s Manual” is displayed. there is, remove it.
O In the following situations, if the situation has changed (or the vehicle has been
driven for some time) and the normal operating conditions are detected, the mes-
sage will disappear and the system will become operational.
If the message does not disappear, contact any authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
• When the temperature around the radar sensor is outside of the operational range,
such as when the vehicle is in the sun or in an extremely cold environment
• When the front camera cannot detect objects in front of the vehicle, such as when
driving in the dark, snow, or fog, or when bright lights are shining into the front
camera
• Depending on the conditions in the vicinity of the vehicle, the radar may judge the
surrounding environment can not be properly recognized. In that case, “Pre-Colli-
sion System Unavailable See Owner’s Manual” is displayed.
PCS (Pre-Collision Sys- System functions

tem)*
Q Pre-collision warning
*: If equipped When the system determines that
The pre-collision system uses the possibility of a frontal collision is
a radar sensor and front cam- high, a buzzer will sound and a
era to detect objects (→P.203) warning message will be displayed
in front of the vehicle. When on the multi-information display to
the system determines that the urge the driver to take evasive
possibility of a frontal collision action.
with an object is high, a warn-
ing operates to urge the driver
to take evasive action and the
potential brake pressure is
increased to help the driver
4
avoid the collision. If the sys-
tem determines that the possi-
Driving
bility of a frontal collision with
an object is extremely high, the
Q Pre-collision brake assist
brakes are automatically
applied to help avoid the colli- When the system determines that
sion or help reduce the impact the possibility of a frontal collision is
of the collision. high, the system applies greater
braking force in relation to how
The pre-collision system can
strongly the brake pedal is
be disabled/enabled and the
depressed.
warning timing can be
changed. (→P.206) Q Pre-collision braking
If the system determines that the
Detectable objects possibility of a frontal collision is
extremely high, the brakes are
The system can detect the follow- automatically applied to help avoid
ing (The detectable objects differs the collision or reduce the impact of
depending on the function.): the collision.
z Vehicles Q Emergency steering assist
z Bicyclists If the system determines that the
z Pedestrians possibility of a collision with a
pedestrian is high and the driver
has begun evasive maneuver or
steering, emergency steering assist

will assist the steering movements
to help enhance the vehicle stability
and for lane departure prevention.
Q Intersection right/left turn
assistance
If the system determines that there
is a high possibility of a collision in
the following situations, it will assist WARNING
with a Pre-collision warning and, if
Q Limitations of the pre-collision
necessary Pre-collision braking. system
Depending on the configuration of O The driver is solely responsible for
the intersection, it may not be pos- safe driving. Always drive safely,
taking care to observe your sur-
sible to support. roundings.
z When you turn right/left at an Do not use the pre-collision system
instead of normal braking opera-
intersection and cross the path of tions under any circumstances.
an oncoming vehicle This system will not prevent colli-
sions or lessen collision damage or
injury in every situation. Do not
overly rely on this system. Failure to
do so may lead to an accident,
O Although this system is designed to
help avoid a collision or help reduce
the impact of the collision, its effec-
tiveness may change according to
various conditions, therefore the
system may not always be able to
achieve the same level of perfor-
z When you turn right/left, pedes-
mance.
trian is detected in the forward Read the following conditions care-
direction and estimated to enter fully. Do not overly rely on this sys-
tem and always drive carefully.
your vehicle’s path (bicyclists are
not detected.) • Conditions under which the system
may operate even if there is no pos-
sibility of a collision: →P.209
• Conditions under which the system
may not operate properly: →P.211
WARNING Q Emergency steering assist

O As emergency steering assist oper-
O Do not attempt to test the operation
ation will be canceled when the sys-
of the pre-collision system yourself.
tem determines that lane departure
Depending on the objects used for
prevention function has been com-
testing (dummies, cardboard
pleted.
objects imitating detectable objects,
etc.), the system may not operate O Emergency steering assist may not
properly, possibly leading to an operate or may be cancel in the fol-
accident. lowing cases as the system may
determine the driver is taking
Q Pre-collision braking
actions.
O When the pre-collision braking
function is operating, a large • If the accelerator pedal is being
amount of braking force will be depressed strongly, the steering
applied. wheel is being operated sharply,
the brake pedal is being depressed
O If the vehicle is stopped by the or the driver is giving turn signal. In
operation of the pre-collision brak- this case the system may deter-
ing function, the pre-collision brak- mine that the driver is taking eva-
ing function operation will be sive action and the emergency 4
canceled after approximately 2 sec- steering assist may not operate.
onds. Depress the brake pedal as
necessary. • In some situations, while the emer-
Driving
gency steering assist is operating,
O The pre-collision braking function operation of the function may be
may not operate if certain opera- canceled if the accelerator pedal is
tions are performed by the driver. If depressed strongly, the steering
the accelerator pedal is being wheel is operated sharply or the
depressed strongly or the steering brake pedal is being depressed and
wheel is being turned, the system the system determines that the
may determine that the driver is tak- driver is taking evasive action.
ing evasive action and possibly pre-
vent the pre-collision braking • When the emergency steering
function from operating. assist is operating, if the steering
wheel is held firmly or is operated in
O In some situations, while the pre- the opposite direction to that which
collision braking function is operat- the system is generating torque, the
ing, operation of the function may function may be canceled.
be canceled if the accelerator pedal
is depressed strongly or the steer- Q When to disable the pre-colli-
ing wheel is turned and the system sion system
determines that the driver is taking In the following situations, disable the
evasive action. system, as it may not operate prop-
erly, possibly leading to an accident
O If the brake pedal is being
depressed, the system may deter-
mine that the driver is taking eva- O When the vehicle is being towed
sive action and possibly delay the
operation timing of the pre-collision O When your vehicle is towing
braking function. another vehicle
WARNING enabled/disabled on (→P.431)

O When transporting the vehicle via of the multi-information display.
truck, boat, train or similar means of The system is automatically enabled
transportation
each time the power switch is turned to
O When the vehicle is raised on a lift ON.
with the hybrid system on and the
tires are allowed to rotate freely If the system is disabled, the PCS
warning light will turn on and a
O When inspecting the vehicle using
a drum tester such as a chassis message will be displayed on the
dynamometer or speedometer tes- multi-information display.
ter, or when using an on vehicle
wheel balancer
O When a strong impact is applied to
the front bumper or front grille, due
to an accident or other reasons
O If the vehicle cannot be driven in a
stable manner, such as when the
vehicle has been in an accident or
is malfunctioning
O When the vehicle is driven in a
sporty manner or off-road Q Changing the pre-collision
O When the tires are not properly warning timing
inflated The pre-collision warning timing
O When the tires are very worn can be changed on (→P.431) of
O When tires of a size other than the multi-information display.
specified are installed The warning timing setting is retained
O When tire chains are installed when the power switch is turned off.
However, if the pre-collision system is
O When a compact spare tire or an
disabled and re-enabled, the operation
emergency tire puncture repair kit is
used timing will return to the default setting
(middle).
O If equipment (snow plow, etc.) that
may obstruct the radar sensor or
front camera is temporarily installed
to the vehicle
Changing settings of the

pre-collision system
Q Enabling/disabling the pre-col-
lision system
The pre-collision system can be
2 Middle
This is the default setting.
3 Late
Q Changing the pedestrian alert
timing
If the pre-collision warning timing is
changed, emergency steering
assist timing will also be changed
accordingly.
If late is selected, emergency steer-
ing assist would not operate in case
of an emergency.
1 Early
Q Operation conditions for each pre-collision function

4
The pre-collision system is enabled and the system determines that the possibility of
a frontal collision with a detected object is high.
The system may not operate in the following situations:
Driving
• If a 12-volt battery terminal has been disconnected and reconnected and then the
vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time
• If the shift lever is in R
• When the VSC OFF indicator is illuminated (only the pre-collision warning function
will be operational)
The operation speeds and operation cancellation for each function is listed below.
O Pre-collision warning
Relative speed between
Detectable objects Vehicle speed
your vehicle and object
Approx. 10 to 180 km/h (7 Approx. 10 to 180 km/h (7
Vehicles
to 110 mph) to 110 mph)
Approx. 10 to 80 km/h (7 to Approx. 10 to 80 km/h (7 to
Bicyclists and pedestrians
50 mph) 50 mph)
O Pre-collision brake assist

Approx. 30 to 180 km/h Approx. 30 to 180 km/h (20
Vehicles
(20 to 110 mph) to 110 mph)
O Pre-collision braking
Vehicles
Approx. 10 to 80 km/h (7 to Approx. 10 to 80 km/h (7 to
50 mph) 50 mph)
If either of the following occur while the pre-collision braking function is operating, it
will be canceled:
• The accelerator pedal is depressed strongly.
• The steering wheel is turned sharply or abruptly.
O Emergency steering assist
When the turn signals are flashing, emergency steering assist will not operate in
case of an emergency.

Pedestrians
If either of the following occur while the emergency steering assist function is operat-
ing, it will be canceled:
• The accelerator pedal is depressed strongly.
• The steering wheel is turned sharply or abruptly.
• The brake pedal is depressed.
O Intersection right/left turn assistance (pre-collision warning)
When the turn signal is not operating, support for turning left or right at an intersec-
tion which targets oncoming vehicles does not work.
Relative speed
Detectable Oncoming vehicle
Vehicle speed between your vehicle
objects speed
and object
Approx. 10 to 25 km/h Approx. 30 to 55 km/h Approx. 40 to 80 km/h
Vehicles
(7 to 15 mph) (20 to 35 mph) (25 to 50 mph)
Approx. 10 to 25 km/h Approx. 10 to 25 km/h
Pedestrians -
(7 to 15 mph) (7 to 15 mph)
O Intersection right/left turn assistance (pre-collision braking)
When the turn signal is not operating, support for turning left or right at an intersec-
tion which targets oncoming vehicles does not work.
Relative speed
Detectable Oncoming vehicle
Vehicle speed between your vehicle
objects speed
and object
Approx. 15 to 25 km/h Approx. 30 to 45 km/h Approx. 45 to 70 km/h
Vehicles
(10 to 15 mph) (20 to 28 mph) (28 to 43 mph)
Approx. 10 to 25 km/h Approx. 10 to 25 km/h
Pedestrians -
(7 to 15 mph) (7 to 15 mph)
Q Object detection function

The system detects objects based on
their size, profile, motion, etc. However,
an object may not be detected depend-
ing on the surrounding brightness and
the motion, posture, and angle of the
4
detected object, preventing the system
from operating properly. (→P.211)
The illustration shows an image of
Driving
detectable objects. • When rapidly closing on a detectable
object, etc.
• When approaching objects on the
roadside, such as detectable objects,
guardrails, utility poles, trees, or walls
• When there is a detectable object or
other object by the roadside at the
entrance of a curve
Q Conditions under which the system

may operate even if there is no pos-
sibility of a collision
O In some situations such as the follow-
ing, the system may determine that
there is a possibility of a frontal colli-
sion and operate.
• When there are patterns or paint in
• When passing a detectable object,
front of your vehicle that may be mis-
etc.
taken for a detectable object
• When changing lanes while overtak-
• When the front of your vehicle is hit by
ing a detectable object, etc.
water, snow, dust, etc.
• When approaching a detectable
• When overtaking a detectable object
object in an adjacent lane or on the
that is changing lanes or making a
roadside, such as when changing the
right/left turn
course of travel or driving on a wind-
ing road
ner
• When passing a detectable object in

an oncoming lane that is stopped to • When driving through steam or smoke
make a right/left turn • When driving near an object that
reflects radio waves, such as a large
truck or guardrail
• When driving near a TV tower, broad-
casting station, electric power plant,
radar equipped vehicles, etc., or other
location where strong radio waves or
electrical noise may be present
• When there are many things which
can reflect the radio waves of the
• When a detectable object approaches radar in the vicinity (tunnels, truss
very close and then stops before bridges, gravel roads, snow covered
entering the path of your vehicle road that have tracks, etc.)
• If the front of your vehicle is raised or • While making a right/left turn, when an
lowered, such as when on an uneven oncoming vehicle or a crossing
or undulating road surface pedestrian has already exited the path
• When driving on a road surrounded by of your vehicle
a structure, such as in a tunnel or on • While making a right/left turn, closely
an iron bridge in front of an oncoming vehicle or a
• When there is a metal object (man- crossing pedestrian
hole cover, steel plate, etc.), steps, or • While making a right/left turn, when an
a protrusion in front of your vehicle oncoming vehicle or a crossing
• When passing under an object (road pedestrian stops before entering the
sign, billboard, etc.) path of your vehicle
• While making a right/left turn, when an
oncoming vehicle turns right/left in
front of your vehicle
• When approaching an electric toll gate

barrier, parking area barrier, or other
barrier that opens and closes
• When using an automatic car wash • While steering into the direction of
• When driving through or under objects oncoming traffic
that may contact your vehicle, such as
thick grass, tree branches, or a ban-
Q Situations in which the system may • If a detectable object cuts or suddenly
not operate properly emerges in front of your vehicle
O In some situations such as the follow- • When the front of your vehicle is hit by
ing, an object may not be detected by water, snow, dust, etc.
the radar sensor and front camera, • When a very bright light ahead, such
preventing the system from operating as the sun or the headlights of oncom-
properly: ing traffic, shines directly into the front
• When a detectable object is camera
approaching your vehicle • When approaching the side or front of
• When your vehicle or a detectable a vehicle ahead
object is wobbling • If a vehicle ahead is a motorcycle
• If a detectable object makes an abrupt • If a vehicle ahead is narrow, such as a
maneuver (such as sudden swerving, personal mobility vehicle
acceleration or deceleration) • If a preceding vehicle has a small rear
• When your vehicle approaches a end, such as an unloaded truck
detectable object rapidly • If a preceding vehicle has a low rear
• When a detectable object is not end, such as a low bed trailer
directly in front of your vehicle
Driving
• If a vehicle ahead has extremely high
• When a detectable object is near a ground clearance
wall, fence, guardrail, manhole cover,
vehicle, steel plate on the road, etc.
• When a detectable object is under a
structure
• When part of a detectable object is
hidden by an object, such as large
baggage, an umbrella, or guardrail
• When there are many things which
can reflect the radio waves of the
radar in the vicinity (tunnels, truss • If a vehicle ahead is carrying a load
bridges, gravel roads, snow covered which protrudes past its rear bumper
road that have tracks, etc.) • If a vehicle ahead is irregularly
• When there is an effect on the radio shaped, such as a tractor or side car
waves to the radar that is installed on • If a vehicle ahead is a child sized bicy-
another vehicle cle, a bicycle that is carrying a large
• When multiple detectable objects are load, a bicycle ridden by more than
close together one person, or a uniquely shaped
• If the sun or other light is shining bicycle (bicycle with a child seat, tan-
directly on a detectable object dem bicycle, etc.)
• When a detectable object is a shade • If a pedestrian/or the riding height of a
of white and looks extremely bright bicyclist ahead is shorter than approx-
• When a detectable object appears to imately 1 m (3.2 ft.) or taller than
be nearly the same color or brightness approximately 2 m (6.5 ft.)
as its surroundings
• If a pedestrian/bicyclist is wearing rated by more than 2 lanes where

oversized clothing (a rain coat, long oncoming vehicles are driving while
skirt, etc.), making their silhouette making a right/left turn
obscure • When largely out of place with the
• If a pedestrian is bending forward or opposite facing targeted oncoming
squatting or bicyclist is bending for- vehicle during a right/left turn
ward
• If a pedestrian/bicyclist is moving fast
• If a pedestrian is pushing a stroller,
wheelchair, bicycle or other vehicle
• When driving in inclement weather
such as heavy rain, fog, snow or a
sandstorm
• When driving through steam or smoke
• When the surrounding area is dim,
such as at dawn or dusk, or while at
night or in a tunnel, making a detect- • While making a right/left turn, when a
able object appear to be nearly the pedestrian approaches from behind or
same color as its surroundings side of your vehicle
• When driving in a place where the sur-
rounding brightness changes sud-
denly, such as at the entrance or exit
of a tunnel
• After the hybrid system has started
the vehicle has not been driven for a
certain amount of time
• While making a left/right turn and for a
few seconds after making a left/right
turn O In addition to the above, in some situ-
• While driving on a curve and for a few ations, such as the following, the
seconds after driving on a curve emergency steering assist may not
• If your vehicle is skidding operate.
• If the front of the vehicle is raised or • When the white (yellow) lane lines are
lowered difficult to see, such as when they are
faint, diverging/merging, or a shadow
is cast upon them
• When the lane is wider or narrower
than normal
• When there is a light and dark pattern
on the road surface, such as due to
road repairs
• When a pedestrian is detected near
the centerline of the vehicle
• If the wheels are misaligned • When there is insufficient safe or
• If a wiper blade is blocking the front unobstructed space for the vehicle to
camera be steered into
• The vehicle is being driven at • If oncoming vehicle is present
extremely high speeds • If VSC function is operating
• When driving on a hill O In some situations such as the follow-
• If the radar sensor or front camera is ing, sufficient braking force or steering
misaligned force may not be obtained, preventing
• When driving in a traffic lane sepa- the system from performing properly:
• If the braking functions cannot operate
to their full extent, such as when the
LTA (Lane Tracing
brake parts are extremely cold, Assist)*
extremely hot, or wet
• If the vehicle is not properly main- *: If equipped
tained (brakes or tires are excessively
worn, improper tire inflation pressure, When driving on highways and
etc.) freeways with white (yellow)
• When the vehicle is being driven on a
gravel road or other slippery surface lane lines, this function alerts
• When the road surface has deep the driver when the vehicle
wheel tracks might depart from its lane or
• When driving on a hill road
• When driving on a road that has course* and provides assis-
inclines to the left or right tance by operating the steering
Q If VSC is disabled wheel to keep the vehicle in its
O If VSC is disabled (→P.274), the pre- lane or course*. Furthermore,
collision brake assist and pre-collision the system provides steering
braking functions are also disabled.
assistance when dynamic
O The PCS warning light will turn on and 4
“VSC Turned OFF Pre-Collision Brake
radar cruise control with full-
System Unavailable” will be displayed speed range is operating to
Driving
on the multi-information display. keep the vehicle in its lane.
The LTA system recognizes
white (yellow) lane lines or a
course* using the front cam-
era. Additionally, it detects pre-
ceding vehicles using the front
camera and radar.
*: Boundary between asphalt and the
side of the road, such as grass,
soil, or a curb
WARNING O When the tires have been exces-

sively worn, or when the tire infla-
Q Before using LTA system tion pressure is low.
O Do not rely solely upon the LTA sys-
tem. The LTA system does not O When tires of a size other than
automatically drive the vehicle or specified are installed.
reduce the amount of attention that O Vehicle is driven in traffic lanes
must be paid to the area in front of other than that highways and free-
the vehicle. The driver must always ways.
assume full responsibility for driving
safely by paying careful attention to O When your vehicle is towing a
the surrounding conditions and trailer or during emergency towing
operating the steering wheel to cor-
rect the path of the vehicle. Also, Q Preventing LTA system malfunc-
the driver must take adequate tions and operations performed
breaks when fatigued, such as from by mistake
driving for a long period of time. O Do not modify the headlights or
place stickers, etc., on the surface
O Failure to perform appropriate driv- of the lights.
ing operations and pay careful
attention may lead to an accident, O Do not modify the suspension, etc.
resulting in death or serious injury. If the suspension, etc., needs to be
replaced, contact any authorized
O When not using the LTA system, Mazda retailer or Mazda authorized
use the LTA switch to turn the sys- repairer, or any reliable repairer.
tem off.
O Do not install or place anything on
Q Situations unsuitable for LTA the hood or grille. Also, do not
system install a grille guard (bull bars, kan-
In the following situations, use the garoo bar, etc.).
LTA switch to turn the system off. Fail-
ure to do so may lead to an accident, O If your windshield needs repairs,
resulting in death or serious injury. contact any authorized Mazda
O Vehicle is driven on a road surface repairer, or any reliable repairer.
which is slippery due to rainy
weather, fallen snow, freezing, etc. Q Conditions in which functions
may not operate properly
O Vehicle is driven on a snow-cov- In the following situations, the func-
ered road. tions may not operate properly and
O White (yellow) lines are difficult to the vehicle may depart from its lane.
see due to rain, snow, fog, dust, Drive safely by always paying careful
etc. attention to your surroundings and
operate the steering wheel to correct
O Vehicle is driven in a temporary the path of the vehicle without relying
lane or restricted lane due to con- solely on the functions.
struction work.
O Vehicle is driven in a construction
zone.
O A spare tire, tire chains, etc., are
equipped.
WARNING O Objects or patterns that could be

mistaken for white (yellow) lines are
O When the follow-up cruising dis- present on the side of the road
play is displayed (→P.219) and the (guardrails, reflective poles, etc.).
preceding vehicle changes lanes.
(Your vehicle may follow the pre-
ceding vehicle and also change
lanes.)
O Vehicle is driven where the road

diverges, merges, etc.
O When the follow-up cruising dis-

play is displayed (→P.219) and the
preceding vehicle is swaying. (Your 4
vehicle may sway accordingly and
depart from the lane.)
Driving
preceding vehicle departs from its
lane. (Your vehicle may follow the
preceding vehicle and depart from
the lane.)
preceding vehicle is being driven
extremely close to the left/right lane O Repair marks of asphalt, white (yel-
line. (Your vehicle may follow the low) lines, etc., are present due to
preceding vehicle and depart from road repair.
the lane.)
O Vehicle is being driven around a
sharp curve.
O There are shadows on the road that

run parallel with, or cover, the white
(yellow) lines.
WARNING O The vehicle is extremely tilted due

to carrying heavy luggage or having
O The vehicle is driven in an area improper tire pressure.
without white (yellow) lines, such as
in front of a tollgate or checkpoint, O The distance to the preceding vehi-
or at an intersection, etc. cle is extremely short.
O The white (yellow) lines are O The vehicle is moving up and down
cracked, “Raised pavement a large amount due to road condi-
marker” or stones are present. tions during driving (poor roads or
road seams).
O The white (yellow) lines cannot be
seen or are difficult to see due to O When driving in a tunnel or at night
sand, etc. with the headlights off or when a
headlight is dim due to its lens
O The vehicle is driven on a road sur- being dirty or it being misaligned.
face that is wet due to rain, pud-
dles, etc. O The vehicle is struck by a cross-
wind.
O The traffic lines are yellow (which
may be more difficult to recognize O The vehicle is affected by wind from
than lines that are white). a vehicle driven in a nearby lane.
O The white (yellow) lines cross over O The vehicle has just changed lanes
a curb, etc. or crossed an intersection.
O The vehicle is driven on a bright O Tires which differ by structure, man-

surface, such as concrete. ufacturer, brand or tread pattern are
used.
O If the edge of the road is not clear
or straight. O Snow tires, etc., are equipped.
O The vehicle is driven on a surface O The vehicle is being driven at
that is bright due to reflected light, extremely high speeds.
etc.
O The vehicle is driven in an area Functions included in LTA
where the brightness changes sud-
denly, such as at the entrances and system
exits of tunnels, etc.
Q Lane departure alert function
O Light from the headlights of an
oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc., When the system determines that
enters the camera. the vehicle might depart from its
O The vehicle is driven on a slope. lane or course*, a warning is dis-
played on the multi-information dis-
O The vehicle is driven on a road
which tilts left or right, or a winding play, and either a warning buzzer
road. will sound or the steering wheel will
O The vehicle is driven on an vibrate to alert the driver.
unpaved or rough road. When the warning buzzer sounds or
O The traffic lane is excessively nar- the steering wheel vibrates, check the
row or wide. area around your vehicle and carefully
operate the steering wheel to move the bility of a collision with an overtaking
vehicle back to the center of the lane. vehicle in the adjacent lane is high, the
Vehicle with BSM: When the system steering assist function will operate
determines that the vehicle might even if the turn signals are operating.
*
depart from its lane and that the possi- : Boundary between asphalt and the
bility of a collision with an overtaking side of the road, such as grass, soil,
vehicle in the adjacent lane is high, the or a curb
lane departure alert will operate even if
the turn signals are operating.
*: Boundary between asphalt and the
side of the road, such as grass, soil,
or a curb
Driving
Q Vehicle sway warning function
When the vehicle is swaying within
a lane, the warning buzzer will
sound and a message will be dis-
played on the multi-information dis-
Q Steering assist function
play to alert the driver.
When the system determines that
the vehicle might depart from its
lane or course*, the system pro-
vides assistance as necessary by
operating the steering wheel in
small amounts for a short period of
time to keep the vehicle in its lane.
Vehicle with BSM: When the system
determines that the vehicle might
depart from its lane and that the possi-
Q Lane centering function

LTA system setting
This function is linked with dynamic
radar cruise control with full-speed Q Changing the lane centering
range and provides the required function ON/OFF condition
assistance by operating the steer- The lane centering function turns
ing wheel to keep the vehicle in its ON/OFF each time the LTA switch
current lane. is pressed.
When dynamic radar cruise control with The LTA settings state is displayed on
full-speed range is not operating, the the multi-information display when the
lane centering function does not oper- LTA switch is pressed.
ate.
Also, the LTA function can be turned
In situations where the white (yellow) ON/OFF with on the multi-informa-
lane lines are difficult to see or are not tion display. (→P.431)
visible, such as when in a traffic jam,
this function will operate to help follow a
preceding vehicle by monitoring the
position of the preceding vehicle.
X Lane centering function ON Flashing in orange: Lane departure
alert function is operating.
“LTA Steering Assist Active Lane
Centering Active” Operation display of steering
wheel operation support
X Lane centering function OFF
Displayed when the multi-information
“LTA Steering Assist Active” display is switched to the driving sup-
Q Turning the LTA system OFF port system information screen.
Press and hold the LTA switch Indicates that steering wheel assis-
tance of the steering assist function or
The LTA indicator light turns off when lane centering function is operating.
the LTA is turned OFF.
Both outer sides of the lane are dis-
Press the switch again to turn the sys- played: Indicates that steering wheel
tem on. assist of the lane centering function is
The LTA is turned ON each time the operating.
power switch is turned to ON. One outer side of the lane is displayed:
However, the lane centering function Indicates that steering wheel assist of
the steering assist function is operating. 4
keeps either the ON/OFF state prior to
the power switch being turned OFF. Both outer sides of the lane are flash-
Driving
ing: Alerts the driver that their input is
necessary to stay in the center of the
Indications on multi-infor- lane (lane centering function).
mation display
Follow-up cruising display
display is switched to the driving sup-
port system information screen.
Indicates that steering assist of the lane
centering function is operating by moni-
toring the position of a preceding vehi-
cle.
When the follow-up cruising display is
displayed, if the preceding vehicle
moves, your vehicle may move in the
LTA indicator
same way. Always pay careful attention
The illumination condition of the indica- to your surroundings and operate the
tor informs the driver of the system steering wheel as necessary to correct
operation status. the path of the vehicle and ensure
Illuminated in white: LTA system is safety.
operating.
Lane departure alert function
Illuminated in green: Steering wheel
display
assistance of the steering assist func-
tion or lane centering function is operat-
ing.

display is switched to the driving sup- Q Operation conditions of each func-
tion
port system information screen.
O Lane departure alert function
X Inside of displayed lines is white This function operates when all of the
following conditions are met.
• LTA is turned on.
• Vehicle speed is approximately 50
km/h (32 mph) or more.*1
• System recognizes white (yellow) lane
lines or a course*2. (When a white
[yellow] line or course*2 is recognized
on only one side, the system will oper-
ate only for the recognized side.)
• Width of traffic lane is approximately 3
m (9.8 ft.) or more.
Indicates that the system is recog- • Turn signal lever is not operated.
nizing white (yellow) lines or a (Vehicle with BSM: Except when
another vehicle is in the lane on the side
course*. When the vehicle departs
where the turn signal was operated)
from its lane, the white line dis-
• Vehicle is not being driven around a
played on the side the vehicle sharp curve.
departs from flashes orange. • No system malfunctions are detected.
(→P.222)
X Inside of displayed lines is black *1: The function operates even if the
vehicle speed is less than approxi-

mately 50 km/h (32 mph) when the
lane centering function is operating.
*2: Boundary
between asphalt and the
or a curb
O Steering assist function
This function operates when all of the
following conditions are met in addition
Indicates that the system is not able to the operation conditions for the lane
to recognize white (yellow) lines or departure alert function.
a course* or is temporarily can- • Vehicle is not accelerated or deceler-
ated by a fixed amount or more.
celed. • Steering wheel is not operated with a
*:
Boundary between asphalt and the steering force level suitable for chang-
ing lanes.
• ABS, VSC, TRC and PCS are not
or a curb operating.
• TRC or VSC is not turned off.
• Hands off steering wheel warning is
not displayed. (→P.222)
O Vehicle sway warning function Q Temporary cancelation of functions
This function operates when all of the O When operation conditions are no lon-
following conditions are met. ger met, a function may be temporar-
• Setting for “Sway Warning” in of ily canceled. However, when the
the multi-information display is set to operation conditions are met again,
“ON”. (→P.431) operation of the function is automati-
• Vehicle speed is approximately 50 cally restored. (→P.220)
km/h (32 mph) or more. O If the operation conditions (→P.220)
• Width of traffic lane is approximately 3 are no longer met while the lane cen-
m (9.8 ft.) or more. tering function is operating, the steer-
• No system malfunctions are detected. ing wheel may vibrate and the buzzer
(→P.222) may sound to indicate that the func-
O Lane centering function tion has been temporarily canceled.
However, if the alert types customiza-
This function operates when all of the tion setting is set to steering wheel
following conditions are met. vibration, the system will notify the
• LTA is turned on. driver by vibrating the steering wheel
• Setting for “Lane Center” in of the instead of sounding the buzzer.
multi-information display are set to
Q Steering assist function/lane cen-
“ON” (→P.431)
tering function 4
• This function recognizes white (yel-
low) lane lines or the position of a pre- O Depending on the vehicle speed, lane
ceding vehicle (except when the departure situation, road conditions,
Driving
preceding vehicle is small, such as a etc., the driver may not feel the func-
motorcycle). tion is operating or the function may
• The dynamic radar cruise control with not operate at all.
full-speed range is operating in vehi- O The steering control of the function is
cle-to-vehicle distance control mode. overridden by the driver’s steering
• Width of traffic lane is approximately 3 wheel operation.
to 4 m (10 to 13 ft.).
• Turn signal lever is not operated. O Do not attempt to test the operation of
• Vehicle is not being driven around a the steering assist function.
sharp curve. Q Lane departure alert function
• No system malfunctions are detected.
(→P.222) O The warning buzzer may be difficult to
• Vehicle does not accelerate or decel- hear due to external noise, audio play-
erate by a fixed amount or more. back, etc. Also, it may be difficult to
• Steering wheel is not operated with a feel steering wheel vibrations due to
steering force level suitable for chang- the road conditions, etc.
ing lanes. O If the edge of the course* is not clear
• ABS, VSC, TRC and PCS are not or straight, the lane departure alert
operating. function may not operate.
• TRC or VSC is not turned off. O Vehicle with BSM: It may not be possi-
• Hands off steering wheel warning is ble for the system to determine if there
not displayed. (→P.222) is a danger of a collision with a vehicle
• The vehicle is being driven in the cen- in an adjacent lane.
ter of a lane.
• Steering assist function is not operat- O Do not attempt to test the operation of
ing. the lane departure alert function.
*
: Boundary between asphalt and the
or a curb O When the system determines that the

driver is driving without holding the
Q Hands off steering wheel warning steering wheel while the steering
In the following situations, a warning wheel assist of the steering assist
message urging the driver to hold the function is operating.
steering wheel and the symbol shown in If the driver continues to keep their
the illustration are displayed on the
hands off of the steering wheel and the
multi-information display to warn the
driver. The warning stops when the sys- steering wheel assist is operating, the
tem determines that the driver holds the buzzer sounds and the driver is warned.
steering wheel. Always keep your hands Each time the buzzer sounds, the con-
on the steering wheel when using this tinuing time of the buzzer becomes lon-
system, regardless of warnings.
ger.
The buzzer also sounds even if the alert
type is set to steering wheel vibration.
Q Vehicle sway warning function
When the system determines that the
vehicle is swaying while the vehicle
sway warning function is operating, a
buzzer sounds and a warning message
O When the system determines that the urging the driver to rest and the symbol
driver is driving without holding the shown in the illustration are simultane-
steering wheel while the system is ously displayed on the multi-information
operating display.
If the driver continues to keep their
hands off of the steering wheel, the
buzzer sounds, the driver is warned and
the function is temporarily canceled.
This warning also operates in the same
way when the driver continuously oper-
ates the steering wheel only a small
amount.
Depending on the vehicle and road con-
The buzzer also sounds even if the alert ditions, the warning may not operate.
type is set to steering wheel vibration. Q Warning message
O When the system determines that the If the following warning message is dis-
vehicle may not turn and instead played on the multi-information display
depart from its lane on a curve while and the LTA indicator illuminates in
the lane centering function is operat- orange, follow the appropriate trouble-
ing. shooting procedure. Also, if a different
Depending on the vehicle condition and warning message is displayed, follow
the instructions displayed on the screen.
road conditions, the warning may not
operate. Also, if the system determines O “LTA Malfunction Visit Your Dealer”
that the vehicle is driving around a The system may not be operating prop-
curve, warnings will occur earlier than erly. Have the vehicle inspected by any
during straight-lane driving. authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
repairer.
Dynamic radar cruise
O “LTA Unavailable” control with full-speed
The system is temporarily canceled due range*
to a malfunction in a sensor other than
the front camera. Turn the LTA system *
: If equipped
off, wait for a little while, and then turn
the LTA system back on.
Summary of functions
O “LTA Unavailable at Current Speed”
The function cannot be used as the In vehicle-to-vehicle distance con-
vehicle speed exceeds the LTA opera- trol mode, the vehicle automati-
tion range. Drive slower.
cally accelerates, decelerates and
Q Customization stops to match the speed changes
Function settings can be changed. of the preceding vehicle even if the
(→P.431)
accelerator pedal is not depressed.
In constant speed control mode,
the vehicle runs at a fixed speed. 4
Use the dynamic radar cruise con-
trol with full-speed range on free-
Driving
ways and highways.
z Vehicle-to-vehicle distance con-
trol mode (→P.226)
z Constant speed control mode
(→P.230)
System components
Q Meter display
Set speed
Indicators • Conditions under which the vehicle-

to-vehicle distance control mode
Q Operation switches may not function correctly: →P.234
O Set the speed appropriately
depending on the speed limit, traffic
flow, road conditions, weather con-
ditions, etc. The driver is responsi-
ble for checking the set speed.
O Even when the system is function-
ing normally, the condition of the
preceding vehicle as detected by
the system may differ from the con-
dition observed by the driver.
Therefore, the driver must always
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance remain alert, assess the danger of
switch each situation and drive safely.
Relying solely on this system or
“+RES” switch assuming the system ensures
Cancel switch safety while driving can lead to an
accident, resulting in death or seri-
“-SET” switch ous injury.
Cruise control main switch O Switch the dynamic radar cruise

control with full-speed range setting
WARNING to off, using the cruise control main
switch when not in use.
Q Before using dynamic radar
cruise control with full-speed Q Cautions regarding the driving
range assist systems
O Driving safely is the sole responsi- Observe the following precautions, as
bility of the driver. Do not rely solely there are limitations to the assistance
on the system, and drive safely by provided by the system. Failure to do
always paying careful attention to so may cause an accident resulting in
your surroundings. death or serious injury.
O The dynamic radar cruise control

with full-speed range provides driv-
ing assistance to reduce the
driver’s burden. However, there are
limitations to the assistance pro-
vided.
Read the following conditions care-
fully. Do not overly rely on this system
and always drive carefully.
• When the sensor may not be cor-
rectly detecting the vehicle ahead:
→P.233
WARNING Q Situations unsuitable for

dynamic radar cruise control
O Assisting the driver to measure fol- with full-speed range
lowing distance
Do not use dynamic radar cruise con-
The dynamic radar cruise control with trol with full-speed range in any of the
full-speed range is only intended to following situations. Doing so may
help the driver in determining the fol- result in inappropriate speed control
lowing distance between the driver’s and could cause an accident resulting
own vehicle and a designated vehicle
traveling ahead. It is not a mechanism O Roads where there are pedestrians,
that allows careless or inattentive cyclists, etc.
driving, and it is not a system that can O In heavy traffic
assist the driver in low-visibility condi-
O On roads with sharp bends
tions.
It is still necessary for driver to pay O On winding roads
close attention to the vehicle’s sur- O On slippery roads, such as those
roundings. covered with rain, ice or snow
4
O Assisting the driver to judge proper O On steep downhills, or where there
following distance are sudden changes between sharp
up and down gradients
Driving
The dynamic radar cruise control with
full-speed range determines whether Vehicle speed may exceed the set
the following distance between the speed when driving down a steep hill.
driver’s own vehicle and a designated O At entrances to freeways and high-
vehicle traveling ahead is within a set ways
range. It is not capable of making any
O When weather conditions are bad
other type of judgement. Therefore, it enough that they may prevent the
is absolutely necessary for the driver sensors from detecting correctly
to remain vigilant and to determine (fog, snow, sandstorm, heavy rain,
whether or not there is a possibility of etc.)
danger in any given situation. O When there is rain, snow, etc., on
O Assisting the driver to operate the the front surface of the radar or
vehicle front camera
The dynamic radar cruise control with O In traffic conditions that require fre-
full-speed range does not include quent repeated acceleration and
functions which will prevent or avoid deceleration
collisions with vehicles ahead of your
vehicle. Therefore, if there is ever any O When your vehicle is towing a
possibility of danger, the driver must trailer (vehicles with towing pack-
take immediate and direct control of ages) or during emergency towing
the vehicle and act appropriately in O When an approach warning buzzer
order to ensure the safety of all is heard often
involved.
Driving in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode

This mode employs a radar to detect the presence of vehicles up to approx-
imately 100 m (328 ft.) ahead, determines the current vehicle-to-vehicle fol-
lowing distance, and operates to maintain a suitable following distance from
the vehicle ahead. The desired vehicle-to-vehicle distance can also be set
by operating the vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch.
When driving on downhill slopes, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance may become
shorter.
Example of constant speed cruising

When there are no vehicles ahead
The vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver.
Example of deceleration cruising and follow-up cruising
When a preceding vehicle driving slower than the set speed appears
When a vehicle is detected running ahead of you, the system automatically deceler-
ates your vehicle. When a greater reduction in vehicle speed is necessary, the sys-
tem applies the brakes (the stop lights will come on at this time). The system will
respond to changes in the speed of the vehicle ahead in order to maintain the vehi-
cle-to-vehicle distance set by the driver. Approach warning warns you when the sys-
tem cannot decelerate sufficiently to prevent your vehicle from closing in on the
vehicle ahead.
When the vehicle ahead of you stops, your vehicle will also stop (vehicle is stopped
by system control). After the vehicle ahead starts off, pressing the “+RES” switch or
depressing the accelerator pedal (start-off operation) will resume follow-up cruising.
If the start-off operation is not performed, system control continues to keep your
vehicle stopped.
When the turn signal lever is operated and your vehicle moves to an overtaking lane
while driving at 80 km/h (50 mph) or more, the vehicle will accelerate to help to over-
take a passing vehicle.
The system’s identification of what is an overtaking lane may be determined solely
based on the location of the steering wheel in the vehicle (left side driver position
versus right side driver position.) If the vehicle is driven to a region where the over-
taking lane is on a different side from where the vehicle is normally driven, the vehi-
cle may accelerate when the turn signal lever is operated in the opposite direction to
the overtaking lane (e.g., if the driver normally operates the vehicle in a region
where the overtaking lane is to the right but then drives to a region where the over-
taking lane is to the left, the vehicle may accelerate when the right turn signal is acti-
vated).
Example of acceleration
When there are no longer any preceding vehicles driving slower than the
set speed
The system accelerates until the set speed is reached. The system then returns to
constant speed cruising. 4
speed control mode. (→P.230)
Driving
Setting the vehicle speed
(vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode)
1 Press the cruise control main
switch to activate the cruise con-
trol.
Dynamic radar cruise control indicator
will come on and a message will be dis-
played on the multi-information display.
Press the switch again to deactivate the “Radar Ready”
cruise control.
If the cruise control main switch is 2 Accelerate or decelerate, with
pressed and held for 1.5 seconds or accelerator pedal operation, to
more, the system turns on in constant the desired vehicle speed (at or
above approximately 30 km/h
[20 mph]) and press the “-SET”
switch to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET” indicator will come
on.
The vehicle speed at the moment the
switch is released becomes the set
speed. increased or decreased as follows:

Fine adjustment: By 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*1
or 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*2 each time the
switch is pressed
Large adjustment: Increases or
decreases in 5 km/h (3.1 mph)*1 or 5
mph (8 km/h)*2 increments for as long
as the switch is held
In the constant speed control mode
(→P.230), the set speed will be
Adjusting the set speed increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*1
Q Adjusting the set speed by the or 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*2 each time the
switch switch is pressed
To change the set speed, press the Large adjustment: The speed will con-
“+RES” or “-SET” switch until the tinue to change while the switch is held.
desired set speed is displayed. *1: When the set speed is shown in
“km/h”
*2: When the set speed is shown in
“MPH”
Q Increasing the set speed by
the accelerator pedal
1 Accelerate with accelerator
pedal operation to the desired
vehicle speed
1 Increases the speed (Except 2 Press the “-SET” switch
when the vehicle has been
stopped by system control in Changing the vehicle-to-
vehicle-to-vehicle distance con- vehicle distance (vehicle-to-
trol mode) vehicle distance control
2 Decreases the speed mode)
Fine adjustment: Press the switch.
Pressing the switch changes the
Large adjustment: Press and hold the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance as fol-
switch to change the speed, and
release when the desired speed is
lows:
reached.
In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode, the set speed will be
Distance Vehicle-to-vehicle dis-

options tance
Approximately 50 m (160
Long
ft.)
Medium
ft.)
Short
ft.)
1 Long
2 Medium Resuming follow-up cruis-
3 Short ing when the vehicle has
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance is set been stopped by system
automatically to long mode when the
control (vehicle-to-vehicle
power switch is turned to ON.
distance control mode)
If a vehicle is running ahead of you, the 4
preceding vehicle mark will also be After the vehicle ahead of you
displayed. starts off, press the “+RES” switch.
Driving
Your vehicle will also resume fol-
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance low-up cruising if the accelerator
settings (vehicle-to-vehicle pedal is depressed after the vehicle
distance control mode) ahead of you starts off.
Select a distance from the table
below. Note that the distances
shown correspond to a vehicle
speed of 80 km/h (50 mph). Vehi-
cle-to-vehicle distance
increases/decreases in accor-
dance with vehicle speed. When
the vehicle is stopped by system
control, the vehicle stops at a cer-
tain vehicle-to-vehicle distance
depending on the situation.
Canceling and resuming the

speed control
Q Warnings may not occur when

In the following instances, warnings
may not occur even when the vehi-
1 Pressing the cancel switch can- cle-to-vehicle distance is small.
cels the speed control.
z When the speed of the preceding
The speed control is also canceled
vehicle matches or exceeds your
when the brake pedal is depressed.
vehicle speed
(When the vehicle has been stopped by
system control, depressing the brake z When the preceding vehicle is
pedal does not cancel the setting.) traveling at an extremely slow
2 Pressing the “+RES” switch speed
resumes the cruise control and z Immediately after the cruise con-
returns vehicle speed to the set trol speed was set
speed.
z When depressing the accelerator
pedal
Approach warning (vehicle-
to-vehicle distance control Selecting constant speed
mode) control mode
When your vehicle is too close to a When constant speed control mode
vehicle ahead, and sufficient auto- is selected, your vehicle will main-
matic deceleration via the cruise tain a set speed without controlling
control is not possible, the display the vehicle-to-vehicle distance.
will flash and the buzzer will sound Select this mode only when vehi-
to alert the driver. An example of cle-to-vehicle distance control
this would be if another driver cuts mode does not function correctly
in front of you while you are follow- due to a dirty radar, etc.
ing a vehicle. Depress the brake
1 With the cruise control off, press
pedal to ensure an appropriate
and hold the cruise control main
vehicle-to-vehicle distance.
switch for 1.5 seconds or more.
Immediately after the switch is pressed,
the dynamic radar cruise control indica-
Radar Cruise Control with
tor will come on. Afterwards, it switches Road Sign Assist
to the cruise control indicator.
Switching to constant speed control When this function is enabled and
mode is only possible when operating the system is operating in vehicle-
the switch with the cruise control off.
to-vehicle distance control mode
(→P.226), when a speed limit sign
is detected, the recognized speed
limit will be displayed with an
up/down arrow. The set speed can
be increased/reduced to the recog-
nized speed limit by pressing and
holding the “+RES”/“-SET” switch.
z When the current set speed is
2 Accelerate or decelerate, with lower than the recognized speed
accelerator pedal operation, to limit 4
the desired vehicle speed (at or
Driving
above approximately 30 km/h
[20 mph]) and press the “-SET”
switch to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET” indicator will come
on.
The vehicle speed at the moment the
switch is released becomes the set
speed.
Adjusting the speed setting: →P.228
z Press and hold the “+RES”
Canceling and resuming the speed set-
ting: →P.230 switch.
z When the current set speed is
higher than the recognized
speed limit
z Press and hold the “-SET” Q Automatic cancelation of vehicle-

switch. to-vehicle distance control mode
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
is automatically canceled in the follow-
Enabling/Disabling the ing situations.
Radar Cruise Control with O VSC is activated.
Road Sign Assist O TRC is activated for a period of time.
O When the VSC or TRC system is
Radar Cruise Control with Road turned off.
Sign Assist can be enabled/dis- O The sensor cannot detect correctly
abled in on the multi-informa- because it is covered in some way.
tion display. (→P.431) O Pre-collision braking is activated.
O The parking brake is operated.
Q Dynamic radar cruise control with O The vehicle is stopped by system con-
full-speed range can be set when trol on a steep incline.
O The shift lever is in D. O The following are detected when the
vehicle has been stopped by system
O The desired set speed can be set
when the vehicle speed is approxi- control:
mately 30 km/h (20 mph) or more. • The driver is not wearing a seat belt.
• The driver’s door is opened.
(However, when the vehicle speed is
set while driving at below approxi- • The vehicle has been stopped for
mately 30 km/h [20 mph], the set about 3 minutes
speed will be set to approximately 30 If vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
km/h [20 mph].) mode is automatically canceled for any
reasons other than the above, there
Q Accelerating after setting the vehi- may be a malfunction in the system.
cle speed Contact any authorized Mazda retailer
The vehicle can accelerate by operating or Mazda authorized repairer, or any
the accelerator pedal. After accelerat- reliable repairer.
ing, the set speed resumes. However,
during vehicle-to-vehicle distance con-
Q Automatic cancelation of constant
trol mode, the vehicle speed may speed control mode
decrease below the set speed in order Constant speed control mode is auto-
to maintain the distance to the preceding matically canceled in the following situa-
vehicle. tions:
Q When the vehicle stops while fol- O Actual vehicle speed is more than
low-up cruising approximately 16 km/h (10 mph)
below the set vehicle speed.
O Pressing the “+RES” switch while the
vehicle ahead stops will resume fol- O Actual vehicle speed falls below
low-up cruising if the vehicle ahead approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).
starts off within approximately 3 sec- O VSC is activated.
onds after the switch is pressed.
O TRC is activated for a period of time.
O If the vehicle ahead starts off within 3
seconds after your vehicle stops, fol-
turned off.
low-up cruising will be resumed.
O Pre-collision braking is activated.
O The parking brake is operated.
If constant speed control mode is auto- pedal when acceleration is required.
matically canceled for any reasons other As the sensor may not be able to cor-
than the above, there may be a malfunc- rectly detect these types of vehicles, the
tion in the system. Contact any autho- approach warning (→P.230) may not be
rized Mazda retailer or Mazda activated.
repairer. O Vehicles that cut in suddenly
Q The Radar Cruise Control with O Vehicles traveling at low speeds
Road Sign Assist may not operate O Vehicles that are not moving in the
properly when same lane
As the Radar Cruise Control with Road O Vehicles with small rear ends (trailers
Sign Assist may not operate properly in with no load on board, etc.)
conditions in which RSA may not oper-
ate or detect correctly (→P.240), when
using this function, make sure to check
the speed limit sign displayed.
In the following situations, the set speed
may not be changed to the recognized
speed limit by pressing and holding the
“+RES”/“-SET” switch. 4
O If speed limit information is not avail-
able O Motorcycles traveling in the same lane
Driving
O When the recognized speed limit is O When water or snow thrown up by the
the same as the set speed surrounding vehicles hinders the
O When the recognized speed limit is detecting of the sensor
outside of the speed range that the O When your vehicle is pointing
dynamic radar cruise control system upwards (caused by a heavy load in
can operate the luggage compartment, etc.)
Q Brake operation
A brake operation sound may be heard
and the brake pedal response may
change, but these are not malfunctions.
Q Warning messages and buzzers for
dynamic radar cruise control with
full-speed range
Warning messages and buzzers are
used to indicate a system malfunction or O Preceding vehicle has an extremely
to inform the driver of the need for cau- high ground clearance
tion while driving. If a warning message
is shown on the multi-information dis-
play, read the message and follow the
instructions. (→P.201, 383)
Q When the sensor may not be cor-
rectly detecting the vehicle ahead
In the case of the following and depend-
ing on the conditions, operate the brake
pedal when deceleration of the system
is insufficient or operate the accelerator
Q Conditions under which the vehi-

cle-to-vehicle distance control
Speed limiter*
mode may not function correctly
*
In the case of the following conditions, : If equipped
operate the brake pedal (or accelerator A desired maximum speed can
pedal, depending on the situation) as
necessary. be set using the speed limiter
As the sensor may not be able to cor- switch. The speed limiter pre-
rectly detect vehicles ahead, the system vents vehicle speed from
may not operate properly. exceeding the set speed.
O When the road curves or when the
lanes are narrow
System components
Q Meter display
O When steering wheel operation or

your position in the lane is unstable
Indicators
Set speed
Q Operation switches
O When the vehicle ahead of you decel-

erates suddenly
O When driving on a road surrounded by
a structure, such as in a tunnel or on a
bridge
O While the vehicle speed is decreasing
to the set speed after the vehicle
accelerates by depressing the accel-
erator pedal
“+RES” switch
Cancel switch
“-SET” switch
Speed limiter main switch
Setting the vehicle speed desired set speed is obtained.
1 Press the speed limiter main

switch to activate the speed lim-
iter.
Speed limiter indicator will come on.
Press the switch again to deactivate the
speed limiter.
1 Increases the speed

2 Decreases the speed
Fine adjustment: Press the switch in
the desired direction.
Large adjustment: Press and hold
switch. 4
2 Accelerate or decelerate the The set speed will be increased or
Driving
vehicle to the desired speed, decreased as follows:
and press the “-SET” switch to Fine adjustment: By 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*1
set the desired maximum or 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*2 each time the
speed. switch is pressed
The set speed is displayed on the multi- Large adjustment: Increases or

information display. decreases in 5 km/h (3.1 mph)*1 or 5
If the switch is pressed while the vehi- mph (8 km/h)*2 increments for as long
cle speed is below 30 km/h (20 mph), as the switch is held
the set speed will be 30 km/h (20 mph). *1: When
the set speed is shown in
“km/h”
*2: When
the set speed is shown in
“MPH”
Adjusting the set speed

To change the set speed, press the
“+RES” or “-SET” switch until the
Canceling and resuming the WARNING

constant speed control Q To avoid operating the speed lim-
iter by mistake
Switch the speed limiter off using the
speed limiter main switch when not in
use.
Q Situations unsuitable for speed
limiter
Do not use speed limiter in any of the
following situations.
Doing so may result in loss of control
and could cause an accident resulting
1 Pressing the cancel switch can-
O On slippery roads, such as those
cels the speed limiter. covered with rain, ice or snow
2 Pressing the “+RES” switch O On steep hills
resumes the speed limiter.
O When your vehicle is towing a
trailer or during emergency towing
Q Exceeding the set speed
In the following situations, the vehicle
speed exceeds the set speed and dis-
play characters will flash:
O When fully depressing the accelerator
pedal
O When driving down a slope
Q Automatic speed limiter cancel-
ation
The speed limiter is automatically can-
celed in any of the following situations:
O Cruise control is activated.
turned off by pressing the VSC off
switch.
Q If the warning message for the
speed limiter is shown on the multi-
information display
Stop the hybrid system and then restart
the hybrid system. After restarting the
hybrid system, set the speed limiter. If
the speed limiter cannot be set, there
may be a malfunction in the speed lim-
iter. Have the vehicle inspected by any
repairer.
RSA (Road Sign Assist)* Indication on the multi-infor-

mation display
*
: If equipped
The RSA system recognizes When the front camera recognizes
specific road signs using the a sign and/or information of a sign
front camera and/or naviga- is available from the navigation sys-
tion system (when speed limit tem, the sign will be displayed on
information is available) to pro- the multi-information display.
vide information to the driver z When the driving support system
via the display. information is selected, a maxi-
mum of 3 signs (vertical display)
or 2 signs (horizontal display)
can be displayed. (→P.99, 105)
Driving
If the system judges that the
vehicle is being driven over the
speed limit, performing prohib-
ited actions, etc., in relation to
the recognized road signs, it
notifies the driver using a noti-
fication display and notifica-
tion buzzer. Vertical display
Horizontal display
WARNING
z When a tab other than the driving
Q Before using the RSA
support system information is
Do not rely solely upon the RSA sys-
tem. RSA is a system which supports selected, the following types of
the driver by providing information, road signs will be displayed.
but it is not a replacement for a
(→P.99, 105)
driver’s own vision and awareness.
Drive safely by always paying careful • Speed limit begins/ends sign
attention to the traffic rules. • Speed limit related information sign
(Highway, Motorway, Urban area,
Residential area)
• All canceled sign
• No-entry sign* (when notification is z Speed limit related information*

necessary)
• Speed limit with supplemental sign
Highway entrance
(Ramp way only)
*
: For vehicles with navigation system
Highway exit
Motorway entrance
Motorway exit
If signs other than speed limit signs are Urban area beginning
recognized, they will be displayed in an
overlapping stack under the current
speed limit sign. Urban area ending
Supported types of road

signs Urban area beginning
The following types of road signs,

including electronic signs and blink- Urban area ending
ing signs, are recognized.
A non-official (not meeting the Vienna
Convention) or a recently introduced Residential area beginning
traffic sign may not be recognized.
z Speed limit road signs
Residential area ending
Speed limit begins/Maxi-
*:
mum speed zone begins Displayed when a sign is recognized
but speed limit information for the
Speed limit ends/Maximum road is not available from the naviga-
speed zone ends tion system
z No-overtaking road signs ing on ramp way.
No overtaking begins Notification function

In the following situations, the RSA
No overtaking ends
system will notify the driver.
z When the vehicle speed exceeds
z Other road signs the speed notification threshold
of the speed limit sign displayed,
the sign display will be empha-
No-entry*
sized and a buzzer will sound.
z When the RSA system recog-
All canceled nizes a no-entry sign and detects
that the vehicle has entered a
no-entry area based on the map
Stop information of the navigation sys- 4
tem, the no-entry sign flashes
*: and a buzzer will sound. (For
Driving
For vehicles with navigation system
z Speed limit with supplemental vehicles with navigation system)
mark*1 z If it is detected that your vehicle
is overtaking when a no overtak-
Wet ing sign is displayed on the multi-
information display, the dis-
Rain played sign will flash and a
buzzer will sound.
Ice
Depending on the situation, traffic
Supplemental mark environment (traffic direction,
exists*2 speed unit) may be detected incor-
rectly and a notification function
Exit ramp on right*3
may not operate properly.
Exit ramp on left*3

Q Setting procedure
Time 1 Press / (vertical display) or

/ (horizontal display) of the
*1: Displayed simultaneously with speed meter control switches and select
limit .
*2: Contents
not recognized.
*3: Displayed
when system detects driv-
2 Press / (vertical display) or

O A sign resembling a system compati-
ble sign is recognized.
/ (horizontal display) of the O Roundabout exit road speed signs
meter control switches and select may be detected and displayed (if
, then press . positioned in sight of the front camera)
while traveling on a roundabout.
Q Automatic turn-off of RSA sign dis- O The front of the vehicle is raised or
play
lowered due to the carried load.
One or more signs automatically turn off
in the following situations. O The surrounding brightness is not suf-
ficient or changes suddenly.
O A new sign is not recognized for a cer-
tain distance. O When a sign intended for trucks, etc.,
is recognized.
O The road changes due to a left or right
turn, etc. O The vehicle is driven in a country with
a different direction of traffic.
Q Conditions in which the function O The navigation system map data is
may not operate or detect correctly
outdated.
In the following situations, RSA does not
operate normally and may not recognize O The navigation system is not operat-
signs, display the incorrect sign, etc. ing.
However, this does not indicate a mal- O The speed information displayed on
function. the meter and that displayed on the
O The front camera is misaligned due to navigation system may be different
a strong impact being applied to the due to the navigation system using
sensor, etc. map data.
O Dirt, snow, stickers, etc., are on the Q Speed limit sign display
windshield near the front camera. If the power switch was last turned off
O In inclement weather such as heavy while a speed limit sign was displayed
rain, fog, snow or sand storms. on the multi-information display, the
same sign displays again when the
O Light from an oncoming vehicle, the power switch is turned to ON.
sun, etc., enters the front camera.
Q If “RSA Malfunction Visit Your
O The sign is dirty, faded, tilted or bent. Dealer” is shown
O The contrast of electronic sign is low. The system may be malfunctioning.
O All or part of the sign is hidden by the Have the vehicle inspected by any
leaves of a tree, a pole, etc. authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
O The sign is only visible to the front repairer.
camera for a short amount of time.
Q Customization
O The driving scene (turning, lane
change, etc.) is judged incorrectly. Some functions can be customized.
(→P.431)
O Even if it is a sign not appropriate for
the currently traveled lane, such as a
sign exists directly before/after free-
way branches or in side road, it may
be displayed.
O Stickers are attached to the rear of the
preceding vehicle.
BSM (Blind Spot Moni- System components

tor)*
*: If equipped
The Blind Spot Monitor is a
system that uses rear side
radar sensors installed on the
inner side of the rear bumper
on the left and right side to
assist the driver in confirming
safety when changing lanes. Meter control switches
Turning the Blind Spot Monitor on/off.
WARNING
Outside rear view mirror indica-
Q Cautions regarding the use of
the system tors
The driver is solely responsible for When a vehicle is detected in a blind 4
safe driving. Always drive safely, tak- spot of the outside rear view mirrors or
ing care to observe your surround- approaching rapidly from behind into a
Driving
ings.
blind spot, the outside rear view mirror
The Blind Spot Monitor is a supple- indicator on the detected side will illumi-
mentary function which alerts the
driver that a vehicle is in a blind spot nate. If the turn signal lever is operated
of the outside rear view mirrors or is toward the detected side, the outside
approaching rapidly from behind into rear view mirror indicator flashes.
a blind spot. Do not overly rely on the
Blind Spot Monitor. As the function BSM OFF indicator
cannot judge if it is safe to change Illuminates when the Blind Spot Monitor
lanes, over reliance could lead to an is disabled.
accident resulting in death or serious
injury.
As the system may not function cor- Q Outside rear view mirror indicator
rectly under certain conditions, the visibility
driver’s own visual confirmation of In strong sunlight, the outside rear view
safety is necessary. mirror indicator may be difficult to see.
Q When “Blind Spot Monitor Unavail-
able See Owner’s Manual” is
shown on the multi-information
display
Ice, snow, mud, etc., may be attached to
the rear bumper around the sensors.
(→P.242) The system should return to
normal operation after removing the ice,
snow, mud, etc., from the rear bumper.
Additionally, the sensors may not oper-
ate normally when driving in extremely
hot or cold environments.
Q When “Blind Spot Monitor Malfunc- O Keep the sensors and the sur-
tion Visit Your Dealer” is shown on rounding areas on the rear bumper
the multi-information display clean at all times.
There may be a sensor malfunction of If a sensor or its surrounding area on
misaligned. Have the vehicle inspected
by any authorized Mazda retailer or the rear bumper is dirty or covered
Mazda authorized repairer, or any reli- with snow, the Blind Spot Monitor may
able repairer. not operate and a warning message
Q Customization (→P.241) will be displayed. In this sit-
Some functions can be customized. uation, clear off the dirt or snow and
(→P.431) drive the vehicle with the operation
conditions of the BSM function
Q Certifications for the Blind Spot
Monitor (→P.245) satisfied for approximately
→P.554 10 minutes. If the warning message
does not disappear, have the vehicle
WARNING
Q Handling the rear side radar sen- or any reliable repairer.
sor
Blind Spot Monitor sensors are
installed behind the left and right
sides of the rear bumper respectively.
Observe the following to ensure the
Blind Spot Monitor can operate cor-
rectly.
O Do not attach accessories, stickers

(including transparent stickers), alu-
minum tape, etc., to a sensor or its
surrounding area on the rear
bumper.
O Do not subject a sensor or its sur-
rounding area on the rear bumper
to a strong impact.
If a sensor is moved even slightly
off position, the system may mal-
function and vehicles may not be
detected correctly.
In the following situations, have
your vehicle inspected by any
repairer.
• A sensor or its surrounding area is
subject to a strong impact.
WARNING Turning the Blind Spot Moni-

• If the surrounding area of a sensor tor on/off
is scratched or dented, or part of
them has become disconnected. Use the meter control switches to
O Do not disassemble the sensor. turn on/off the function.
O Do not modify the sensor or sur- 1 Press / (vertical display)

rounding area on the rear bumper.
or / (horizontal display)
O If a sensor or the rear bumper of the meter control switch to
needs to be removed/installed or
replaced, contact any authorized select .
repairer, or any reliable repairer. 2 Press / (vertical display)
O Do not paint the rear bumper any or / (horizontal display)
color other than an official Mazda
color. of the meter control switch to
select and then press .

4
Blind Spot Monitor operation
Driving
Q Vehicles that can be detected by the Blind Spot Monitor
The Blind Spot Monitor uses rear side radar sensors to detect the following
vehicles traveling in adjacent lanes and advises the driver of the presence
of such vehicles via the indicators on the outside rear view mirrors.
Vehicles that are traveling in areas that are not visible using the outside
rear view mirrors (the blind spots)
Vehicles that are approaching rapidly from behind in areas that are not
visible using the outside rear view mirrors (the blind spots)
Q The Blind Spot Monitor detection areas

The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.
The range of each detection area is:

Approximately 0.5 m (1.6 ft.) to 3.5 m (11.5 ft.) from either side of the
vehicle*1
Approximately 1 m (3.3 ft.) forward of the rear bumper
Approximately 3 m (9.8 ft.) from the rear bumper
Approximately 3 m (9.8 ft.) to 60 m (197 ft.) from the rear bumper*2
*1: The area between the side of the vehicle and 0.5 m (1.6 ft.) from the side of the
vehicle cannot be detected.
*2: The greater the difference in speed between your vehicle and the detected vehi-
cle is, the farther away the vehicle will be detected, causing the outside rear view
mirror indicator to illuminate or flash.
O You overtake a vehicle in adjacent
Q The Blind Spot Monitor is opera- lane slowly.
tional when
O Another vehicle enters the detection
The Blind Spot Monitor is operational area when it changes lanes.
when all of the following conditions are
met: Q Conditions under which the Blind
Spot Monitor will not detect a vehi-
O The Blind Spot Monitor is on. cle
O The shift lever is in a position other The Blind Spot Monitor is not designed
than R. to detect the following types of vehicles
O The vehicle speed is greater than and/or objects:
approximately 16 km/h (10 mph). O Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestri-
Q The Blind Spot Monitor will detect a ans, etc.*
vehicle when O Vehicles traveling in the opposite
The Blind Spot Monitor will detect a direction
vehicle present in the detection area in O Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehi-
the following situations: cles and similar stationary objects*
O A vehicle in an adjacent lane over- O Following vehicles that are in the
takes your vehicle. same lane*
O Vehicles traveling 2 lanes away from • When towing a trailer
your vehicle* • When an accessory (such as a bicycle
O Vehicles which are being overtaken carrier) is installed to the rear of the
rapidly by your vehicle* vehicle
* • When there is a significant difference
: Depending on the conditions, detec- in height between your vehicle and
tion of a vehicle and/or object may the vehicle that enters the detection
occur. area
• Immediately after the Blind Spot Moni-
Q Conditions under which the Blind tor is turned on
Spot Monitor may not function cor-
rectly O Instances of the Blind Spot Monitor
unnecessarily detecting a vehicle
O The Blind Spot Monitor may not detect and/or object may increase in the fol-
vehicles correctly in the following situ- lowing situations:
ations: • When the sensor is misaligned due to
• When the sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sensor or its
a strong impact to the sensor or its surrounding area
surrounding area • When the distance between your vehi-
• When mud, snow, ice, a sticker, etc., cle and a guardrail, wall, etc., that
is covering the sensor or surrounding enters the detection area is short
area on the rear bumper • When driving up and down consecu- 4
• When driving on a road surface that is tive steep inclines, such as hills, dips
wet with standing water during bad in the road, etc.
Driving
weather, such as heavy rain, snow, or • When vehicle lanes are narrow, or
fog when driving on the edge of a lane,
• When multiple vehicles are approach- and a vehicle traveling in a lane other
ing with only a small gap between than the adjacent lanes enters the
each vehicle detection area
• When the distance between your vehi- • When driving on roads with sharp
cle and a following vehicle is short bends, consecutive curves, or uneven
• When there is a significant difference surfaces
in speed between your vehicle and • When the tires are slipping or spinning
the vehicle that enters the detection • When the distance between your vehi-
area cle and a following vehicle is short
• When the difference in speed • When an accessory (such as a bicycle
between your vehicle and another carrier) is installed to the rear of the
vehicle is changing vehicle
• When a vehicle enters a detection
area traveling at about the same
speed as your vehicle
• As your vehicle starts from a stop, a
vehicle remains in the detection area
• When driving up and down consecu-
tive steep inclines, such as hills, dips
in the road, etc.
• When driving on roads with sharp
bends, consecutive curves, or uneven
surfaces
• When vehicle lanes are wide, or when
driving on the edge of a lane, and the
vehicle in an adjacent lane is far away
from your vehicle
parking assist-sensor*
*
: If equipped
The distance from your vehicle
to objects, such as a wall,
when parallel parking or
maneuvering into a garage is
measured by the sensors and
communicated via the multi- Front corner sensor detection
information display and a
Front center sensor detection
buzzer. Always check the sur-
rounding area when using this Rear corner sensor detection
system. Rear center sensor detection
System components Turning parking assist-sen-

sor on/off
Q Types of sensors
Use the meter control switches to
enable/disable the parking assist-
sensor. (→P.100, 106)
1 Press / (vertical display)
of the meter control switch to
select .
Front corner sensors 2 Press / (vertical display)

Front center sensors or / (horizontal display)
Rear corner sensors
Rear center sensors select and then press .
Q Display When the parking assist-sensor
function is disabled, the parking
When the sensors detect an object,
assist-sensor OFF indicator
such as a wall, a graphic is shown
(→P.88) illuminates.
on the multi-information display
depending on the position and dis-
tance to the object.
To re-enable the system when it O A non-genuine Mazda suspension
was disabled, select on the (lowered suspension, etc.) is
multi-information display, select installed.
and then on. If disabled using this O Towing eyelets are installed.
method, the system will not be re- O A backlit license plate is installed.
enabled by turning the power
Q When using parking assist-sen-
switch off and then to ON. sor
In the following situations, the system
WARNING may not function correctly due to a
Q When using the parking assist- sensor malfunction, etc. Have the
sensor vehicle checked by any authorized
Observe the following precautions. repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Failing to do so may result in the vehi-
cle being unable to be driven safely O The parking assist-sensor opera-
and possibly cause an accident. tion display flashes or shows con-
tinuously, and a beep sounds when
O Do not use the sensor at speeds in no objects are detected.
excess of 10 km/h (6 mph). 4
O If the area around a sensor collides
O The sensors’ detection areas and with something, or is subjected to
reaction times are limited. When
Driving
strong impact.
moving forward or reversing, check
the areas surrounding the vehicle O If the bumper or grille collides with
(especially the sides of the vehicle) something.
for safety, and drive slowly, using
the brake to control the vehicle’s O If the display flashes or is displayed
speed. continuously and a buzzer does not
sound, except when the mute func-
O Do not install accessories within the tion has been turned on.
sensors’ detection areas.
O If a display error occurs, first check
O The area directly under the bum- the sensor.
pers is not detected. If the error occurs even when there
Thin posts or objects lower than the is no ice, snow or mud on the sen-
sensor may not be detected when sor, it is likely that the sensor is mal-
approached, even if they have been functioning.
detected before.
Q Notes when washing the vehicle
Q When to disable the function Do not apply intensive bursts of water
In the following situations, disable the or steam to the sensor area.
function as it may operate even Doing so may result in the sensor
though there is no possibility of a colli- malfunctioning.
sion.
O The vehicle is equipped with a
fender pole, wireless antenna or fog
lights.
O The front or rear bumper or a sen-
sor receives a strong impact.
sensor, it may not be detected.

WARNING
O There will be a short delay between
O When using a high pressure object detection and display. Even at
washer to wash the vehicle, do not low speeds, there is a possibility that
spray the sensors directly, as doing the object will come within the sen-
so may cause a sensor to malfunc- sor’s detection areas before the dis-
tion. play is shown and the warning beep
sounds.
O When using steam to clean the
vehicle, do not direct steam too O It might be difficult to hear the buzzer
close to the sensors as doing so due to the volume of the audio system
may cause a sensor to malfunction. or air flow noise of the air conditioning
system.
O It may be difficult to hear the buzzer if
Q The system can be operated when buzzers for other systems are sound-
O The power switch is in ON. ing.
O parking assist-sensor function is on. Q Conditions under which the func-
tion may not function correctly
O The vehicle speed is less than about
10 km/h (6 mph). Certain vehicle conditions and the sur-
rounding environment may affect the
O A shift lever other than P is selected. ability of a sensor to correctly detect
O Steering wheel is turned approxi- objects. Particular instances where this
mately 90° or more (Front side sen- may occur are listed below.
sors, rear side sensors) (if equipped) O There is dirt, snow, water drops or ice
Q If “Clean Parking Assist Sensor” is on a sensor. (Cleaning the sensors
displayed on the multi-information will resolve this problem.)
display O A sensor is frozen. (Thawing the area
A sensor may be covered with water will resolve this problem.)
drops, ice, snow, dirt, etc. Remove the In especially cold weather, if a sensor
water drops, ice, snow, dirt, etc., from is frozen the sensor display may be
the sensor to return the system to nor- displayed abnormally, or objects, such
mal. as a wall, may not be detected.
Also, due to ice forming on a sensor at O A sensor is covered in any way.
low temperatures, a warning message O When a sensor or the area around a
may be displayed or the sensor may not sensor is extremely hot or cold.
be able to detect an object. Once the ice
melts, the system will return to normal. O On an extremely bumpy road, on an
incline, on gravel, or on grass.
Q Sensor detection information
O The vicinity of the vehicle is noisy due
The following situations may occur to vehicle horns, motorcycle engines,
during use. air brakes of large vehicles, or other
O The sensors may be able to only loud noises producing ultrasonic
detect objects near the front and rear waves.
bumpers. O There is another vehicle equipped
O Depending on the shape of the object with parking assist sensors in the
and other factors, the detection dis- vicinity.
tance may shorten, or detection may O A sensor is coated with a sheet of
be impossible. spray or heavy rain.
O If an object is extremely close to a O If a sensor is hit by a large amount of
water, such as when driving on a
flooded road.
Sensor detection display,
O If the vehicle is significantly tilted. object distance
O The vehicle is approaching a tall or Q Detection range of the sensors
curved curb.
O If objects draw too close to the sensor.
Q Objects which may not be properly
detected
The shape of the object may prevent the
sensor from detecting it. Pay particular
attention to the following objects:
O Wires, fences, ropes, etc.
O Cotton, snow and other materials that
absorb sound waves
O Sharply-angled objects
O Low objects
O Tall objects with upper sections pro- 4
jecting outwards in the direction of
your vehicle
Approximately 100 cm (3.3 ft.)
Driving
People may not be detected if they are
wearing certain types of clothing. Approximately 150 cm (4.9 ft.)
Approximately 60 cm (2.0 ft.)
The diagram shows the detection range
of the sensors. Note that the sensors
cannot detect objects that are
extremely close to the vehicle.
The range of the sensors may change
depending on the shape of the object,
etc.
Q The distance and buzzer
Approximate distance to obstacle Buzzer

Front sensor:
100 cm to 60 cm (3.3 ft. to 2.0 ft.)*
Slow
Rear sensor:
150 cm to 60 cm (4.9 ft. to 2.0 ft.)*
60 cm to 45 cm (2.0 ft. to 1.5 ft.)* Medium
45 cm to 30 cm (1.5 ft. to 1.0 ft.)* Fast
Approximate distance to obstacle Buzzer

30 cm to 15 cm (1.0 ft. to 0.5 ft.)
Continuous
Less than 15 cm (0.5 ft.)
*
: Automatic buzzer mute function is enabled. (→P.250)
Q Buzzer operation and dis- 2 Press / (vertical display)
tance to an object
A buzzer sounds when the sensors
are operating.
select and then press and
z The buzzer beeps faster as the
vehicle approaches an object. hold .
When the vehicle comes within 3 Select the volume and then
approximately 30 cm (1.0 ft.) of
the object, the buzzer sounds press .
continuously. Each time the switch is pressed, the
volume level will change between 1, 2,
z When 2 or more objects are and 3.
detected simultaneously, the Q Muting a buzzer
buzzer sounds for the nearest
A mute button will be displayed on
object.
the multi-information display when
z Even when the sensors are oper- an object is detected. To mute the
ating, the buzzer will be muted in buzzer, press .
some situations. (automatic The buzzers for the parking assist-
buzzer mute function) sensor and RCTA function (if
Q Adjusting the buzzer volume equipped) will be muted simultane-
The buzzer volume can be adjusted ously.
on the multi-information display. Mute will be canceled automatically
Use the meter control switches to in the following situations:
change settings. (→P.100, 106) z When the shift lever is changed.
1 Press / (vertical display) z When the vehicle speed exceeds
a certain speed.
of the meter control switch to z When there is a malfunction in a
sensor or the system is tempo-
select .
rarily unavailable.
z When the operating function is
disabled manually.
z When the power switch is turned
off. RCTA (Rear Crossing
Traffic Alert)*
*: If equipped
The RCTA function uses the
BSM rear side radar sensors
installed behind the rear
bumper. This function is
intended to assist the driver in
checking areas that are not
easily visible when backing
up.
WARNING
Q Cautions regarding the use of
the function 4
The driver is solely responsible for
safe driving. Always drive safely, tak-
Driving
ing care to observe your surround-
ings.
The RCTA function is only a supple-
mentary function which alerts the
driver that a vehicle is approaching
from the right or left at the rear of the
vehicle. As the RCTA function may
not function correctly under certain
conditions, the driver’s own visual
confirmation of safety is necessary.
Over reliance on this function may
lead to an accident resulting death or
serious injury.
System components
Meter control switches

Q Outside rear view mirror indicator
Turning the RCTA function on/off. visibility
Outside rear view mirror indica- When under strong sunlight, the outside
rear view mirror indicator may be difficult
tors to see.
When a vehicle approaching from the Q Hearing the RCTA buzzer
right or left at the rear of the vehicle is
The RCTA buzzer may be difficult to
detected, both outside rear view mirror hear over loud noises, such as if the
indicators will flash. audio system volume is high.
RCTA buzzer Q When “Rear Cross Traffic Alert
Unavailable See Owner’s Manual”
If a vehicle approaching from the right
is shown on the multi-information
or left at the rear of the vehicle is display
detected, a buzzer will sound. The sensor voltage has become abnor-
mal, or water, snow, mud, etc., may be
built up in the vicinity of the sensor area
Turning the RCTA function of the position above the rear bumper.
on/off (→P.242) Removing the water, snow,
mud, etc., from the vicinity of the sensor
Use the meter control switches to area should return it to normal. Also, the
sensor may not function normally when
turn on/off the function. (→P.100,
used in extremely hot or cold weather.
106)
Q When “Rear Cross Traffic Alert Mal-
1 Press / (vertical display) function Visit Your Dealer” is
shown on the multi-information
or / (horizontal display) display
of the meter control switch to There may be a sensor malfunction of
misaligned. Have the vehicle inspected
select . by any authorized Mazda retailer or
2 Press / (vertical display) able repairer.
or / (horizontal display) Q Rear side radar sensors
of the meter control switch to →P.242
select “RCTA” and then press
RCTA function
.
When the RCTA function is disabled,
Q Operation of the RCTA func-
the RCTA OFF indicator (→P.88) illumi- tion
nates. (Each time the power switch is
turned off then changed to ON, the
The RCTA function uses rear side
RCTA function will be enabled automat- radar sensors to detect vehicles
ically.) approaching from the right or left at
the rear of the vehicle and alerts
the driver of the presence of such
vehicles by flashing the outside
rear view mirror indicators and
Q The RCTA function is operational
sounding a buzzer. when
The RCTA function operates when all of
the following conditions are met:
O The power switch is in ON.
O The RCTA function is on.
O The shift lever is in R.
O The vehicle speed is less than
approximately 8 km/h (5 mph).
O The approaching vehicle speed is
between approximately 8 km/h (5
mph) and 28 km/h (18 mph).
Approaching vehicles
Q Adjusting the buzzer volume
Detection areas of approaching The buzzer volume can be adjusted on
vehicles the multi-information display.
Q RCTA function detection areas Use the meter control switches to
change settings. (→P.100, 106) 4
The areas that vehicles can be
detected in are outlined below.
Driving
meter control switch to select .
meter control switch to select
“RCTA” and then press and hold
.
3 Select the volume and then press
.
The buzzer can alert the driver of Each time the switch is pressed, the vol-
faster vehicles approaching from ume level will change between 1, 2 and
farther away. 3.
Example: Q Muting a buzzer temporarily

A mute button will be displayed on the
Approaching vehi- Approximate multi-information display when a vehi-
cle speed alert distance cles or an object is detected. To mute
the buzzer, press .
28 km/h (18 mph) The buzzers for the parking assist-sen-
20 m (65 ft.) sor and RCTA function will be muted
(fast)
simultaneously.
8 km/h (5 mph)
5.5 m (18 ft.)
(slow)
Mute will be canceled automatically in Q Conditions under which the RCTA

the following situations: function may not function correctly
O When the shift lever is changed. O The RCTA function may not detect
O When the vehicle speed exceeds a vehicles correctly in the following situ-
certain speed. ations:
• When a sensor is misaligned due to a
O When there is a malfunction in a sen- strong impact to the sensor or its sur-
sor or the system is temporarily rounding area
unavailable. • When mud, snow, ice, a sticker, etc.,
O When the operating function is dis- is covering a sensor or its surrounding
abled manually. area on the rear bumper
• When driving on a road surface that is
O When the power switch is turned off. wet with standing water during bad
Q Conditions under which the RCTA weather, such as heavy rain, snow, or
function will not detect a vehicle fog
The RCTA function is not designed to • When multiple vehicles are approach-
detect the following types of vehicles ing with only a small gap between
and/or objects: each vehicle
• If a vehicle is approaching the rear of
O Vehicles approaching from directly your vehicle rapidly
behind • When a towing eyelet is installed to
O Vehicles backing up in a parking the rear of the vehicle.
space next to your vehicle • When backing up on a slope with a
sharp change in grade
O Vehicles that the sensors cannot
detect due to obstructions
O Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehi-

cles and similar stationary objects*
O Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestri-
ans, etc.*
O Vehicles moving away from your vehi-
cle • When backing out of a shallow angle
O Vehicles approaching from the park- parking spot
ing spaces next to your vehicle*
*:
Depending on the conditions, detec-
tion of a vehicle and/or object may
occur.
• Immediately after the RCTA function
is turned on
PKSB (Parking Support
• Immediately after the hybrid system is Brake)*
started with the RCTA function on
• When the sensors cannot detect a *: If equipped
vehicle due to obstructions
The Parking Support Brake
system consists of the follow-
ing functions that operate
when driving at a low speed or
backing up, such as when
parking. When the system
determines that a collision
O Instances of the RCTA function with a detected object is high,
unnecessarily detecting a vehicle a warning operates to urge the
and/or object may increase in the fol-
lowing situations:
driver to take evasive action. If
• When a vehicle passes by the side of the system determines that the
your vehicle 4
possibility of a collision with a
• When the parking space faces a street
and vehicles are being driven on the
detected object is extremely
Driving
street high, the brakes are automati-
cally applied to help avoid the
collision or help reduce the
impact of the collision.

Brake) system
• When the distance between your vehi- Q Parking Support Brake func-
cle and metal objects, such as a
tion (static objects)
guardrail, wall, sign, or parked vehicle,
which may reflect electrical waves →P.260
toward the rear of the vehicle, is short
• When a towing eyelet is installed to Q Parking Support Brake func-
the rear of the vehicle tion (rear-crossing vehicles)
→P.266
WARNING NOTICE
Q Limitations of the Parking Sup- Q If “PKSB Unavailable” is dis-
port Brake system played on the multi-information
Do not overly rely on the system, as display and the PKSB OFF indi-
doing so may lead to an accident. cator is on
Always drive while checking the If this message is displayed immedi-
safety of the surroundings of the vehi- ately after the power switch is
cle. changed to ON, operate the vehicle
carefully, paying attention to your sur-
Depending on the vehicle and road roundings. It may be necessary to
conditions, weather, etc., the system drive the vehicle for a certain amount
may not operate. of time before the system returns to
The detection capabilities of sensors normal. (If the system does not return
and radars are limited. Always drive to normal after driving for a while,
while checking the safety of the sur- clean the sensors and their surround-
roundings of the vehicle. ing area on the bumpers.)
O The driver is solely responsible for
safe driving. Always drive carefully, Enabling/Disabling the Park-
taking care to observe your sur-
roundings. The Parking Support ing Support Brake
Brake system is designed to pro-
vide support to lessen the severity The Parking Support Brake can be
of collisions. However, it may not enabled/disabled on the multi-infor-
operate in some situations.
mation display. All of the Parking
O The Parking Support Brake system Support Brake functions (static
is not designed to stop the vehicle
completely. Additionally, even if the
objects and rear-crossing vehicles)
system has stopped the vehicle, it are enabled/disabled simultane-
is necessary to depress the brake ously.
pedal immediately as brake control
will be canceled after approximately Use the meter control switches to
2 seconds. enable/disable the parking support
brake. (→P.100, 106)
select .

select and then press .

When the Parking Support Brake is dis- The system has determined that stron-
abled, the PKSB OFF indicator (→P.88) ger-than-normal brake operation is nec-
illuminates. essary.
To re-enable the system when it was
Multi-information display and head-up
disabled, select on the multi-infor- display (if equipped): “BRAKE!”
mation display, select and then PKSB OFF indicator: Not illuminated
On. If disabled using this method, the
system will not be re-enabled by turning Buzzer: Short beep
the power switch off and then to ON. z Brake control is operating
The system determined that emer-
Displays and buzzers for gency braking is necessary.
hybrid system output Multi-information display and head-up
restriction control and brake display (if equipped): “BRAKE!”
control PKSB OFF indicator: Not illuminated
If the hybrid system output restric- Buzzer: Short beep

tion control or brake control oper- z Vehicle stopped by system oper-
4
ates, a buzzer will sound and a ation
message will be displayed on the The vehicle has been stopped by brake
Driving
multi-information display and head- control operation.
up display (if equipped) to alert the Multi-information display and head-up
driver. display (if equipped): “Switch to Brake”
(If the accelerator pedal is not
Depending on the situation, hybrid sys-
depressed, “Press Brake Pedal” will be
tem output restriction control will oper-
displayed.)
ate to either limit acceleration or restrict
output as much as possible. PKSB OFF indicator: Illuminated
z Hybrid system output restriction Buzzer: Short beep

control is operating (accelera-
tion restriction) System overview
Acceleration greater than a certain If the Parking Support Brake deter-
amount is restricted by the system.
mines that a collision with a
Multi-information display: “Object detected object is possible, the
Detected Acceleration Reduced”
hybrid system output will be
Head-up display (if equipped): No restricted to restrain any increase in
warning displayed
the vehicle speed. (Hybrid system
PKSB OFF indicator: Not illuminated output restriction control: See figure
Buzzer: Does not sound 2.)
z Hybrid system output restriction Additionally, if the accelerator pedal
control is operating (output continues to be depressed, the
restricted as much as possible) brakes will be applied automatically
to reduce the vehicle speed. (Brake z Figure 3: When brake control

control: See figure 3.) operates
z Figure 1: When the PKSB (Park-
ing Support Brake) is disabled
Hybrid system output

Braking force
Hybrid system output Time
Braking force Hybrid system output restriction
Time control begins operating (Sys-
z Figure 2: When hybrid system tem determines that possibility
output restriction control oper- of collision with detected object
ates is high)
Brake control begins operating
(System determines that possi-
bility of collision with detected
object is extremely high)
Q If the Parking Support Brake has

operated
If the vehicle is stopped due to operation
of the Parking Support Brake, the Park-
ing Support Brake will be disabled and
Hybrid system output the PKSB OFF indicator will illuminate. If
the Parking Support Brake operates
Braking force unnecessarily, brake control can be can-
Time celed by depressing the brake pedal or
waiting for approximately 2 seconds for
Hybrid system output restriction it to automatically be canceled. Then,
the vehicle can be operated by depress-
control begins operating (Sys-
ing the accelerator pedal.
tem determines that possibility
of collision with detected object
is high)
Q Re-enabling the Parking Support the vehicle inspected by any autho-
Brake rized Mazda retailer or Mazda autho-
To re-enable the Parking Support Brake rized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
when it is disabled due to operation of Q If a 12-volt battery terminal has
the Parking Support Brake, either been disconnected and recon-
enable the system again (→P.256), or nected
turn the power switch off and then back
The system needs to be initialized. To
to ON. Additionally, if the object
initialize the system, drive the vehicle
becomes no longer in the traveling
straight ahead for 5 seconds or more at
direction of the vehicle or if the traveling
a speed of approximately 35 km/h (22
direction of the vehicle changes (such
mph) or more.
as changing from moving forward to
backing up, or from backing up to mov-
ing forward), the system will be re-
enabled automatically.
Q If “PKSB Unavailable” is displayed
on the multi-information display
and the PKSB OFF indicator is on
If the vehicle is stopped due to operation
of the Parking Support Brake, the Park- 4
ing Support Brake will be disabled and
the PKSB OFF indicator will illuminate.
Driving
O A sensor may be covered with water
drops, ice, snow, dirt, etc. Remove the
water drops, ice, snow, dirt, etc., from
the sensor to return the system to nor-
mal.
Also, due to ice forming on a sensor at
low temperatures, a warning message
may be displayed or the sensor may
not be able to detect an object. Once
the ice melts, the system will return to
normal.
O If this message is displayed, a sensor
on the front or rear bumper may be
dirty. Clean the sensors and their sur-
rounding area on the bumpers.
O If this message continues to be dis-
played even after cleaning the sensor,
or is displayed even though the sen-
sor is clean, have the vehicle
O Initialization may not have been per-
formed after a 12-volt battery terminal
was disconnected and reconnected.
Initialize the system. (→P.259)
If this message continues to be dis-
played even after initialization, have
Parking Support Brake function (static objects)*

*
: If equipped
If the sensors detect a static object, such as a wall, in the traveling
direction of the vehicle and the system determines that a collision
may occur due to the vehicle suddenly moving forward due to an
accidental accelerator pedal operation, the vehicle moving the unin-
tended direction due to the wrong shift lever being selected, or
while parking or traveling at low speeds, the system will operate to
lessen the impact with the detected static object and reduce the
resulting damage.
Examples of function operation

This function will operate in situations such as the following if an object is
detected in the traveling direction of the vehicle.
Q When traveling at a low speed and the brake pedal is not
depressed, or is depressed late
Q When the accelerator pedal is depressed excessively
Q When the vehicle moves in the unintended direction due to the

wrong shift lever being selected 4
Driving
Types of sensors WARNING
→P.246 Q To ensure the Parking Support

Brake can operate properly
regarding the sensors (→P.246). Fail-
ure to do so may cause a sensor to
not operate properly, and may cause
an accident.
O Do not modify, disassemble or paint
the sensors.
WARNING O When using a high pressure

washer to wash the vehicle, do not
O Do not replace a sensor with a part spray the sensors directly, as doing
other than a genuine part. so may cause a sensor to malfunc-
tion.
O Do not subject a sensor or its sur-
rounding area to a strong impact. O When using steam to clean the
vehicle, do not direct steam too
O Do not damage the sensors, and
close to the sensors as doing so
always keep them clean.
may cause a sensor to malfunction.
O If the area around a radar sensor is
Q When to disable the Parking Sup-
subjected to an impact, the system
port Brake
may not operate properly due to a
sensor malfunction. Have the vehi- In the following situations, disable the
cle inspected by any authorized Parking Support Brake as the system
Mazda retailer or Mazda authorized may operate even though there is no
repairer, or any reliable repairer. possibility of a collision.
Q Handling the suspension O When inspecting the vehicle using

a chassis roller, chassis dynamo or
Do not modify the suspension, as
free roller
changes to the height or inclination of
the vehicle may prevent the sensors O When loading the vehicle onto a
from detecting objects correctly or boat, truck or other transport vessel
cause the system to not operate or
operate unnecessarily. O If the suspension has been modi-
fied or tires of a size other than
Q If the Parking Support Brake specified are installed
function (static objects) oper-
ates unnecessarily, such as at a O If the front of the vehicle is raised or
railroad crossing lowered due to the carried load
In the event that the Parking Support O When equipment that may obstruct
Brake function (static objects) oper- a sensor is installed, such as a tow-
ates unnecessarily, such as at a rail- ing eyelet, bumper protector (an
road crossing, brake control will be additional trim strip, etc.), bicycle
canceled after approximately 2 sec- carrier, or snow plow
onds, allowing you to proceed forward
and leave the area, brake control can O When using an automatic car wash
also be canceled by depressing the
brake pedal. Depressing the acceler-
ator pedal after brake control is can- Q The Parking Support Brake func-
celed will allow you to proceed tion (static object) will operate
forward and leave the area. when
Q Notes when washing the vehicle The function will operate when the
PKSB OFF indicator is not illuminated or
Do not apply intensive bursts of water flashing (→P.87, 88) and all of the fol-
or steam to the sensor area. lowing conditions are met:
Doing so may result in the sensor
malfunctioning.
O Hybrid system output restriction con-
trol
• The Parking Support Brake is
enabled.
• The vehicle speed is 15 km/h (9 mph)
or less. parking assist-sensor. (→P.249) There-
• There is a static object in the traveling fore, even if the parking assist-sensor
direction of the vehicle and 2 to 4 m (6 detects an object and provides a warn-
to 13 ft.) away. ing, the Parking Support Brake function
• The Parking Support Brake deter- (static objects) may not start operating.
mines that a stronger-than-normal
Q Objects that the Parking Support
brake operation is necessary to avoid
Brake function (static objects) may
a collision.
not detect
O Brake control The sensors may not be able to detect
• Hybrid system output restriction con- certain objects, such as the following:
trol is operating.
• The Parking Support Brake deter- O Pedestrian
mines that an immediate brake opera- O Cotton cloth, snow, and other materi-
tion is necessary to avoid a collision. als that are poor reflectors of ultra-
Q The Parking Support Brake func- sonic waves
tion (static objects) will stop oper- O Objects which are not perpendicular
ating when to the ground, are not perpendicular to
The function will stop operating if any of the traveling direction of the vehicle,
the following conditions are met: are uneven or are waving
O Hybrid system output restriction con- O Low objects 4
trol O Thin objects such as wires, fences,
• The Parking Support Brake is dis- ropes and signposts
Driving
abled.
• The system determines that the colli- O Objects that are extremely close to
sion has become avoidable with nor- the bumper
mal brake operation. O Sharply-angled objects
• The static object is no longer 2 to 4 m O Tall objects with upper sections pro-
(6 to 13 ft.) away from the vehicle or in jecting outwards in the direction of
the traveling direction of the vehicle. your vehicle
O Brake control
Q parking assist-sensor buzzer
• The Parking Support Brake is dis-
abled. Regardless of whether the parking
• Approximately 2 seconds have assist-sensor buzzer is enabled or not
elapsed since the vehicle was (→P.246), if the Parking Support Brake
stopped by brake control. function (static objects) is enabled
• The brake pedal is depressed after (→P.256), the front or rear sensors
the vehicle is stopped by brake con- detect an object and brake control is
trol. performed, the parking assist-sensor
• The static object is no longer 2 to 4 m buzzer will sound to notify the driver of
(6 to 13 ft.) away from the vehicle or in the approximate distance to the object.
the traveling direction of the vehicle. Q Situations in which the Parking
Q Re-enabling the Parking Support Support Brake function (static
Brake function (static objects) objects) may operate even if there
is no possibility of a collision
→P.259
In some situations, such as the follow-
Q Detection range of the Parking Sup- ing, the Parking Support Brake function
port Brake function (static objects) (static objects) may operate even
The detection range of the Parking Sup- though there is no possibility of a colli-
port Brake function (static objects) dif- sion.
fers from the detection range of the O Vehicle surroundings
• When driving on a narrow road produce ultrasonic waves are near the
vehicle
• If a sticker or an electronic compo-
nent, such as a backlit license plate
(especially fluorescent type), fog
lights, fender pole or wireless antenna
is installed near a sensor
O Changes in the vehicle posture
• If the vehicle is significantly tilted
• If the front of the vehicle is raised or
• When driving on a gravel road or in an lowered due to the carried load
area with tall grass • If the orientation of a sensor has been
changed due to a collision or other
impact
• If a sensor has been painted or cov-
ered with a sticker, etc.
Q Situations in which the Parking
Support Brake function (static
objects) may not operate properly
In some situations, such as the follow-
ing, this function may not operate prop-
• When driving toward a banner, flag, erly.
low-hanging branch or boom barrier O Weather
(such as those used at railroad cross- • When a sensor or the area around a
ings, toll gates and parking lots) sensor is extremely hot or cold
• When driving on a narrow path sur-
rounded by a structure, such as in a
tunnel or on an iron bridge
• When parallel parking
• When there is a rut or hole in the sur-
face of the road
• When driving on a metal cover (grat-
ing), such as those used for drainage
ditches
• When driving on a steep slope
• If a sensor is hit by a large amount of • When strong winds are blowing
water, such as when driving on a
flooded road
O Weather
• If a sensor is covered with ice, snow,
dirt, etc. (when cleared, the system
will return to normal)
• If heavy rain or water strikes a sensor
• When driving in inclement weather
such as fog, snow or a sandstorm
• When strong winds are blowing • If a sensor is covered with ice, snow,
O Other ultrasonic wave sources dirt, etc. (when cleared, the system
• When vehicle horns, vehicle detec- will return to normal)
tors, motorcycle engines, air brakes of • If heavy rain or water strikes a sensor
large vehicles, the clearance sonar of • When driving in inclement weather
other vehicles or other devices which such as fog, snow or a sandstorm
• When the sensor is frozen (Once the
sensor thaws, the system will return to
normal)
O Vehicle surroundings
• When an object that cannot be
detected is between the vehicle and a
detected object
• If an object such as a vehicle, motor-
cycle, bicycle or pedestrian cuts in
front of the vehicle or runs out from
the side of the vehicle
• The vehicle is approaching a tall or
curved curb.
• On an extremely bumpy road, on an
incline, on gravel, or on grass.
• If objects draw too close to the sensor.
O Other ultrasonic waves sources
• When vehicle horns, vehicle detec-
tors, motorcycle engines, air brakes of
large vehicles, the clearance sonar of
4
other vehicles or other devices which
produce ultrasonic waves are near the
vehicle
Driving
• If a sticker or an electronic compo-
nent, such as a backlit license plate
(especially fluorescent type), fog
lights, fender pole or wireless antenna
is installed near a sensor
O Changes in the vehicle posture
• If the vehicle is significantly tilted
• If the front of the vehicle is raised or
lowered due to the carried load
• If the orientation of a sensor has been
changed due to a collision or other
impact
• When equipment that may obstruct a
sensor is installed, such as a bumper
protector (an additional trim strip,
etc.), bicycle carrier, or snow plow
• If the suspension has been modified
or tires of a size other than specified
are installed
• If a sensor has been painted or cov-
ered with a sticker, etc.
Parking Support Brake function (rear-crossing vehi-

cles)*
*: If equipped
If a rear radar sensor detects a vehicle approaching from the right
or left at the rear of the vehicle and the system determines that the
possibility of a collision is high, this function will perform brake
control to reduce the likelihood of an impact with the approaching
vehicle.
Examples of function operation

This function will operate in situations such as the following if a vehicle is
detected in the traveling direction of the vehicle.
Q When reversing, a vehicle is approaching and the brake pedal is not
depressed, or is depressed late
Types of sensors WARNING
→P.242 Q To ensure the Parking Support

Brake (rear-crossing vehicles)
can operate properly
regarding the rear radar sensors
(→P.242). Failure to do so may cause
a sensor to not operate properly, and
may cause an accident.
trol is operating.
WARNING • The Parking Support Brake deter-
O Do not modify, disassemble or paint mines that an emergency brake oper-
the sensors. ation is necessary to avoid a collision
with an approaching vehicle.
O Do not replace a rear radar sensor
with a part other than a genuine Q The Parking Support Brake func-
part. tion (rear-crossing vehicles) will
stop operating when
O Do not damage the rear radar sen- The function will stop operating if any of
sors, and always keep the radar the following conditions are met:
sensors and their surrounding area
on the bumper clean. O Hybrid system output restriction con-
trol
O If the area around a rear radar sen- • The Parking Support Brake is dis-
sor is subjected to an impact, the abled.
system may not operate properly • The collision becomes avoidable with
due to a sensor malfunction. Have normal brake operation.
the vehicle inspected by any autho- • A vehicle is no longer approaching
rized Mazda retailer or Mazda from the right or left at the rear of the
authorized repairer, or any reliable vehicle.
repairer. O Brake control 4
O Observe the rear radar sensor han- • The Parking Support Brake is dis-
dling precautions. (→P.242) abled.
Driving
• Approximately 2 seconds have
elapsed since the vehicle was
stopped by brake control.
Q The Parking Support Brake func- • The brake pedal is depressed after
tion (rear-crossing vehicles) will the vehicle is stopped by brake con-
operate when trol.
The function will operate when the • A vehicle is no longer approaching
PKSB OFF indicator is not illuminated or from the right or left at the rear of the
flashing (→P.87, 88) and all of the fol- vehicle.
lowing conditions are met:
Q Detection area of the Parking Sup-
O Hybrid system output restriction con- port Brake function (rear-crossing
trol vehicles)
• The Parking Support Brake is
The detection area of the Parking Sup-
enabled.
port Brake function (rear-crossing vehi-
• The vehicle speed is 15 km/h (9 mph)
cles) differs from the detection area of
or less.
the RCTA function (→P.253). Therefore,
• Vehicles which are approaching from
even if the RCTA function detects a
the right or left at the rear of the vehi-
vehicle and provides an alert, the Park-
cle at a traveling speed of less than
ing Support Brake function (rear-cross-
approximately 8 km/h (5 mph)
ing vehicles) may not start operating.
• The shift lever is in R.
• The Parking Support Brake deter- Q Conditions under which the Park-
mines that a stronger than normal ing Support Brake function (rear-
brake operation is necessary to avoid crossing vehicles) will not detect a
a collision with an approaching vehi- vehicle
cle. The Parking Support Brake function
O Brake control (rear-crossing vehicles) is not designed
• Hybrid system output restriction con- to detect the following types of vehicles
and/or objects: Q Situations in which the system may

O Vehicles approaching from directly operate even though there is no
behind possibility of a collision
In some situations such as the following,
O Vehicles backing up in a parking
the Parking Support Brake function
space next to your vehicle
(rear-crossing vehicles) may operate
O Vehicles that the sensors cannot even though there is no possibility of a
detect due to obstructions collision.
O When the parking space faces a street
and vehicles are being driven on the
street
O Vehicles which suddenly accelerate or

decelerate near your vehicle
O Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehi-
cles and similar stationary objects* O When a detected vehicle turns while
O Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestri- approaching the vehicle
ans, etc.*
O Vehicles moving away from your vehi-
cle
O Vehicles approaching from the park-
ing spaces next to your vehicle*
O Objects which are extremely close to
a radar sensor*
O Vehicles which are approaching from
the right or left at the rear of the vehi- O When a vehicle passes by the side of
cle at a traveling speed of less than your vehicle
O Vehicles which are approaching from
the right or left at the rear of the vehi-
cle at a traveling speed of more than
*: Depending on the conditions, detec-
tion of a vehicle and/or object may

occur.
O When the distance between your vehi-
Q RCTA buzzer
cle and metal objects, such as a
Regardless of whether the RCTA func- guardrail, wall, sign, or parked vehicle,
tion is enabled or not (→P.252), if the which may reflect electrical waves
Parking Support Brake function is toward the rear of the vehicle, is short
enabled (→P.256) and brake control is
performed, a buzzer will sound to notify
the driver.
or wireless antenna is installed near a
radar sensor
O If the orientation of a radar sensor has
been changed
O When multiple vehicles are approach-
ing with only a small gap between
each vehicle
O If a vehicle is approaching the rear of
O When there are spinning objects near your vehicle rapidly
your vehicle such as the fans of an air O Situations in which the radar sensor
conditioning unit may not detect a vehicle
O When water is splashed or sprayed • When a vehicle approaches from the
toward the rear bumper, such as from right or left at the rear of the vehicle
a sprinkler while you are turning while backing up
• When turning while backing up
Q Situations in which the Parking
Support Brake function (rear-cross-
ing vehicles) may not operate prop-
erly
In some situations, such as the follow- 4
ing, the radar sensors may not detect an
object and this function may not operate
Driving
properly
O Stationary objects
O When a sensor or the area around a • When backing out of a shallow angle
sensor is extremely hot or cold parking spot
O If the rear bumper is covered with ice,
snow, dirt, etc.
O When it is raining heavily or water
strikes the vehicle
O When the detection area of a radar
sensor is obstructed by an adjacent
vehicle
O If the vehicle is significantly tilted
O When equipment that may obstruct a • When backing up on a slope with a
sensor is installed, such as a towing sharp change in grade
eyelet, bumper protector (an addi-
tional trim strip, etc.), bicycle carrier,
or snow plow
O If the suspension has been modified
or tires of a size other than specified
are installed
O If the front of the vehicle is raised or
lowered due to the carried load
O If an electronic component, such as a
backlit license plate (especially fluo-
rescent type), fog lights, fender pole
Driving mode select

switch
The driving modes can be

selected to suit driving condi-
tion.
Selecting a drive mode

Each time the switch is pressed,
the system changes between
power mode, normal mode, and
• When a vehicle turns into the detec- ECO drive mode.
tion area
1 Normal mode
Provides an optimal balance of fuel
economy, quietness, and dynamic per-
formance. Suitable for normal driving.
2 Power mode
Controls the hybrid system to provide
quick, powerful acceleration. Making it
suitable for when agile driving response
is desired, such as when driving on
roads with many curves.
When the Power mode is selected,
Power mode indicator comes on.
3 Eco drive mode
Helps the driver accelerate in an eco-
friendly manner and improve fuel econ-
omy through moderate throttle charac-
teristics and by controlling the operation
of the air conditioning system (heat-
ing/cooling).
GPF (Gasoline Particu-
When the Eco drive mode is selected,
late Filter) system*
Eco drive mode indicator comes on.
*: If equipped
Q Operation of the air conditioning
system in Eco drive mode The GPF system collects par-
Eco drive mode controls the heat- ticulate matter in the exhaust
ing/cooling operations and fan speed of gas by using an exhaust gas
the air conditioning system to enhance
fuel efficiency. To improve air condition- filter.
ing performance, perform the following The system will operate to
operations: regenerate the filter automati-
O Turn off air conditioning eco mode cally, depending on the vehicle
(→P.284)
conditions.
O Adjust the fan speed (→P.285)
O Turn off Eco drive mode
Q If “Exhaust Filter Full See Owner’s
Q Automatic deactivation of Power Manual” is shown on the multi-
mode information display 4
If the power switch is turned off after O The message may be displayed while
driving in power mode, the drive mode high load driving with particulate mat-
Driving
will be changed to normal mode. ter accumulating.
O Hybrid system output is restricted
while the message is displayed, how-
ever, it is possible to drive the vehicle
unless the malfunction indicator lamp
comes on.
O Particulate matter can accumulate
more quickly if the vehicle is fre-
quently driven short trips or at low
speeds, or if the hybrid system is reg-
ularly started in an extremely cold
environment. Excessive accumula-
tion of particulate matter can be pre-
vented by periodically driving long
distances continuously with intermit-
tent releasing of the accelerator pedal,
such as when driving on highways
and freeways.
Q If the malfunction indicator lamp
comes on or “Hybrid System Mal-
function Output Power Reduced
Visit Your Dealer” is shown on the
multi-information display
The amount of accumulated particulate
matter has exceeded a certain level.

Driving assist systems
NOTICE To keep driving safety and per-

formance, the following sys-
Q To prevent the GPF system from
not operating properly tems operate automatically in
O Do not use fuel other than the spec- response to various driving sit-
ified type uations. Be aware, however,
O Do not modify the exhaust pipes that these systems are supple-
mentary and should not be
relied upon too heavily when
operating the vehicle.
Summary of the driving

assist systems
Q ECB (Electronically Con-
trolled Brake System)
The electronically controlled sys-
tem generates braking force corre-
sponding to the brake operation
Q ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Helps to prevent wheel lock when
the brakes are applied suddenly, or
if the brakes are applied while driv-
ing on a slippery road surface
Q Brake assist
Generates an increased level of
braking force after the brake pedal
is depressed when the system
detects a panic stop situation
Q VSC (Vehicle Stability Control)
Helps the driver to control skidding
when swerving suddenly or turning
on slippery road surfaces.
Q VSC+ (Vehicle Stability Con- lights are automatically controlled
trol+) to reduce the vehicle speed and
Provides cooperative control of the help reduce the possibility of further
ABS, TRC, VSC and EPS. damage due to a secondary colli-
Helps to maintain directional stabil- sion.
ity when swerving on slippery road
surfaces by controlling steering per- Q When the TRC/VSC/ABS systems
are operating
formance.
The slip indicator light will flash while the
Q TRC (Traction Control) TRC/VSC/ABS systems are operating.
Helps to maintain drive power and

prevent the drive wheels from spin-
ning when starting the vehicle or
accelerating on slippery roads
Q Active Cornering Assist (ACA)
Helps to prevent the vehicle from 4
drifting to the outer side by perform- Q Disabling the TRC system
Driving
ing inner wheel brake control when If the vehicle gets stuck in mud, dirt or
attempting to accelerate while turn- snow, the TRC system may reduce
power from the hybrid system to the
ing
wheels. Pressing to turn the system
Q Hill-start assist control off may make it easier for you to rock the
Helps to reduce the backward vehicle in order to free it.
movement of the vehicle when To turn the TRC system off, quickly
starting on an uphill press and release .
Q EPS (Electric Power Steering) The “Traction Control Turned OFF” will
be shown on the multi-information dis-
Employs an electric motor to play.
reduce the amount of effort needed
Press again to turn the system
to turn the steering wheel.
back on.
Q Emergency brake signal
When the brakes are applied sud-
denly, the emergency flashers auto-
matically flash to alert the vehicle
behind.
Q Secondary Collision Brake
When the SRS airbag sensor
“Traction Control Turned OFF”
detects a collision and the system
operates, the brakes and brake
Q Turning off both TRC and VSC sys- Q Automatic system cancelation of
tems hill-start assist control
To turn the TRC and VSC systems off, The hill-start assist control will turn off in
any of the following situations:
press and hold for more than 3 sec-
onds while the vehicle is stopped. O The shift lever is shifted to P or N.
The VSC OFF indicator light will come O The accelerator pedal is depressed
on and the “Traction Control Turned O The parking brake is engaged
OFF” will be shown on the multi-infor- O 2 seconds at maximum elapsed after
mation display.* the brake pedal is released
Q Sounds and vibrations caused by
Press again to turn the system the ABS, brake assist, VSC, TRC
back on. and hill-start assist control sys-
*:
tems
On vehicles with PCS (Pre-Collision
O A sound may be heard from the
System), PCS will also be disabled engine compartment when the brake
(only Pre-Collision warning is avail- pedal is depressed repeatedly, when
able). The PCS warning light will the hybrid system is started or just
come on and a message will be dis- after the vehicle begins to move. This
played on the multi-information dis- sound does not indicate that a mal-
function has occurred in any of these
play. (→P.213) systems.
Q When the message is displayed on O Any of the following conditions may
the multi-information display show- occur when the above systems are
ing that TRC has been disabled operating. None of these indicates
that a malfunction has occurred.
even if has not been pressed • Vibrations may be felt through the
TRC is temporary deactivated. If the vehicle body and steering.
information continues to show, contact • A motor sound may be heard also
any authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda after the vehicle comes to a stop.
authorized repairer, or any reliable Q ECB operating sound
repairer.
ECB operating sound may be heard in
Q Operating conditions of hill-start the following cases, but it does not indi-
assist control cate that a malfunction has occurred.
When the following four conditions are O Operating sound heard from the
met, the hill-start assist control will oper- engine compartment when the brake
ate: pedal is operated.
O The shift lever is in a position other O Motor sound of the brake system
than P or N (when starting off for- heard from the front part of the vehicle
ward/backward on an upward incline). when the driver’s door is opened.
O The vehicle is stopped O Operating sound heard from the
O The accelerator pedal is not engine compartment when one or two
depressed minutes passed after the stop of the
O The parking brake is not engaged hybrid system.
Q Active Cornering Assist operation
sounds and vibrations
When the Active Cornering Assist is
operated, operation sounds and vibra-
tions may be generated from the brake ates:
system, but this is not a malfunction. O The emergency flashers are off
Q EPS operation sound O Actual vehicle speed is over 55 km/h
When the steering wheel is operated, a (35 mph)
motor sound (whirring sound) may be O The system judges from the vehicle
heard. This does not indicate a malfunc- deceleration that it is a sudden brak-
tion. ing operation.
Q Automatic reactivation of TRC and Q Automatic system cancelation of
VSC systems emergency brake signal
After turning the TRC and VSC systems The emergency brake signal will be can-
off, the systems will be automatically re- celed in any of the following situations:
enabled in the following situations:
O The emergency flashers are turned
O When the power switch is turned off on.
O If only the TRC system is turned off, O The system judges from the vehicle
the TRC will turn on when vehicle deceleration that is not a sudden brak-
speed increases. ing operation.
If both the TRC and VSC systems are
turned off, automatic re-enabling will Q Secondary Collision Brake operat-
not occur when vehicle speed ing cancelation 4
increases. The system operates when the SRS air-
Q Operating conditions of Active Cor- bag sensor detects a collision while the
Driving
nering Assist vehicle is in motion.
However, the system does not operate
The system operates when the following when components are damaged.
occurs.
Q Secondary Collision Brake auto-
O TRC/VSC can operate
matic cancelation
O The driver is attempting to accelerate The system is automatically canceled in
while turning any of the following situations.
O The system detects that the vehicle is O The vehicle speed drops approxi-
drifting to the outer side mately 0 km/h (0 mph)
O The brake pedal is released O A certain amount of time elapses
Q Reduced effectiveness of the EPS during operation
system O The accelerator pedal is depressed a
The effectiveness of the EPS system is large amount
reduced to prevent the system from
overheating when there is frequent
steering input over an extended period WARNING
of time. The steering wheel may feel Q The ABS does not operate effec-
heavy as a result. Should this occur, tively when
refrain from excessive steering input or
O The limits of tire gripping perfor-
stop the vehicle and turn the hybrid sys-
mance have been exceeded (such
tem off. The EPS system should return
as excessively worn tires on a snow
to normal within 10 minutes.
covered road).
Q Operating conditions of emergency
brake signal O The vehicle hydroplanes while driv-
ing at high speed on wet or slick
When the following conditions are met, roads.
the emergency brake signal will oper-
WARNING O Unlike the parking brake, hill-start

assist control is not intended to hold
Q Stopping distance when the ABS the vehicle stationary for an
is operating may exceed that of extended period of time. Do not
normal conditions attempt to use hill-start assist con-
The ABS is not designed to shorten trol to hold the vehicle on an incline,
the vehicle’s stopping distance. as doing so may lead to an acci-
Always maintain a safe distance from dent.
the vehicle in front of you, especially
in the following situations: Q When the TRC/ABS/VSC is acti-
vated
O When driving on dirt, gravel or The slip indicator light flashes. Always
snow-covered roads drive carefully. Reckless driving may
cause an accident. Exercise particular
O When driving with tire chains
care when the indicator light flashes.
O When driving over bumps in the
Q When the TRC/VSC systems are
road
turned off
O When driving over roads with pot- Be especially careful and drive at a
holes or uneven surfaces speed appropriate to the road condi-
tions. As these are the systems to
Q TRC/VSC may not operate effec- help ensure vehicle stability and driv-
tively when ing force, do not turn the TRC/VSC
Directional control and power may not systems off unless necessary.
be achievable while driving on slip-
pery road surfaces, even if the Q Replacing tires
TRC/VSC system is operating. Drive Make sure that all tires are of the
the vehicle carefully in conditions specified size, brand, tread pattern
where stability and power may be and total load capacity. In addition,
lost. make sure that the tires are inflated to
the recommended tire inflation pres-
Q Active Cornering Assist does not sure level.
operate effectively when The ABS, TRC and VSC systems will
O Do not overly rely on Active Corner- not function correctly if different tires
ing Assist. Active Cornering Assist are installed on the vehicle.
may not operate effectively when Contact any authorized Mazda
accelerating down slopes or driving retailer or Mazda authorized repairer,
on slippery road surfaces. or any reliable repairer for further
information when replacing tires or
O When Active Cornering Assist fre- wheels.
quently operates, Active Cornering
Assist may temporarily stop operat- Q Handling of tires and the suspen-
ing to ensure proper operation of sion
the brakes, TRC and VSC. Using tires with any kind of problem
Q Hill-start assist control does not or modifying the suspension will affect
operate effectively when the driving assist systems, and may
cause a system to malfunction.
O Do not overly rely on hill-start assist
control. Hill-start assist control may
not operate effectively on steep
inclines and roads covered with ice.
WARNING
Q Secondary Collision Brake
Do not rely solely upon the Secondary
Collision Brake. This system is
designed to help reduce the possibil-
ity of further damage due to a second-
ary collision, however, that effect
changes according to various condi-
tions. Overly relying on the system
may result in death or serious injury.
Driving
278 4-6. Driving tips
Hybrid vehicle driving (traction battery) power is con-

4-6.Driving tips
sumed.
tips
For economical and ecological Accelerator pedal/brake

driving, pay attention to the fol- pedal operation
lowing points:
z Drive your vehicle smoothly.
Avoid abrupt acceleration and
Using Eco drive mode deceleration. Gradual accelera-
tion and deceleration will make
When using Eco drive mode, the
more effective use of the electric
torque corresponding to the accel-
motor (traction motor) without
erator pedal depression amount
having to use gasoline engine
can be generated more smoothly
power.
than it is in normal conditions. In
addition, the operation of the air z Avoid repeated acceleration.
conditioning system (heating/cool- Repeated acceleration con-
ing) will be minimized, improving sumes hybrid battery (traction
the fuel economy. (→P.270) battery) power, resulting in poor
fuel consumption. Battery power
can be restored by driving with
Use of Hybrid System Indi-
the accelerator pedal slightly
cator released.
The Eco-friendly driving is possible
by keeping the indicate of Hybrid When braking
System Indicator within Eco area.
Make sure to operate the brakes
(→P.101)
gently and in a timely manner. A
greater amount of electrical energy
Shift lever operation can be regenerated when slowing
Shift the shift lever to D when down.
stopped at a traffic light, or driving
in heavy traffic etc. Shift the shift Delays
lever to P when parking. When
Repeated acceleration and decel-
using the N, there is no positive
eration, as well as long waits at traf-
effect on fuel consumption. In the
fic lights, will lead to bad fuel
N, the gasoline engine operates but
economy. Check traffic reports
electricity cannot be generated.
before leaving and avoid delays as
Also, when using the air condition-
much as possible. When driving in
ing system, etc., the hybrid battery
4-6. Driving tips 279
a traffic jam, gently release the Checking tire inflation pres-
brake pedal to allow the vehicle to
sure
move forward slightly while avoid-
ing overuse of the accelerator Make sure to check the tire inflation
pedal. Doing so can help control pressure frequently. Improper tire
excessive gasoline consumption. inflation pressure can cause poor
fuel economy.
Highway driving Also, as snow tires can cause large
amounts of friction, their use on dry
Control and maintain the vehicle at roads can lead to poor fuel econ-
a constant speed. Before stopping omy. Use tires that are appropriate
at a toll booth or similar, allow for the season.
plenty of time to release the accel-
erator and gently apply the brakes.
Luggage
A greater amount of electrical
energy can be regenerated when Carrying heavy luggage will lead to 4
slowing down. poor fuel economy. Avoid carrying
unnecessary luggage. Installing a
Driving
Air conditioning large roof rack will also cause poor
fuel economy.
Use the air conditioning only when
necessary. Doing so can help
Warming up before driving
reduce excessive gasoline con-
sumption. Since the gasoline engine starts up
In summer: When the ambient tem- and cuts out automatically when
perature is high, use the recircu- cold, warming up the engine is
lated air mode. Doing so will help to unnecessary. Moreover, frequently
reduce the burden on the air condi- driving short distances will cause
tioning system and reduce fuel con- the engine to repeatedly warm up,
sumption as well. which can lead to excess fuel con-
In winter: Because the gasoline sumption.
engine will not automatically cut out
until it and the interior of the vehicle
are warm, it will consume fuel. Also,
fuel consumption can be improved
by avoiding overuse of the heater.
Winter driving tips O Do not drive at speeds in excess of

the speed limit or the speed limit
specified for the snow tires being
Carry out the necessary prepa- used.
rations and inspections before O Use snow tires on all, not just some
driving the vehicle in winter. wheels.
Always drive the vehicle in a Q Driving with tire chains
manner appropriate to the pre- Observe the following precautions to
vailing weather conditions. reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in the vehi-
cle being unable to be driven safely,
Pre-winter preparations and may cause death or serious
injury.
z Use fluids that are appropriate to O Do not drive in excess of the speed
the prevailing outside tempera- limit specified for the tire chains
tures. being used, or 50 km/h (30 mph),
whichever is lower.
• Engine oil
O Avoid driving on bumpy road sur-
• Engine/power control unit coolant faces or over potholes.
• Washer fluid
O Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt
z Have a service technician steering, sudden braking and shift-
inspect the condition of the 12- ing operations that cause sudden
engine braking.
volt battery.
z Have the vehicle fitted with four O Slow down sufficiently before enter-
ing a curve to ensure that vehicle
snow tires or purchase a set of control is maintained.
tire chains for the front tires.
O Do not use LTA (Lane Tracing
Ensure that all tires are the same size Assist) system. (if equipped)
and brand, and that chains match the
size of the tires.
NOTICE
WARNING Q Repairing or replacing snow tires
Q Driving with snow tires Request repairs or replacement of
Observe the following precautions to snow tires from any authorized
reduce the risk of accidents. Mazda retailer or Mazda authorized
Failure to do so may result in a loss of repairer, or any reliable repairer or
vehicle control and cause death or legitimate tire retailers.
serious injury. This is because the removal and
attachment of snow tires affects the
O Use tires of the size specified. operation of the tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters.
O Maintain the recommended level of
air pressure.
Before driving the vehicle
Perform the following according to
4-6. Driving tips 281
the driving conditions: Failure to do so may be danger-
z Do not try to forcibly open a win- ous because it may cause the
dow or move a wiper that is fro- vehicle to move unexpectedly,
zen. Pour warm water over the possibly leading to an accident.
frozen area to melt the ice. Wipe z If the vehicle is parked without
away the water immediately to setting the parking brake, con-
prevent it from freezing. firm that the shift lever cannot be
z To ensure proper operation of moved out of P*.
*
the climate control system fan, : The shift lever will be locked if it is
remove any snow that has accu- attempted to be shifted from P to any
mulated on the air inlet vents in other position without depressing the
brake pedal. If the shift lever can be
front of the windshield.
shifted from P, there may be a prob-
z Check for and remove any lem with the shift lock system. Have
excess ice or snow that may the vehicle inspected by any autho-
have accumulated on the exte- rized Mazda retailer or Mazda autho-
4
rior lights, vehicle’s roof, chassis, rized repairer, or any reliable repairer
around the tires or on the brakes. or legitimate tire retailers immedi-
Driving
ately.
z Remove any snow or mud from
the bottom of your shoes before
Selecting tire chains
getting in the vehicle.
Use the correct tire chain size when
When driving the vehicle mounting the tire chains.
Chain size is regulated for each tire
Accelerate the vehicle slowly, keep size.
a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead, and drive at a
reduced speed suitable to road
conditions.
When parking the vehicle

z Park the vehicle and shift the
shift lever to P without setting the
parking brake. The parking brake
Side chain (3 mm [0.12 in.] in
may freeze up, preventing it from
diameter)
being released. If the vehicle is
parked without setting the park- Cross chain (4 mm [0.16 in.] in
ing brake, make sure to block the diameter)
wheels.
Regulations on the use of

tire chains
Regulations regarding the use of
tire chains vary depending on loca-
tion and type of road. Always check
local regulations before installing
chains.
Q Tire chain installation

Observe the following precautions when
installing and removing chains:
O Install and remove tire chains in a safe
location.
O Install tire chains on the front tires
only. Do not install tire chains on the
rear tires.
O Install tire chains on the front tires as
tightly as possible. Retighten chains
after driving 0.5⎯1.0 km (1/4⎯1/2
mile).
O Install tire chains following the instruc-
tions provided with the tire chains.
NOTICE
Q Fitting tire chains
The tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters may not function cor-
rectly when tire chains are fitted.
283
Interior features
5
5-1. Using the air conditioning

system and defogger
Automatic air conditioning sys-
tem ..................................284
Heated steering wheel/seat
heaters ............................289
5-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list.................291
5-3. Using the storage features
List of storage features ......293
Luggage compartment features
........................................295
5-4. Other interior features
Other interior features........299 5
Interior features
284 5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Automatic air conditioning system

5-1.Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Air outlets are automatically selected and fan speed is automati-

cally adjusted according to the set temperature setting.
The illustrations below are for left-hand drive vehicles.
The button positions and shapes will differ for right-hand drive
vehicles.
Also, the display and button positions will differ depending on the
type of the system.
Air conditioning controls

X Vehicles with the DUAL mode
X Vehicles without the DUAL mode
Driver side temperature control dial

Passenger side temperature control dial
“DUAL” switch
“A/C” switch
Outside air mode switch
Recirculated air mode switch
5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger 285
Airflow mode control switch
Fan speed increases switch
Fan speed decreases switch
“FAST/ECO” switch
Rear window defogger and outside rear view mirror defoggers switch
Windshield defogger switch
Off switch
Automatic mode switch
O Fan speed control dial
Q Adjusting the temperature set- Q Change the airflow mode
ting Press the airflow mode control
To adjust the temperature setting, switch.
turn the temperature control dial The airflow mode changes as follows
clockwise (warm) or counterclock- each time the switch is pressed.
wise (cool).
If “A/C” switch is not pressed, the sys- 5
tem will blow ambient temperature air
or heated air.
Interior features
Q Setting the fan speed
X Vehicles with the DUAL mode
Operate the fan speed increases
switch to increase the fan speed
and the fan speed decreases
switch to decrease the fan speed.
Pressing the off switch to turns off the
fan.
X Vehicles without the DUAL mode 1 Upper body
To adjust the fan speed, turn the 2 Upper body and feet
fan speed control dial clockwise 3 Feet
(increase) or counterclockwise 4 Feet and the windshield defog-
(decrease). ger operates
Q Switching between outside air
and recirculated air modes
z To change to recirculated air
mode, press the recirculated air side rear view mirrors.

mode switch. Press the rear window and outside
The indicator illuminates on the recircu- rear view mirror defoggers switch.
lated air mode switch.
The defoggers will automatically turn off
z To change to outside air mode, after a while.
press the outside air mode When the rear window and outside rear
switch. view mirror defoggers switch is on, the
The indicator illuminates on the outside indicator illuminates on the rear window
air mode switch. and outside rear view mirror defoggers
switch.
Q Set cooling and dehumidifica-
tion function Q Using the Climate Preference
Press the “A/C” switch. 1 Press the automatic mode

switch.
When the function is on, the indicator
illuminates on the “A/C” switch. 2 Press the “FAST/ECO” switch.
Q Defogging the windshield Each time the “FAST/ECO” switch
Defoggers are used to defog the is pressed, the fan speed setting
windshield and front side windows. mode toggles as follows.
Press the windshield defogger Normal → “ECO” → “FAST” → Nor-

switch. mal
Set the outside/recirculated air mode When “ECO” is displayed on the air
switch to outside air mode if the recircu- conditioning screen, the air condi-
lated air mode is used. (It may switch tioning is controlled with low fuel
automatically.) consumption prioritized such as
To defog the windshield and the side reducing fan speed, etc.
windows quickly, turn the air flow and When “FAST” is displayed on the
temperature up. screen, fan speed will be
To return to the previous mode, press increased.
the windshield defogger switch again
when the windshield is defogged. Q Fogging up of the windows
When the windshield defogger switch is O The windows will easily fog up when
on, the indicator illuminates on the the humidity in the vehicle is high.
windshield defogger switch. Turning “A/C” on will dehumidify the
air from the outlets and defog the
Q Defogging the rear window windshield effectively.
and outside rear view mirrors O If you turn “A/C” off, the windows may
fog up more easily.
Defoggers are used to defog the
rear window, and to remove rain- O The windows may fog up if the recir-
culated air mode is used.
drops, dew and frost from the out-
Q When driving on dusty roads and outside the vehicle may enter into
Close all windows. If dust thrown up by and accumulate in the air conditioning
the vehicle is still drawn into the vehicle system. This may then cause odor to
after closing the windows, it is recom- be emitted from the vents.
mended that the air intake mode be set O To reduce potential odors from occur-
to outside air mode and the fan speed to ring:
any setting except off. • It is recommended that the air condi-
Q Outside/recirculated air mode tioning system be set to outside air
mode prior to turning the vehicle off.
O Setting to the recirculated air mode • The start timing of the blower may be
temporarily is recommended in pre- delayed for a short period of time
venting dirty air from entering the immediately after the air conditioning
vehicle interior and helping to cool the system is started in automatic mode.
vehicle when the outside air tempera-
ture is high. O When parking, the system automati-
cally switches to outside air mode to
O Outside/recirculated air mode may encourage better air circulation
automatically switch depending on the throughout the vehicle, helping to
temperature setting or the inside tem- reduce odors that occur when starting
perature. the vehicle.
Q Operation of the air conditioning Q Air conditioning filter
system in Eco drive mode
→P.345
O In Eco drive mode, the air conditioning
system is controlled as follows to pri- Q Customization
oritize fuel efficiency: Some functions can be customized. 5
• Engine speed and compressor opera- (→P.431)
tion controlled to restrict heating/cool-
Interior features
ing capacity
WARNING
• Fan speed restricted when automatic
mode is selected Q To prevent the windshield from
O To improve air conditioning perfor- fogging up
mance, perform the following opera- Do not use the windshield defogger
tions: switch during cool air operation in
• Adjust the fan speed extremely humid weather. The differ-
• Turn off Eco drive mode (→P.270) ence between the temperature of the
O Even when the drive mode is set to outside air and that of the windshield
Eco drive mode, the air conditioning can cause the outer surface of the
eco mode can be turned off by press- windshield to fog up, blocking your
ing the “FAST/ECO” switch. (→P.286) vision.
Q When the outside temperature falls Q When the outside rear view mir-
to nearly 0°C (32°F) ror defoggers are operating
The dehumidification function may not Do not touch the outside rear view
operate even when “A/C” switch is mirror surfaces, as they can become
pressed. very hot and burn you.
Q Ventilation and air conditioning
odors NOTICE
O To let fresh air in, set the air condition-
ing system to the outside air mode.
O During use, various odors from inside
Q To prevent 12-volt battery dis- comes on when the “DUAL” mode is

charge on.
Do not leave the air conditioning sys- Pressing the “DUAL” switch when in
tem on longer than necessary when “DUAL” mode will disable “DUAL”
the hybrid system is off. mode, and the temperature setting for
the front passenger’s side will become
Using automatic mode linked to the driver’s side.
1 Press the automatic mode

Air outlet layout and opera-
switch.
tions
2 Adjust the temperature setting.
Q Location of air outlets
3 To stop the operation, press the
off switch. The air outlets and air volume
changes according to the selected
If the fan speed setting or air flow
air flow mode.
modes are operated, the automatic
mode indicator goes off. However,
automatic mode for functions other
than that operated is maintained.
Q Using automatic mode

Fan speed is adjusted automatically
according to the temperature setting and
the ambient conditions.
Therefore, the fan may stop for a while
until warm or cool air is ready to flow : If equipped
immediately after the automatic mode
switch pressed. Q Adjusting the position of and
opening and closing the air
Adjusting the temperature outlets
for the driver and front pas-
senger seat separately (if
equipped)
To turn on the “DUAL” mode, per-
form any of the following proce-
dures:
z Press the “DUAL” switch.
z Adjust the front passenger’s side Direct air flow to the left or right, up
temperature setting. or down
The indicator on the “DUAL” switch
Center outlets: Move the knob fully to
Heated steering
wheel*/seat heaters*
the left-side to close the vent.
Side outlets: Move the knob fully to the
outside to close the vent. *: If equipped
WARNING z Heated steering wheel

Q To prevent the windshield defog- Warms up the grip of the steering
ger from operating improperly wheel
Do not place anything on the instru-
z Seat heaters
ment panel which may cover the air
outlets. Otherwise, air flow may be Warm up the seat upholstery
obstructed, preventing the windshield
defoggers from defogging.
WARNING
Q To prevent minor burn injuries
Care should be taken if anyone in the
following categories comes in contact
with the steering wheel or seats when
the heater is on:
O Babies, small children, the elderly,
the sick and the physically chal-
lenged 5
O Persons with sensitive skin
Interior features
O Persons who are fatigued
O Persons who have taken alcohol or
drugs that induce sleep (sleeping
drugs, cold remedies, etc.)
NOTICE
Q To prevent damage to the seat
heaters
Do not put heavy objects that have an
uneven surface on the seat and do
not stick sharp objects (needles,
nails, etc.) into the seat.
charge
Do not use the functions when the
hybrid system is off.
Operation instructions WARNING
Q Heated steering wheel Q To prevent overheating and

minor burn injuries
Turns heated steering wheel on/off Observe the following precautions
when using the seat heaters.
When the heated steering wheel is on,
the indicator illuminates on the heated O Do not cover the seat with a blanket
steering wheel switch. or cushion when using the seat
heater.
O Do not use seat heater more than
necessary.
Q Seat heaters
Turns seat heaters on/off
1 High temperature
2 Low temperature
When the seat heater is on, the indica-
tor illuminates on the seat heater
switch.
When not in use, put the switch in the
neutral position. The indicator will turn
off.
Q The heated steering wheel and seat

heaters can be used when
5-2. Using the interior lights 291
Interior lights list

5-2.Using the interior lights
Location of the interior lights
Interior features
Door trim lights (if equipped)
Front interior/personal lights (→P.291, 292)
Footwell lights (if equipped)
Front console lights
When a door is opened while the door

Operating the interior lights
position is on, the lights turn on.
Turns the door position on/off

292 5-2. Using the interior lights
Operating the personal NOTICE

lights Q To prevent 12-volt battery dis-
charge
Do not leave the lights on longer than
necessary when the hybrid system is
off.
Turns the lights on/off
Q Illuminated entry system

The lights automatically turn on/off
according to the power switch mode, the
presence of the electronic key (vehicles
with entry function), whether the doors
are locked/unlocked, and whether the
doors are opened/closed.
Q To prevent the 12-volt battery from
being discharged
If the interior lights remain on when the
power switch is turned off, the lights will
go off automatically after 20 minutes.
Q The interior lights may turn on
automatically when
If any of the SRS airbags deploy (inflate)
or in the event of a strong rear impact,
the interior lights will turn on automati-
cally.
The interior lights will turn off automati-
cally after approximately 20 minutes.
The interior lights can be turned off man-
ually. However, in order to help prevent
further collisions, it is recommended that
they be left on until safety can be
ensured.
(The interior lights may not turn on auto-
matically depending on the force of the
impact and conditions of the collision.)
Q Customization
(→P.431)
5-3. Using the storage features 293
List of storage features

5-3.Using the storage features
Location of the storage features
Interior features
Bottle holders (→P.294)
Glove box (→P.294)
Cup holders (→P.294)
Console box (→P.295)
WARNING O Lighters or spray cans may

explode. If they come into contact
Q Items that should not be left in with other stored items, the lighter
the storage spaces may catch fire or the spray can may
Do not leave glasses, lighters or release gas, causing a fire hazard.
spray cans in the storage spaces, as
this may cause the following when
cabin temperature becomes high:
O Glasses may be deformed by heat
or cracked if they come into contact
with other stored items.
294 5-3. Using the storage features
Glove box WARNING

Q Items unsuitable for the cup
holder
Do not place anything other than cups
or beverage cans in the cup holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the
holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking and cause injury. If
possible, cover hot drinks to prevent
burns.
Bottle holders
Pull up the lever to open the glove
box. X Front
WARNING
Keep the glove box closed. In the
event of sudden braking or sudden
swerving, an accident may occur due
to an occupant being struck by the
open glove box or the items stored
inside.
Cup holders X Rear
Q Bottle holders
O When storing a bottle, close the cap.
O The bottle may not be stored depend-
ing on its size or shape.
WARNING Luggage compartment

Q Items unsuitable for the bottle features
holders
Do not place anything other than a Grocery bag hooks
bottle in the bottle holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the
holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking and cause injury.
Console box
WARNING
Q To prevent damage to the gro-
cery bag hooks
Do not hang any object heavier than 2
kg (4.4 lb.) on the grocery bag hooks. 5
Lift the lid while pulling up the knob.
Deck board (if equipped)
Interior features
Q When not in use
The console box can be raised to reveal Q Opening the deck board
a secondary console box.
Open the deck board.
The deck board can be set up as
shown in the illustration.
WARNING
Keep the console box closed.
Injuries may result in the event of an
accident or sudden braking.
Q Removing the deck board Q Installing the deck board

1 Fold the deck board. 1 Fold the deck board.
2 Slide the deck board to the front 2 Insert the deck board diagonally.
of the vehicle.
3 Slide the deck board to the rear

3 Remove the deck board diago- of the vehicle.
nally.
4 Unfold the deck board.
Open the floor cover.

Q Changing the height of the
luggage compartment floor
By changing the position of the
deck board, the height of the lug-
gage compartment floor can be
changed.
5
X Type A
Interior features
X Type B
Upper position
Lower position
Auxiliary box
Open the deck board.
Removing the tonneau

cover (if equipped)
1 Unhook the cords.
2 Unhook and remove the ton-

neau cover.
Stowing the tonneau cover

(if equipped)
Tonneau cover can be stowed to
the rear seats.
5-4. Other interior features 299
Other interior features

5-4.Other interior features

charged
Do not use the power outlet longer
Power outlet than necessary when the hybrid sys-
tem is off.
The power outlet can be used for
12 V accessories that run on less
than 10 A.
Wireless charger (if
equipped)
Open the lid.
A portable device, such as a smart-
phone or mobile battery, can be
charged by just placing it on the
charging area, provided the device
is compatible with the Qi wireless
charging standard created by the
Wireless Power Consortium.
The wireless charger cannot be
used with a portable device that is
Q The power outlet can be used when larger than the charging area. Addi- 5
The power switch is in ACC or ON. tionally, depending on the portable
Q When stopping the hybrid system device, the wireless charger may
Interior features
Disconnect electrical devices with not operate properly. Refer to the
charging functions, such as mobile bat- operation manual of the portable
tery packs.
device.
If such devices are left connected, the
hybrid system may not stop normally. Q The “Qi” symbol
The “Qi” symbol is a trademark of
NOTICE
the Wireless Power Consortium.
Q To prevent the fuse from being
blown
Do not use an accessory that uses
more than 12 V 10 A.
Q To avoid damaging the power
outlet
Close the power outlet lid when the
power outlet is not in use.
Foreign objects or liquids that enter
the power outlet may cause a short
circuit.
300 5-4. Other interior features
Q Name for all parts While charging, the operation indicator

light (orange) will be illuminated.
If charging does not begin, move the
portable device as close to the center of
the charging area as possible.
When charging is complete, the opera-
tion indicator light (green) will illumi-
nate.
Power supply switch

Q Recharging function
Operation indicator light
z If a certain amount of time has
Charge area
elapsed since charging com-
Q Using the wireless charger pleted and the portable device
1 Press the power supply switch has not been moved, the wire-
of the wireless charger. less charger will restart charging.
Pressing the switch again turns the z If the portable device is moved
wireless charger off. within the charging area,
When turned on, the operation indicator
light (green) comes on. charging will stop temporarily
When the power switch is turned off, then restart.
the on/off state of the wireless charger
will be memorized.
2 Place a portable device on the

charging area with its charging
surface facing down.
Q Operation indicator light status
Operation indicator light State

Off The Wireless charger is off
Standby (charging is possible)
Green (illuminated)
Charging is complete*
A portable device has been placed on the
Orange (illuminated) charging area (identifying the portable device)
Charging in progress
*
: Depending on the portable device, the operation indicator light may stay illumi-
nated (orange) after charging has completed.
z If the operation indicator light blinks
If an error is detected, the operation indicator light will blink (orange). Take the
appropriate measures according to the table below.
Operation indicator light Suspected cause Measure

Contact any authorized
Blinks (orange) at a one
Vehicle to charger commu- Mazda retailer or Mazda 5
second interval continu-
nication failure. authorized repairer, or any
ously
reliable repairer.
Interior features
A foreign object exists
between the portable Remove the foreign object.
Blinks (orange) 3 times device and charging area.
repeatedly Portable device is not posi- Move the portable device
tioned properly on the toward the center of the
charging area. charging area.
The temperature of the Stop charging immediately
Blinks (orange) 4 times
wireless charger is exces- and continue charging
repeatedly
sively high. after a while.
standard is not guaranteed.

Q The wireless charger can be oper-
ated when
O The wireless charger is designed to
supply low power electricity (5 W or
The power switch is in ACC or ON. less) to a cellular phone, smartphone,
Q Portable devices that can be or other portable device.
charged Q If a cover or accessory is attached
O Portable devices compatible with the to the portable device
Qi wireless charging standard can be Do not charge a portable device if a
charged by the wireless charger. How- cover or accessory which is not Qi com-
ever, compatibility with all devices patible is attached. Depending on the
which meet the Qi wireless charging type of cover and/or accessory
attached, it may not be possible to Q Caution regarding interference

charge the portable device. If the porta- with electronic devices
ble device is placed on the charging
area and does not charge, remove the People with implantable cardiac pace-
cover and/or accessories. makers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy pacemakers or implantable
Q If interference is heard in AM radio cardioverter defibrillators, as well as
broadcasts while charging any other electrical medical device,
Turn off the wireless charger and check should consult their physician about
if the noise is reduced. If noise is the usage of the wireless charger.
reduced, press and hold the power sup- Operations of the wireless charger
ply switch of the wireless charger for 2 may have an affect on medical
seconds. The frequency of the wireless devices.
charger is changed and noise may be
reduced. When the frequency is Q To prevent damage or burns
changed, the operation indicator light Observe the following precautions.
will blink (orange) 2 times. Failure to do so may result in the pos-
sibility of fire, equipment failure or
Q Charging precautions damage, or burns due to heat.
O If the electronic key cannot be
detected in the cabin, charging cannot O Do not put any metallic objects
be performed. When a door is opened between the charging area and the
and closed, charging may be tempo- portable device while charging.
rarily suspended. O Do not attach metallic objects, such
O While charging, the wireless charger as aluminum stickers, to the
and the portable device will become charging area.
warm.
This is not a malfunction.If a portable O Do not cover the wireless charger
device becomes warm while charging with a cloth or other object while
and charging stops due to the protec- charging.
tion function of the portable device, O Do not attempt to charge portable
wait until the portable device cools devices which are not compatible
down and charge it again. with the Qi wireless charging stan-
Q Sound generated during operation dard.
When the power supply switch is turned O Do not disassemble, modify or
on or while a portable device is being remove the wireless charger.
identified, operation sounds may be
heard. This is not a malfunction. O Do not apply force or impact to the
wireless charger.
Q Cleaning the wireless charger
→P.311
NOTICE
WARNING
Q Conditions in which the wireless
Q Caution while driving charger may not operate cor-
rectly
When charging a portable device
while driving, for safety reasons, the In the following situations, the wire-
driver should not operate the portable less charger may not operate cor-
device. rectly:
O When a portable device is fully
charged
NOTICE Q To prevent failure or damage to

data
O When there is a foreign object
O Do not bring magnetic cards, such
between the charging area and por-
as a credit card, or magnetic
table device
recording media, close to the wire-
O When a portable device becomes less charger while charging. Other-
hot while charging wise, data may be erased due to
the influence of magnetism.
O When a portable device is placed Additionally, do not bring precision
on the wireless area with its instruments such as wrist watches,
charging surface facing up close to the wireless charger, as
such objects may malfunction.
O When a portable device is not cen-
tered on the charging area O Do not leave portable devices in the
cabin. The temperature inside the
O When the vehicle is near a TV cabin may become high when
tower, electric power plant, gas sta- parked in the sun, and cause dam-
tion, radio station, large display, air- age to the device.
port or other facility that generates
strong radio waves or electrical Q To prevent 12-volt battery dis-
noise charge
O When the portable device is in con- Do not use the wireless charger for a
tact with, or is covered by any of the long period of time with the hybrid
following metallic objects: system stopped.
5
• Cards to which aluminum foil is
attached Sun visors
Interior features
• Cigarette boxes that have alumi-
num foil inside
• Metallic wallets or bags
• Coins
• Metal hand warmers
• Media such as CDs and DVDs
O When wireless keys (that emit radio
waves) other than those of your
vehicle are being used nearby. 1 To set the visor in the forward
If in situations other than above the
position, flip it down.
wireless charger does not operate
properly or the operation indicator 2 To set the visor in the side posi-
light is blinking, the wireless charger tion, flip down, unhook, and
may be malfunctioning. Contact any swing it to the side.
Vanity mirrors (if equipped)
repairer.
Slide the cover to open.
The vanity light turns on. (if equipped) X Rear (if equipped)
Q To prevent 12-volt battery dis- WARNING

charge
Q Assist grip
If the vanity lights remain on when the
Do not use the assist grip when get-
power switch is OFF, the lights will go off
ting in or out of the vehicle or rising
automatically after 20 minutes.
from your seat.
NOTICE
NOTICE
Q To prevent the 12-volt battery
from being discharged Q To prevent damage to the assist
Do not leave the vanity lights on for grip
extended periods while the hybrid Do not hang any heavy object or put a
system is off. heavy load on the assist grip.
Assist grips Coat hooks
An assist grip installed on the ceil- The coat hooks are provided with
ing can be used to support your the rear assist grips.
body while sitting on the seat. X Type A
X Front
X Type B close the shade.
WARNING
Q Items that cannot be hung on the
coat hook
Do not hang coat hangers or other
hard or sharp objects on the hook. If
the SRS curtain shield airbags deploy,
these items may become projectiles,
causing death or serious injury.
Panoramic roof shade (if 5

equipped)
Interior features
The panoramic roof shade can be
opened and closed manually.
Q Opening the panoramic roof
shade
Pushing the tabs will release the
lock, and the shade can be opened.
Q Closing the panoramic roof

shade
Pull the tabs to the lock position to
307
Maintenance and care

6
6-1. Maintenance and care

Cleaning and protecting the
vehicle exterior ................308
Cleaning and protecting the
vehicle interior ................. 311
6-2. Maintenance
Maintenance requirements 314
Maintenance schedule.......316
6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service precau-
tions .................................319
Hood ..................................321
Positioning a floor jack.......322
Engine compartment .........324
12-volt battery....................329
Tires...................................331 6
Tire inflation pressure ........341

Wheels...............................343
Air conditioning filter ..........345
Cleaning the hybrid battery
(traction battery) air intake
vent and filter ...................347
Wireless remote control/elec-
tronic key battery .............350
Checking and replacing fuses
........................................353
Light bulbs .........................356
308 6-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting properly or result in damage to the

6-1.Maintenance and care
rear spoiler.
the vehicle exterior
Q High pressure car washes
As water may enter the cabin, do not
Perform cleaning in a manner bring the nozzle tip near the gaps
appropriate to each compo- around the doors or perimeter of the
windows, or spray these areas continu-
nent and its material. ously.
Q When using a car wash (vehicles
Cleaning instructions with a smart entry & start system)
If the door handle becomes wet while
z Working from top to bottom, lib- the electronic key is within the effective
range, the door may lock and unlock
erally apply water to the vehicle repeatedly. In that case, follow the fol-
body, wheel wells and underside lowing correction procedures to wash
of the vehicle to remove any dirt the vehicle:
and dust. O Place the key in a position 2 m (6 ft.)
or more separate from the vehicle
z Wash the vehicle body using a while the vehicle is being washed.
sponge or soft cloth, such as a (Take care to ensure that the key is
not stolen.)
chamois.
O Set the electronic key to battery-sav-
z For hard-to-remove marks, use ing mode to disable the smart entry &
car wash soap and rinse thor- start system. (→P.135)
oughly with water. Q Wheels and wheel ornaments (if
equipped)
z Wipe away any water.
O Remove any dirt immediately by using
z Wax the vehicle when the water- a neutral detergent.
proof coating deteriorates. O Wash detergent off with water immedi-
If water does not bead on a clean sur- ately after use.
face, apply wax when the vehicle body O To protect the paint from damage,
is cool. make sure to observe the following
precautions.
• Do not use acidic, alkaline or abrasive
Q Automatic car washes detergent
O Before washing the vehicle: • Do not use hard brushes
• Fold the mirrors. • Do not use detergent on the wheels
when they are hot, such as after driv-
Start washing from the front of the vehi- ing or parking in hot weather
cle. Extend the mirrors before driving.
Q Bumpers
O Brushes used in automatic car Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners.
washes may scratch the vehicle sur-
face, parts (wheel, etc.) and harm Q Plated portions (if equipped)
your vehicle’s paint. If dirt cannot be removed, clean the
O In certain automatic car washes, the parts as follows:
rear spoiler (if equipped) may interfere O Use a soft cloth dampened with an
with machine operation. This may pre- approximately 5% solution of neutral
vent the vehicle from being cleaned detergent and water to clean the dirt
6-1. Maintenance and care 309
off. Q Precautions regarding the
O Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth exhaust pipe
to remove any remaining moisture. Exhaust gasses cause the exhaust
O To remove oily deposits, use alcohol pipe to become quite hot.
wet wipes or a similar product. When washing the vehicle, be careful
not to touch the pipe until it has
cooled sufficiently, as touching a hot
WARNING exhaust pipe can cause burns.
Q When washing the vehicle Q Precaution regarding the rear
Do not apply water to the inside of the bumper with Blind Spot Monitor
engine compartment. Doing so may (if equipped)
cause the electrical components, etc. If the paint of the rear bumper is
to catch fire. chipped or scratched, the system may
Q When cleaning the windshield malfunction. If this occurs, consult
(vehicles with rain-sensing wind- with any authorized Mazda retailer or
shield wipers) Mazda authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer.
Set the wiper switch to off. If the wiper
switch is in “AUTO”, the wipers may
operate unexpectedly in the following
NOTICE
situations, and may result in hands
being caught or other serious injuries Q To prevent paint deterioration
and cause damage to the wiper and corrosion on the body and
blades. components (aluminum wheels,
etc.)
O Wash the vehicle immediately in the
following cases: 6
• After driving near the sea coast

• After driving on salted roads
• If coal tar or tree sap is present on
the paint surface
Off
• If dead insects, insect droppings or
AUTO bird droppings are present on the
paint surface
O When the upper part of the wind-
shield where the raindrop sensor is • After driving in an area contami-
located is touched by hand nated with soot, oily smoke, mine
dust, iron powder or chemical sub-
O When a wet rag or similar is held stances
close to the raindrop sensor
• If the vehicle becomes heavily
O If something bumps against the soiled with dust or mud
windshield
• If liquids such as benzene and gas-
O If you directly touch the raindrop oline are spilled on the paint sur-
sensor body or if something bumps face
into the raindrop sensor
O If the paint is chipped or scratched,
have it repaired immediately.
NOTICE O Do not bring the nozzle tip close to

boots (rubber or resin manufac-
O To prevent the wheels from corrod- tured cover), connectors or the fol-
ing, remove any dirt and store in a lowing parts. The parts may be
place with low humidity when stor- damaged if they come into contact
ing the wheels. with high-pressure water.
Q Cleaning the exterior lights • Traction related parts
O Wash carefully. Do not use organic
substances or scrub with a hard • Steering parts
brush. • Suspension parts
This may damage the surfaces of
the lights. • Brake parts
O Do not apply wax to the surfaces of O Keep the cleaning nozzle at least
the lights. 30 cm (11.9 in.) away from the vehi-
Wax may cause damage to the cles body. Otherwise resin section,
lenses. such as moldings and bumpers,
may be deformed and damaged.
Q To prevent damage to the wind- Also, do not continuously hold the
shield wiper arms nozzle in the same place.
When lifting the wiper arms away
from the windshield, pull the driver O Do not spray the lower part of the
side wiper arm upward first, and windshield continuously. If water
repeat for the passenger side. When enters the air conditioning system
returning the wipers to their original intake located near the lower part of
position, do so from the passenger the windshield, the air conditioning
side first. system may not operate correctly.
Q When using an automatic car O Do not wash the underside of the

wash (vehicles with rain-sensing vehicle using a high pressure car
windshield wipers) washer.
Set the wiper switch to the off posi-
tion. If the wiper switch is in “AUTO”,
the wipers may operate and the wiper
blades may be damaged.
Q When using a high pressure car
wash
O Vehicles with rear view monitor sys-
tem: When washing the vehicle, do
not spray the camera or its sur-
rounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. Shock applied
from high pressure water may
cause the device to not operate
normally.
O Do not spray water directly on the
radar which is equipped behind the
emblem. Otherwise it may cause
the device to be damaged.
Cleaning and protecting WARNING

the vehicle interior Q Water in the vehicle
O Do not splash or spill liquid in the
Perform cleaning in a manner vehicle, such as on the floor, in the
hybrid battery (traction battery) air
appropriate to each compo- intake vent, and in the luggage
nent and its material. compartment. (→P.311)
Doing so may cause the hybrid bat-
tery, electrical components, etc. to
Protecting the vehicle inte- malfunction or catch fire.
rior O Do not get any of the SRS compo-
nents or wiring in the vehicle interior
z Remove dirt and dust using a wet. (→P.36)
vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty sur- An electrical malfunction may
cause the airbags to deploy or not
faces with a cloth dampened with function properly, resulting in death
lukewarm water. or serious injury.
z If dirt cannot be removed, wipe it O Vehicles with wireless charger:
off with a soft cloth dampened Do not let the wireless charger
(→P.299) get wet. Failure to do so
with neutral detergent diluted to may cause the charger to become
approximately 1%. hot and cause burns or could cause
Wring out any excess water from electric shock resulting in death or
serious injury.
the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
remaining traces of detergent Q Cleaning the interior (especially
instrument panel) 6
and water.
Do not use a polish wax or polish
cleaner. The instrument panel may

Q Shampooing the carpets reflect off the windshield, obstructing
There are several commercial foaming- the driver’s view and leading to an
type cleaners available. Use a sponge accident, resulting in death or serious
or brush to apply the foam. Rub in over- injury.
lapping circles. Do not use water. Wipe
dirty surfaces and let them dry. Excellent
results are obtained by keeping the car- NOTICE
pet as dry as possible. Q Cleaning detergents
Q Handling the seat belts O Do not use the following types of
Clean with mild soap and lukewarm detergent, as they may discolor the
water using a cloth or sponge. Also vehicle interior or cause streaks or
check the belts periodically for exces- damage to painted surfaces:
sive wear, fraying or cuts. • Non-seat portions: Organic sub-
stances such as benzene or gaso-
line, alkaline or acidic solutions,
dye, and bleach
NOTICE Q Cleaning the inside of the rear

window
• Seats: Alkaline or acidic solutions,
O Do not use glass cleaner to clean
such as thinner, benzene, and alco-
the rear window, as this may cause
hol
damage to the rear window defog-
O Do not use a polish wax or polish ger heater wires or antenna. Use a
cleaner. The instrument panel’s or cloth dampened with lukewarm
other interior part’s painted surface water to gently wipe the window
may be damaged. clean. Wipe the window in strokes
running parallel to the heater wires
Q Preventing damage to leather or antenna.
surfaces
O Be careful not to scratch or damage
the heater wires or antenna.
avoid damage to and deterioration of
leather surfaces:
O Remove any dust or dirt from Cleaning the areas with
leather surfaces immediately.
satin-finish metal accents
O Do not expose the vehicle to direct
sunlight for extended periods of z Remove dirt using a water-
time. Park the vehicle in the shade,
dampened soft cloth or synthetic
especially during summer.
chamois.
O Do not place items made of vinyl,
plastic, or containing wax on the z Wipe the surface with a dry, soft
upholstery, as they may stick to the cloth to remove any remaining
leather surface if the vehicle interior
moisture.
heats up significantly.
Q Water on the floor Q Cleaning the areas with satin-finish
Do not wash the vehicle floor with metal accents
water. The metal areas use a layer of real
Vehicle systems such as the audio metal for the surface. It is necessary to
system may be damaged if water clean them regularly. If dirty areas are
comes into contact with electrical left uncleaned for long periods of time,
components such as the audio sys- they may be difficult to clean.
tem above or under the floor of the
vehicle. Water may also cause the
body to rust. Cleaning the leather areas
Q When cleaning the inside of the
windshield (vehicles with Safety z Remove dirt and dust using a
Sense) vacuum cleaner.
Do not allow glass cleaner to contact z Wipe off any excess dirt and dust
the lens. Also, do not touch the lens.
(→P.198) with a soft cloth dampened with
diluted detergent.
Use a diluted water solution of approxi-
mately 5% neutral wool detergent.
z Wring out any excess water from
all remaining traces of detergent.
z Wipe the surface with a dry, soft
cloth to remove any remaining
moisture. Allow the leather to dry
in a shaded and ventilated area.
Q Caring for leather areas

Mazda recommends cleaning the inte-
rior of the vehicle at least twice a year to
maintain the quality of the vehicle’s inte-
rior.
Cleaning the synthetic

leather areas
z Remove dirt and dust using a
vacuum cleaner.
z Wipe it off with a soft cloth damp-
ened with neutral detergent
diluted to approximately 1%.
z Wring out any excess water from 6
remaining traces of detergent

and water.
314 6-2. Maintenance
Maintenance require-
6-2.Maintenance
Q Handling of the 12-volt battery

ments 12-volt battery posts, terminals and
related accessories contain lead and
lead compounds which are known to
To ensure safe and economical cause brain damage. Wash your
driving, day-to-day care and hands after handling. (→P.329)
regular maintenance are
essential. Mazda recommends Scheduled maintenance
the maintenance below.
Scheduled maintenance should be
performed at specified intervals
Q Where to go for maintenance ser-
vice? according to the maintenance
In order to maintain your vehicle in the schedule.
best possible condition, Mazda recom-
mends that maintenance service opera-
tions as well as other inspections and Do-it-yourself maintenance
repairs be carried out by authorized
Mazda retailers or Mazda authorized What about do-it-yourself mainte-
repairers, or any reliable repairers. For nance?
repairs and services covered by your
warranty, please visit an authorized Many of the maintenance items are
Mazda retailer or repairer, who will use easy to do yourself if you have a little
genuine Mazda parts in repairing any mechanical ability and a few basic
difficulties you may encounter. There automotive tools.
can also be advantages in utilizing
authorized Mazda retailers or repairers Note, however, that some maintenance
for non-warranty repairs and services, tasks require special tools and skills.
as members of the Mazda network will
These are best performed by qualified
be able to expertly assist you with any
difficulties you may encounter. technicians. Even if you’re an experi-
Your Mazda retailer or Mazda autho- enced do-it-yourself mechanic, we rec-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer ommend that repairs and maintenance
will perform all of the scheduled mainte- be conducted by any authorized Mazda
nance on your vehicle reliably and eco- retailer or Mazda authorized repairer, or
nomically due to their experience with any reliable repairer. Any authorized
Mazda vehicles.
Mazda retailer or repairer will keep a
record of maintenance, which could be
WARNING useful should you ever require War-
Q If your vehicle is not properly ranty Service. Should you choose to
maintained select a qualified and equipped profes-
Improper maintenance could result in sional other than an authorized Mazda
serious damage to the vehicle and repairer to service or maintain your
possible death or serious injury. vehicle, we recommend that you
request that a record of maintenance
be kept.
6-2. Maintenance 315
Q Does your vehicle need repairs?

Be on the alert for changes in perfor-
mance and sounds, and visual tip-offs
that indicate service is needed. Some
important clues are:
O Engine misses (misfire), stumbling or
pinging
O Appreciable loss of power
O Strange engine noises
O A fluid leak under the vehicle (How-
ever, water dripping from the air con-
ditioning system after use is normal.)
O Change in exhaust sound (This may
indicate a dangerous carbon monox-
ide leak. Drive with the windows open
and have the exhaust system checked
immediately.)
O Flat-looking tires, excessive tire
squeal when cornering, uneven tire
wear
O Vehicle pulls to one side when driven
straight on a level road
O Strange noises related to suspension
movement
6
O Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy
feeling brake pedal, pedal almost
touches the floor, vehicle pulls to one

side when braking
O Engine coolant temperature continu-
ally higher than normal (→P.90, 95)
If you notice any of these clues, take
your vehicle to any authorized Mazda
any reliable repairer as soon as possi-
ble. Your vehicle may need adjustment
or repair.
Maintenance schedule
1 Full Health and Safety service: every 30,000 km or 2 years*.

2 Intermediate oil and filter service, with Health and Safety checks: every
15,000 km or 1 year*.
3 In case your driving conditions** are more demanding than normal, your
vehicle might require shorter Health and Safety service intervals or a
more extensive servicing than listed below. Review your specific driving
conditions with your authorised Mazda repairer or independent repairer,
who will then recommend an appropriate service schedule and explain
in it detail.
*: whichever comes first
**: severe conditions such as:
- Extensive idling and/or low speed driving (e.g. taxi, door-to-door delivery,
ambulance, police, driving school, ..).
- Repeated short trips of less than 8 km while outside temperatures remain
below freezing (engine will not reach normal temperature).
- Continuous high speed driving (80% or more of max. vehicle speed) for over 2
hours.
- Heavily loaded vehicle (e.g. trailer towing).
- Frequent driving under harsh road conditions (rough roads, muddy roads,
roads with dust, melted snow, road salt).
6-2. Maintenance 317
For normal conditions
R = replacement / I = Inspection
Intermediate Full
Health
Engine oil & oil filter*1 R R
Engine and Inverter coolant I
Air filter I I
Drive shaft boots I
Exhaust pipes and mountings I
Cooling and heater system I
Cabin air filter (pollen) R
Hybrid Battery intake filter I R
Fuel tank cap, fuel liners, connections and fuel
I
vapor control valve
Body inspection (for rust, corrosion and perfora-
I
tion)
Safety
Brake pedal & parking brake I 6
Brake pads & discs I I

Brake fluid R
Brake pipes & hoses I
Front & rear suspension I
Steering wheel and linkages I
Tyres, lights, wiper blades, washer fluid I I
Suspension ball joints and dust covers I
Floor mat I I
*1: Vehicle equipped with Oil Maintenance Management System: Replace engine
oil & oil filter (with health and safety checks) when the Oil Maintenance remain-
der message appears (or at least every 15,000 km / 1 year), if applicable in your
country.
Additional Replacements
Air filter Every 60,000 km / 4 years
Spark plugs Every 90,000 km
Engine coolant First at 150,000 km
After, every 90,000 km
Inverter coolant First at 240,000 km
After, every 90,000 km
Additional Inspections
Automatic transmission fluid and front differential
Every 60,000 km / 4 years
fluid
Rear differential oil Every 45,000 km / 3 years
Every 45,000 km / 2 years
Charcoal canister
Every 90,000 km*2
*2: for Finland, Norway and Sweden only

6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance 319
Do-it-yourself service
6-3.Do-it-yourself maintenance
Items Parts and tools

precautions • Fuse with same
Fuses
amperage rating as
(→P.354)
If you perform maintenance by original
yourself, be sure to follow the Hybrid bat-
correct procedure as given in tery (traction
• Vacuum cleaner, etc.
these sections. battery) air
• Phillips screwdriver
intake vent
(→P.347)
Maintenance
• Bulb with same num-
ber and wattage rating
Items Parts and tools Light bulbs
as original
• Warm water (→P.357)
• Flathead screwdriver
12-volt bat- • Baking soda • Wrench
tery condi- • Grease
Radiator and
tion (→P. • Conventional wrench
condenser ⎯
329) (for terminal clamp
(→P.328)
bolts)
Tire inflation • Tire pressure gauge
• “Mazda Super Long
pressure • Compressed air
Life Coolant” or a simi-
(→P.342) source
lar high quality eth-
ylene glycol-based • Water or washer fluid
containing antifreeze 6
non-silicate, non-
amine, non-nitrite and Washer fluid (for winter use)

non-borate coolant (→P.328) • Funnel (used only for
Engine/powe
with long-life hybrid adding water or
r control unit
organic acid technol- washer fluid)
coolant level
ogy.
(→P.326)
“Mazda Super Long WARNING
Life Coolant” is pre-
The engine compartment contains
mixed with 50% cool- many mechanisms and fluids that
ant and 50% deionized may move suddenly, become hot, or
water. become electrically energized. To
• Funnel (used only for avoid death or serious injury, observe
the following precautions.
adding coolant)
Q When working on the engine
• “Mazda Genuine
compartment
Motor Oil” or equiva-
Engine oil O Make sure that the “ACCESSORY”
lent or “IGNITION ON” on the multi-
level
• Rag or paper towel information display and the
(→P.324)
• Funnel (used only for “READY” indicator are both off.
adding engine oil)
320 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
WARNING NOTICE
O Keep hands, clothing and tools Q If you remove the air cleaner fil-
away from the moving fan. ter
O Be careful not to touch the engine, Driving with the air cleaner filter
power control unit, radiator, exhaust removed may cause excessive
manifold, etc. right after driving as engine wear due to dirt in the air.
they may be hot. Oil and other flu- Q If the fluid level is low or high
ids may also be hot.
It is normal for the brake fluid level to
O Do not leave anything that may go down slightly as the brake pads
burn easily, such as paper and wear or when the fluid level in the
rags, in the engine compartment. accumulator is high.
If the reservoir needs frequent refill-
O Do not smoke, cause sparks or ing, it may indicate a serious problem.
expose an open flame to fuel or 12-
volt battery. Fuel and 12-volt battery
fumes are flammable.
O Be extremely cautious when work-
ing on the 12-volt battery. It con-
tains poisonous and corrosive
sulfuric acid.
O Take care because brake fluid can
harm your hands or eyes and dam-
age painted surfaces. If fluid gets
on your hands or in your eyes, flush
the affected area with clean water
immediately.
If you still experience discomfort,
consult a doctor.
Q When working near the electric
cooling fan or radiator grille
Be sure the power switch is OFF.
With the power switch in ON, the
electric cooling fan may automatically
start to run if the air conditioning is on
and/or the coolant temperature is
high. (→P.328)
Q Safety glasses
Wear safety glasses to prevent flying
or falling material, fluid spray, etc.
from getting in your eyes.
Hood 3 Hold the hood open by inserting

the support rod into the slot.
Opening the hood

1 Pull the hood lock release lever.
The hood will pop up slightly.
2 Push the auxiliary catch lever to

the left and lift the hood.
WARNING
Q Pre-driving check
6
Check that the hood is fully closed
and locked.
If the hood is not locked properly, it

may open while the vehicle is in
motion and cause an accident, which
may result in death or serious injury.
Q To prevent a injuries
The support rod may be hot after driv-
ing the vehicle. Touching the hot sup-
port rod may lead to burns or other
serious injuries.
Q After installing the support rod
into the slot
Make sure the rod supports the hood
securely preventing it from falling
down onto your head or body.
NOTICE Positioning a floor jack

Q When closing the hood
Be sure to return the support rod to its When using a floor jack, follow
clip before closing the hood. Closing the instructions in the manual
the hood with the support rod not
clipped could cause the hood to bend. provided with the jack and per-
form the operation safely.
When raising your vehicle with
a floor jack, position the jack
correctly. Improper placement
may damage your vehicle or
cause injury.
Location of the jack point

Q Front
Q Rear
NOTICE
Q When raising your vehicle
Do not jack the vehicle at the suspen-
sion. The suspension may be dam- 6
aged.
Front
Suspension
Engine compartment
Components
Washer fluid tank (→P.328)

Fuse boxes (→P.354)
Power control unit coolant reservoir (→P.326)
Engine oil filler cap (→P.325)
Engine oil level dipstick (→P.325)
Engine coolant reservoir (→P.326)
Radiator (→P.328)
Condenser (→P.328)
Electric cooling fan
Q 12-volt battery Checking and adding the

→P.329 engine oil
With the engine at operating tem-
perature and turned off, check the
oil level on the dipstick.
Q Checking the engine oil The shape of the dipstick may differ
depending on the type of vehicle or
1 Park the vehicle on level engine.
ground. After warming up the
6 Wipe the dipstick and reinsert it
engine and turning off the hybrid
fully.
system, wait more than 5 min-
utes for the oil to drain back into Q Checking the oil type and pre-
the bottom of the engine. paring the item needed
Make sure to check the oil type and
2 Holding a rag under the end,
prepare the items needed before
pull the dipstick out.
adding oil.
z Engine oil selection
→P.423
z Oil quantity (Low → Full)
1.5 L (1.6 qt., 1.3 Imp. qt.)
z Item
Clean funnel
Q Adding engine oil
3 Wipe the dipstick clean. If the oil level is below or near the
4 Reinsert the dipstick fully. low level mark, add engine oil of the
same type as that already in the
5 Holding a rag under the end, 6
engine.
pull the dipstick out and check
the oil level.
1 Remove the oil filler cap by turn-

ing it counterclockwise.
Low
2 Add engine oil slowly, checking
Normal the dipstick.
Excessive 3 Install the oil filler cap by turning
it clockwise.
Q Engine oil consumption WARNING

A certain amount of engine oil will be Q Used engine oil
consumed while driving. In the following O Used engine oil contains poten-
situations, oil consumption may tially harmful contaminants which
increase, and engine oil may need to be may cause skin disorders such as
refilled in between oil maintenance inter- inflammation and skin cancer, so
vals. care should be taken to avoid pro-
O When the engine is new, for example longed and repeated contact. To
directly after purchasing the vehicle or remove used engine oil from your
after replacing the engine skin, wash thoroughly with soap
O If low quality oil or oil of an inappropri- and water.
ate viscosity is used O Dispose of used oil and filters only
O When driving at high engine speeds in a safe and acceptable manner.
or with a heavy load, when towing Do not dispose of used oil and fil-
(vehicles with towing packages), or ters in household trash, in sewers
when driving while accelerating or or onto the ground.
decelerating frequently Call any authorized Mazda retailer
O When leaving the engine idling for a any reliable repairer, service station
long time, or when driving frequently
or auto parts store for information
through heavy traffic
concerning recycling or disposal.
Q After changing the engine oil
O Do not leave used engine oil within
The engine oil maintenance data should the reach of children.
be reset. Perform the following proce-
dures:
1 Press / (vertical display) or NOTICE
/ (horizontal display) of the Q To prevent serious engine dam-

age
meter control switch to select .
Check the oil level on a regular basis.
/ (horizontal display) to Q When replacing the engine oil
select “Vehicle Settings” and then O Be careful not to spill engine oil on
press and hold . the vehicle components.
3 Press / to select “Oil Mainte-
nance” and then press . O Avoid overfilling, or the engine
4 Press / to select “Yes” and could be damaged.
then press . O Check the oil level on the dipstick
A message will be displayed on the every time you refill the vehicle.
multi-information display when the reset
procedure has been completed. O Be sure the engine oil filler cap is
properly tightened.
Checking the coolant

Q Engine coolant reservoir
The coolant level is satisfactory if it
is between the “F” and “L” lines on
the reservoir when the engine is
Q Coolant selection
cold.
Only use “Mazda Super Long Life Cool-
ant” or a similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, non-amine,
non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant with
long-life hybrid organic acid technology.
“Mazda Super Long Life Coolant” is a
mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deion-
ized water. (Minimum temperature: -
35°C [-31°F])
For more details about coolant, contact
any authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
Reservoir cap repairer.
“F” line Q If the coolant level drops within a
short time of replenishing
“L” line Visually check the radiator, hoses,
If the level is on or below the “L” line, engine/power control unit coolant reser-
add coolant up to the “F” line. (→P.414) voir caps, drain cock and water pump.
If you cannot find a leak, have any
Q Power control unit coolant authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
reservoir authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer, test the cap and check for leaks
The coolant level is satisfactory if it in the cooling system.
is between the “F” and “L” lines on
the reservoir when the hybrid sys- WARNING 6
tem is cold. Q When the hybrid system is hot

Do not remove the engine/power con-
trol unit coolant reservoir caps.
The cooling system may be under
pressure and may spray hot coolant if
the cap is removed, causing serious
injuries, such as burns.
NOTICE
Q When adding coolant
Coolant is neither plain water nor
Reservoir cap straight antifreeze. The correct mix-
ture of water and antifreeze must be
“F” line used to provide proper lubrication,
“L” line corrosion protection and cooling. Be
sure to read the antifreeze or coolant
If the level is on or below the “L” line, label.
add coolant up to the “F” line. (→P.414)
NOTICE WARNING
Q If you spill coolant Q When adding washer fluid
Be sure to wash it off with water to Do not add washer fluid when the
prevent it from damaging parts or hybrid system is hot or operating as
paint. washer fluid contains alcohol and
may catch fire if spilled on the engine,
etc.
Checking the radiator and
condenser NOTICE
Check the radiator and condenser Q Do not use any fluid other than
and clear away any foreign objects. washer fluid
If either of the above parts is Do not use soapy water or engine
antifreeze instead of washer fluid.
extremely dirty or you are not sure Doing so may cause streaking on the
of their condition, have your vehicle vehicle’s painted surfaces, as well as
damaging the pump leading to prob-
lems of the washer fluid not spraying.
repairer, or any reliable repairer. Q Diluting washer fluid
Dilute washer fluid with water as nec-
WARNING essary.
Refer to the freezing temperatures
Q When the hybrid system is hot listed on the label of the washer fluid
Do not touch the radiator or con- bottle.
denser as they may be hot and cause
serious injuries, such as burns.
Adding the washer fluid

If the washer fluid level is at “1/2”,
add washer fluid.
12-volt battery notches.
Q Before recharging
Location
When recharging, the 12-volt battery
produces hydrogen gas which is flam-
The 12-volt battery is located in the mable and explosive. Therefore,
right-hand side of the rear seats. observe the following precautions
before recharging:
O If recharging with the 12-volt battery
installed on the vehicle, be sure to dis-
connect the ground cable.
O Make sure the power switch on the
charger is off when connecting and
disconnecting the charger cables to
the 12-volt battery.
Q After recharging/reconnecting the
12-volt battery (vehicles with a
Removing the 12-volt bat- O Unlocking the doors using the smart
entry & start system may not be possi-
tery cover ble immediately after reconnecting the
12-volt battery. If this happens, use
the wireless remote control or the
mechanical key to lock/unlock the
doors.
O Start the hybrid system with the power 6
switch in ACC. The hybrid system
may not start with the power switch

turned off. However, the hybrid sys-
tem will operate normally from the
second attempt.
O The power switch mode is recorded
by the vehicle. If the 12-volt battery is
reconnected, the vehicle will return
the power switch mode to the status it
was in before the 12-volt battery was
disconnected. Make sure to turn off
the power before disconnecting the
12-volt battery. Take extra care when
connecting the 12-volt battery if the
power switch mode prior to discharge
is unknown.
If the system will not start even after
1 Remove the screws. multiple attempts, contact any autho-
2 Remove the clips from the rized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
claws.
3 Slide the tabs out of the
WARNING O If electrolyte gets on your clothes

It can soak through clothing on to
Q Chemicals in the 12-volt battery your skin. Immediately take off the
The 12-volt battery contains poison- clothing and follow the procedure
ous and corrosive sulfuric acid and above if necessary.
may produce hydrogen gas which is
flammable and explosive. To reduce O If you accidentally swallow electro-
the risk of death or serious injury, take lyte
the following precautions while work- Drink a large quantity of water or
ing on or near the 12-volt battery: milk. Get emergency medical atten-
tion immediately.
O Do not cause sparks by touching
the 12-volt battery terminals with Q When replacing the 12-volt bat-
tools. tery
Use a 12-volt battery designed for this
O Do not smoke or light a match near vehicle. Failure to do so may cause
the 12-volt battery. gas (hydrogen) to enter the passen-
ger compartment, causing a fire or
O Avoid contact with eyes, skin and
explosion.
clothes.
For replacement of the 12-volt battery,
O Never inhale or swallow electrolyte. contact any authorized Mazda retailer
or Mazda authorized repairer, or any
O Wear protective safety glasses reliable repairer.
when working near the 12-volt bat-
tery.
O Keep children away from the 12- NOTICE
volt battery.
Q When recharging the 12-volt bat-
Q Where to safely charge the 12- tery
volt battery Never recharge the 12-volt battery
Always charge the 12-volt battery in while the hybrid system is operating.
an open area. Do not charge the 12- Also, be sure all accessories are
volt battery in a garage or closed turned off.
room where there is insufficient venti-
lation.
Exterior
Q Emergency measures regarding
electrolyte Make sure that the 12-volt battery
O If electrolyte gets in your eyes terminals are not corroded and that
Flush your eyes with clean water for
there are no loose connections,
at least 15 minutes and get immedi-
ate medical attention. If possible, cracks, or loose clamps.
continue to apply water with a
sponge or cloth while traveling to
the nearest medical facility.
O If electrolyte gets on your skin
Wash the affected area thoroughly.
If you feel pain or burning, get med-
ical attention immediately.
Tires
Replace or rotate tires in

accordance with maintenance
schedules and treadwear.
Checking tires
Terminals Check if the treadwear indicators

are showing on the tires. Also
Hold-down clamp
check the tires for uneven wear,
such as excessive wear on one
side of the tread.
Check the spare tire condition and
pressure if not rotated.
New tread
Worn tread
Treadwear indicator
The location of treadwear indicators is
shown by a “TWI” or “ ” mark, etc.,
molded into the sidewall of each tire.
Replace the tires if the treadwear indi-

WARNING
cators are showing on a tire.
Q When inspecting or replacing
tires
Q When to replace your vehicle’s
tires Observe the following precautions to
prevent accidents.
Tires should be replaced if:
O The treadwear indicators are showing to parts of the drive train as well as
on a tire. dangerous handling characteristics,
O You have tire damage such as cuts, which may lead to an accident result-
splits, cracks deep enough to expose ing in death or serious injury.
the fabric, and bulges indicating inter- O Do not mix tires of different makes,
nal damage models or tread patterns.
O A tire goes flat repeatedly or cannot Also, do not mix tires of remarkably
be properly repaired due to the size or different treadwear.
location of a cut or other damage
O Do not use tire sizes other than
If you are not sure, consult with any those recommended by Mazda.
authorized repairer, or any reliable O Do not mix differently constructed
repairer. tires (radial, bias-belted or bias-ply
Q Tire life tires).
Any tire over 6 years old must be O Do not mix summer, all season and
checked by a qualified technician even if snow tires.
it has seldom or never been used, or
damage is not obvious. O Do not use tires that have been
used on another vehicle.
Q Low profile tires (16 and 17-inch Do not use tires if you do not know
tires) how they were used previously.
Generally, low profile tires will wear
more rapidly and tire grip performance
will be reduced on snowy and/or icy NOTICE
roads when compared to standard tires.
Q Low profile tires (16 and 17-inch
Be sure to use snow tires on snowy
tires)
and/or icy roads and drive carefully at a
speed appropriate for road and weather Low profile tires may cause greater
conditions. damage than usual to the tire wheel
when sustaining impact from the road
Q If the tread on snow tires wears surface. Therefore, pay attention to
down below 4 mm (0.16 in.) the following:
The effectiveness of the tires as snow
tires is lost. O Be sure to use proper tire inflation
pressure. If tires are under-inflated,
Q Checking the tire valves they may be damaged more
When replacing the tires, check the tire severely.
valves for deformation, cracks, and
other damage. O Avoid potholes, uneven pavement,
curbs and other road hazards. Fail-
ure to do so may lead to severe tire
and wheel damage.
NOTICE Front
Q If tire inflation pressure of each To equalize tire wear and help extend
tire becomes low while driving tire life, Mazda recommends that tire
Do not continue driving, or your tires rotation is carried out approximately
and/or wheels may be ruined. every 10000 km (6000 miles).
Q Driving on rough roads When rotating front and rear tires which
Take particular care when driving on have different tire inflation pressures,
roads with loose surfaces or potholes. do not fail to initialize the tire pressure
These conditions may cause losses in warning system after tire rotation.
tire inflation pressure, reducing the
cushioning ability of the tires. In addi-
tion, driving on rough roads may Tire pressure warning sys-
cause damage to the tires them-
selves, as well as the vehicle’s tem
wheels and body.
Your vehicle is equipped with a tire
pressure warning system that uses
Tire rotation tire pressure warning valves and
Rotate the tires in the order shown. transmitters to detect low tire infla-
tion pressure before serious prob-
X Vehicles without a full-size spare
lems arise.
tire
The tire pressure warning system
of this vehicle adopts a 2-type
warning system. 6
z When “Adjust Pressure” is dis-

played (Normal Warning)
A warning with the tire pressure warn-
ing light and warning buzzer when
there is an unknown level of low tire
pressure with the appearance of the tire
Front due to natural air leakage as well as the
pressure lowering due to changes in
X Vehicles with a full-size spare tire
the pressure according to the outside
temperature. (Ways of coping: →P.381,
426)
z When “Immediately Check tire
when Safe” is displayed (Emer-
gency Warning)
A warning with the tire pressure warn-
ing light and warning buzzer when
there is a known level of low tire pres-
sure with the appearance of the tire due
to pressure suddenly lowering. (Ways

6 Press / to select “Setting
of coping: →P.386, 397)
Unit”.
However, the system may not be able
to detect sudden tire ruptures (bursting, 7 Press / to select the
etc.).
desired unit and then press .
The tire pressure detected by the
tire pressure warning system can
Q Routine tire inflation pressure
be displayed on the multi-informa- checks
tion display. The tire pressure warning system does
The unit can be changed. not replace routine tire inflation pressure
checks. Make sure to check tire inflation
pressure as part of your routine of daily
vehicle checks.
Q Tire inflation pressure
O It may take a few minutes to display
the tire inflation pressure after the
power switch is turned to ON. It may
also take a few minutes to display the
tire inflation pressure after inflation
pressure has been adjusted.
O Tire inflation pressure changes with
Q How to change the unit temperature. The displayed values
may also be different from the values
1 Park the vehicle in a safe place measured using a tire pressure
and turn the power switch off. gauge.
Changing the unit cannot be performed Q Situations in which the tire pres-
while the vehicle is moving. sure warning system may not oper-
ate properly
2 Turn the power switch to ON.
O In the following cases, the tire pres-
sure warning system may not operate
properly.
or / (horizontal display) • If non-genuine Mazda wheels are
used.
of the meter control switch to • A tire has been replaced with a tire
select . that is not an OE (Original Equipment)
tire.
• A tire has been replaced with a tire
4 Press / (vertical display) that is not of the specified size.
or / (horizontal display) • Tire chains, etc. are equipped.
• An auxiliary-supported run-flat tire is
to select “Vehicle Settings” and equipped.
then press and hold .
5 Press / to select “TPWS
setting” and then press .

• If a window tint that affects the radio When new tire pressure warning
wave signals is installed. valves and transmitters are
• If there is a lot of snow or ice on the
vehicle, particularly around the wheels installed, new ID codes must be
or wheel housings. registered in the tire pressure warn-
• If the tire inflation pressure is
ing computer and the tire pressure
extremely higher than the specified
level. warning system must be initialized.
• If tires not equipped with tire pressure Have tire pressure warning valves
warning valves and transmitters are
and transmitter ID codes regis-
used.
• If the ID code on the tire pressure tered any authorized Mazda retailer
warning valves and transmitters is not or Mazda authorized repairer, or
registered in the tire pressure warning
computer. any reliable repairer. (→P.338)
O Performance may be affected in the
following situations. Q Replacing tires and wheels
• Near a TV tower, electric power plant, If the ID code of the tire pressure warn-
gas station, radio station, large dis- ing valve and transmitter is not regis-
play, airport or other facility that gen- tered, the tire pressure warning system
erates strong radio waves or electrical will not work properly. After driving for
noise. about 10 minutes, the tire pressure
• When carrying a portable radio, cellu- warning light blinks for 1 minute and
lar phone, cordless phone or other stays on to indicate a system malfunc-
wireless communication device. tion.
O When the vehicle is parked, the time
taken for the warning to start or go off NOTICE
could be extended. 6
Q Repairing or replacing tires,
O When tire inflation pressure declines
wheels, tire pressure warning
rapidly for example when a tire has
valves, transmitters and tire

burst, the warning may not function.
valve caps
Q Warning performance of the tire O When removing or fitting the
pressure warning system wheels, tires or the tire pressure
The warning of the tire pressure warning warning valves and transmitters,
system will change in accordance with contact any authorized Mazda
driving conditions. For this reason, the retailer or Mazda authorized
system may give a warning even if the repairer, or any reliable repairer as
tire pressure does not reach a low the tire pressure warning valves
enough level, or if the pressure is higher and transmitters may be damaged
than the pressure that was adjusted to if not handled correctly.
when the system was initialized.
O Make sure to install the tire valve
caps. If the tire valve caps are not
Installing tire pressure warn- installed, water could enter the tire
pressure warning valves and the
ing valves and transmitters tire pressure warning valves could
be bound.
When replacing tires or wheels, tire
pressure warning valves and trans-
mitters must also be installed.
Q How to initialize the tire pres-

NOTICE
sure warning system
O When replacing tire valve caps, do
not use tire valve caps other than 1 Park the vehicle in a safe place
those specified. The cap may and turn the power switch off,
become stuck. wait for approximately 15 min-
Q To avoid damage to the tire pres- utes or more, and then perform
sure warning valves and trans- the procedure.
mitters
When a tire is repaired with liquid 2 Adjust the tire inflation pressure
sealants, the tire pressure warning to the specified cold tire inflation
valve and transmitter may not operate
properly. If a liquid sealant is used, pressure level. (→P.426)
contact any authorized Mazda retailer Make sure to adjust the tire pressure to
or Mazda authorized repairer, or any the specified cold tire inflation pressure
reliable repairer as soon as possible. level. The tire pressure warning system
Make sure to replace the tire pressure will operate based on this pressure
warning valve and transmitter when level.
replacing the tire. (→P.335)
3 Turn the power switch to ON.
Initialization cannot be performed while
Initializing the tire pressure the vehicle is moving.
warning system
Q The tire pressure warning sys- or / (horizontal display)
tem must be initialized in the of the meter control switch to
following circumstances:
select .
z When rotating front and rear tires
which have different tire inflation 5 Press / (vertical display)
pressures. or / (horizontal display)
z When changing the tire size. to select “Vehicle Settings” and
z When the tire inflation pressure then press and hold .
is changed such as when chang-
ing traveling speed or load 6 Press / to select “TPWS
weight.
z When changing between two
registered wheel sets. 7 Press / to select “Setting
Pressure”. Then press and hold
When the tire pressure warning
system is initialized, the current tire until the tire pressure warn-
inflation pressure is set as the ing light blinks 3 times.
benchmark pressure. Then a message will be displayed on
the multi-information display. “--” will be
play for the inflation pressure of each again.
tire while initialization is being per- O While the position of each tire is being
formed. determined and the inflation pres-
sures are not being displayed on the
multi-information display, if the infla-
tion pressure of a tire drops, the tire
pressure warning light will come on.
Q If the tire pressure warning system
is not initialized properly
O In the following situations, initialization
may take longer than usual to be com-
pleted or may not be possible. (Usu-
ally, the vehicle will need to be driven
for approximately 10 to 30 minutes to
8 Drive straight (with occasional complete initialization.) If initialization
left and right turns) at approxi- is not complete after driving approxi-
mately 40 km/h (25 mph) or mately 30 minutes, continue driving
for a while.
more for approximately 10 to 30 • If the vehicle is driven on an unpaved
minutes. road, it may take longer to complete
initialization.
Even if the vehicle is not driven at • If the vehicle is backed up while per-
approximately 40 km/h (25 mph) or forming initialization, data collected
more, initialization can be completed by during initialization will be cleared and
driving for a long time. However, if ini- it will take longer than normal to com-
tialization does not complete after driv- plete.
ing for 1 hour or more, park the vehicle • If the vehicle is driven in heavy traffic
in a safe place for more than 15 min- or another situation where other vehi- 6
utes and please drive a vehicle once cles are driven close by, it may take
again with the power switch ON. time for the system to recognize the
(→P.339)

tire pressure warning valve and trans-
mitters of your vehicle over those of
Q Initialization procedure other vehicles.
O Make sure to carry out initialization If initialization is not complete after driv-
after adjusting the tire inflation pres- ing for approximately 1 hour, park the
sure. vehicle in a safe place for approximately
Also, make sure the tires are cold
20 minutes and then drive the vehicle
before carrying out initialization or tire
inflation pressure adjustment. again.
O If you have accidentally turned the O In the following situations, initialization
power switch off during initialization, it will not be started or was not com-
is not necessary to press the reset pleted properly and the system will not
switch again as initialization will operate properly. Perform the initial-
restart automatically when the power ization procedure again.
switch is turned to ON the next time. • If, when attempting to start initializa-
tion, the tire pressure warning light
O If you accidentally press the reset
does not blink 3 times.
switch when initialization is not neces-
• If, when the vehicle has been driven
sary, adjust the tire inflation pressure
for about 20 minutes after performing
to the specified level when the tires
initialization, the tire pressure warning
are cold, and conduct initialization
light blinks for approximately 1 minute
and then illuminates. to select “Vehicle Settings” and

O If initialization cannot be completed
after performing the above procedure, then press .
contact any authorized Mazda retailer
or Mazda authorized repairer, or any 3 Press / to select “TPWS
reliable repairer.
WARNING
4 Press / to select “Identi-
Q When initializing the tire pres- fying Each Wheel & Position”.
sure warning system
Do not initialize the tire pressure Then press and hold until
warning system without first adjusting the tire pressure warning light
the tire inflation pressure to the speci-
fied level. Otherwise, the tire pressure blinks slowly 3 times.
warning light may not come on even if Then a message will be displayed on
the tire inflation pressure is low, or it the multi-information display.
may come on when the tire inflation
pressure is actually normal. When registration is being performed,
the tire pressure warning light will blink
for approximately 1 minute then illumi-
Registering ID codes nate and “--” will be displayed for the
inflation pressure of each tire on the
The tire pressure warning valve multi-information display.
and transmitter is equipped with a
unique ID code. When replacing a
tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter, it is necessary to regis-
ter the ID code.
The ID codes can be registered on
of the multi-information display.
Park the vehicle in a safe place,
wait for approximately 15 minutes 5 Drive straight (with occasional
or more and perform the procedure. left and right turns) at approxi-
mately 40 km/h (25 mph) or
more for approximately 10 to 30
or / (horizontal display) minutes.
of the meter control switch to Registration is complete when the tire
select . pressure warning light turns off and the
inflation pressure of each tire is dis-
played on the multi-information display.
Registration may take longer than
or / (horizontal display) approximately 1 hour in certain situa-
tions, such as when the vehicle is
stopped for a long time at traffic lights,
etc. (→P.339)
After registering the ID codes, make If ID code registration is not complete
sure to initialize the tire pressure warn- after driving for approximately 30 min-
ing system. (→P.337) utes, continue driving for a while.
• If the vehicle is driven on an unpaved
Q When registering ID codes road, it may take longer than normal
to complete registration.
O Before performing ID code registra- • If the vehicle is backed up while per-
tion, make sure that no wheels with forming registration, data collected
tire pressure warning valve and trans- during registration will be cleared, and
mitters installed are near the vehicle. it will take longer than normal to com-
O Make sure to initialize the tire pres- plete.
sure warning system after registering • If the vehicle is driven in heavy traffic
the ID codes. If the system is initial- or another situation where other vehi-
ized before registering the ID codes, cles are driven close by, it may take
the initialized values will be invalid. time for the system to recognize the
tire pressure warning valve and trans-
O As the tires will be warm when regis- mitters of your vehicle over those of
tration is completed, make sure to
other vehicles.
allow the tires to cool before perform- • If a wheel with a tire pressure warning
ing initialization.
valve and transmitter installed is
Q Canceling ID code registration inside or near the vehicle, registration
of the ID codes for the installed
O To cancel ID code registration after it
has been started, operate the multi- wheels may not be possible.
information display to select “Identify- If ID registration is not complete after
ing Each Wheel & Position”. (→P.338) driving for approximately 1 hour, park
O If ID code registration has been can- the vehicle in a safe place for approxi-
celed, the tire pressure warning light mately 20 minutes and then perform the
will blink for approximately 1 minute ID code registration procedure again. 6
when the power switch is turned to
ON mode and then illuminate. The tire O In the following situations, ID code
pressure warning system will be oper- registration will not be started or was

ational when the tire pressure warning not completed properly and the sys-
light turns off. tem will not operate properly. Perform
the ID code registration procedure
O If the warning light does not turn off again.
even after several minutes have • If, when attempting to start ID code
elapsed, ID code registration may not
registration, the tire pressure warning
have been canceled correctly. To can- light does not blink slowly 3 times.
cel registration, perform the ID code • If, when the vehicle has been driven
registration start procedure again and
for about 10 minutes after performing
then turn the power switch off before ID code registration, the tire pressure
driving. warning light blinks for approximately
Q If ID codes are not registered prop- 1 minute and then illuminates.
erly O If ID code registration cannot be com-
O In the following situations, ID code pleted after performing the above pro-
registration may take longer than cedure, contact any authorized Mazda
usual to be completed or may not be retailer or Mazda authorized repairer,
possible. (Usually, the vehicle will or any reliable repairer.
need to be driven for approximately
10 to 30 minutes to complete ID code
registration.)
Selecting wheel set 3 Press / (vertical display)
Your vehicle is equipped with tire or / (horizontal display)

pressure warning system with the to select “Vehicle Settings” and
function to have ID codes regis- then press .
tered for a second wheel set, for
example a winter set, by any autho- 4 Press / to select “TPWS
rized Mazda retailer or Mazda setting” and then press .
repairer. 5 Press / to select “Identi-
After registration of a second wheel fying Each Wheel & Position”.
set, either of these two wheel sets Then press and hold until
can be selected for usage with the the tire pressure warning light
tire pressure warning system. blinks slowly 3 times. Afterward,
Q Operating conditions for the turns on after flashing for 1 min-
function ute.
z This function will perform the
change of wheel set only if a sec-
ond wheel set has been regis-
tered. If no second wheel set has
been registered, no change will
be made when selecting this
function in the menu.
z Only a change between both
registered wheel set is possible, After 2 minutes, registration of a second
mixing between these wheel sets wheel set is being performed. The tire
is not supported. pressure warning light will turn off and
“--” will be displayed for the inflation
Q How to change between wheel pressure of each tire on the multi-infor-
mation display.
sets
6 Initialize the tire pressure warn-
1 Have the vehicle fitted with the
ing system. (→P.336)
preferred wheel set.
If the tire inflation pressure settings for
2 Press / (vertical display) the installed tire changes, initialization
operations are required, but if the same
or / (horizontal display) tire inflation pressure, initialization is
of the meter control switch to not required.
select .
7 Drive straight (with occasional Tire inflation pressure
left and right turns) at approxi-
mately 40 km/h (25 mph) or
Make sure to maintain proper
more for approximately 10 to 30
tire inflation pressure. Tire
minutes.
inflation pressure should be
Registration of a second wheel set is checked at least once per
complete when the tire pressure warn-
ing light turns off and the inflation pres- month. However, Mazda rec-
sure of each tire is displayed on the ommends that tire inflation
multi-information display. pressure be checked once
every two weeks. (→P.426)
Tire-loading information
label
Tire inflation pressure is specified
on the label on the driver’s side
door frame as shown.

Q Effects of incorrect tire inflation O Uneven wear

pressure O Poor handling
Driving with incorrect tire inflation pres-
sure may result in the following: O Possibility of blowouts resulting
from overheated tires
O Reduced safety
O Damage to the drive train O Air leaking from between tire and
wheel
O Reduced tire life due to wear
O Wheel deformation and/or tire dam-
O Reduced fuel economy age
O Reduced driving comfort and poor
handling O Greater possibility of tire damage
while driving (due to road hazards,
If a tire needs frequent inflating, have it
expansion joints, sharp edges on
checked by any authorized Mazda
the road, etc.)
Q Instructions for checking tire infla- NOTICE
tion pressure
Q When inspecting and adjusting
When checking tire inflation pressure,
tire inflation pressure
observe the following:
Be sure to put the tire valve caps back
O Check only when the tires are cold. on.
If your vehicle has been parked for at If a valve cap is not installed, dirt or
least 3 hours or has not been driven moisture may get into the valve and
for more than 1.5 km or 1 mile, you cause an air leak, resulting in
will get an accurate cold tire inflation decreased tire inflation pressure.
pressure reading.
O Always use a tire pressure gauge.
It is difficult to judge if a tire is properly
inflated based only on its appearance.
O It is normal for the tire inflation pres-
sure to be higher after driving as heat
is generated in the tire. Do not reduce
tire inflation pressure after driving.
O Passengers and luggage weight
should be placed so that the vehicle is
balanced.
WARNING
Q Proper inflation is critical to save
tire performance
Keep your tires properly inflated.
If the tires are not properly inflated,
the following conditions may occur
which could lead to an accident
O Excessive wear
Q When removing the wheel orna-
Wheels ment (vehicles with a wheel cap
clip)
If a wheel is bent, cracked or Remove the wheel ornament using the
heavily corroded, it should be wheel cap clip*.
*: The wheel cap clip is installed in the
replaced. Otherwise, the tire
glove box. (→P.294)
may separate from the wheel
or cause a loss of handling
control.
Wheel selection
When replacing wheels, care
should be taken to ensure that they
are equivalent to those removed in WARNING
load capacity, diameter, rim width Q When replacing wheels
and inset*. O Do not use wheels that are a differ-
Replacement wheels are available ent size from those recommended
in the Owner’s Manual, as this may
at any authorized Mazda retailer or result in a loss of handling control.
O Never use an inner tube in a leak-
reliable repairer. ing wheel which is designed for a
*: Conventionally referred to as offset. tubeless tire. 6
Doing so may result in an accident,
Mazda does not recommend using causing death or serious injury.
the following:

Q When installing the wheel nuts
z Wheels of different sizes or types O Be sure to install the wheel nuts
with the tapered ends facing inward
z Used wheels
(→P.402). Installing the nuts with
z Bent wheels that have been the tapered ends facing outward
can cause the wheel to break and
straightened
eventually cause the wheel to come
off while driving, which could lead to
Q When replacing wheels an accident resulting in death or
The wheels of your vehicle are equipped serious injury.
with tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters that allow the tire pressure
warning system to provide advance
warning in the event of a loss in tire
inflation pressure. Whenever wheels are
replaced, the tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters must be
installed. (→P.335)
WARNING
use with your aluminum wheels.
z When rotating, repairing or
O Never use oil or grease on the
wheel bolts or wheel nuts. changing your tires, check that
Oil and grease may cause the the wheel nuts are still tight after
wheel nuts to be excessively tight-
ened, leading to bolt or disc wheel driving 1600 km (1000 miles).
damage. In addition, the oil or z Be careful not to damage the
grease can cause the wheel nuts to
loosen and the wheel may fall off, aluminum wheels when using
causing an accident and resulting in tire chains.
death or serious injury. Remove any
oil or grease from the wheel bolts or z Use only Mazda genuine bal-
wheel nuts. ance weights or equivalent and a
Q Use of defective wheels prohib- plastic or rubber hammer when
ited balancing your wheels.
Do not use cracked or deformed
wheels. Doing so could cause the tire
to leak air during driving, possibly
causing an accident.
NOTICE
Q Replacing tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters
O Because tire repair or replacement
may affect the tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters, make sure
to have tires serviced by any autho-
repairer. In addition, make sure to
purchase your tire pressure warn-
ing valves and transmitters at any
repairer.
O Ensure that only genuine Mazda
wheels are used on your vehicle.
Tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters may not work properly
with non-genuine wheels.
Aluminum wheel precau-

tions (if equipped)
z Use only Mazda wheel nuts and
wheel nut wrenches designed for
Air conditioning filter 4 Pull out the glove box and dis-
connect the lower claws.
The air conditioning filter must
be changed regularly to main-
tain air conditioning efficiency.
Removing the air condition-

ing filter
2 Open the glove box. Slide off 5 Unlock the filter cover ( ), pull
the damper. the filter cover out of the claws
( ), and remove the filter
cover.
6
3 Push in the glove box on the
vehicle’s outer side to discon-

nect the 2 claws. Then pull out 6 Remove the filter (type A) or fil-
the glove box and disconnect ter case. (type B)
the lower claws.
7 Replace the air conditioning fil-

ter with a new one.
The “ UP” marks shown on the filter
and the filter case should be pointing
up.
X Type A NOTICE
Replace the air conditioning filter.
Q When using the air conditioning
system
Make sure that a filter is always
installed.
Using the air conditioning system
without a filter may cause damage to
the system.
Q To prevent damage to the filter
cover
When moving the filter cover in the
direction of arrow to release the fit-
X Type B ting, pay attention not to apply exces-
sive force to the claws. Otherwise, the
Remove the air conditioning filter from claws may be damaged.
the filter case and replace it.
Q Checking interval
Inspect and replace the air conditioning
filter according to the maintenance
schedule. In dusty areas or areas with
heavy traffic flow, early replacement
may be required. (For scheduled main-
tenance information, please refer to the
“Service Booklet” or “Warranty Informa-
tion Booklet”.)
Q If air flow from the vents decreases
dramatically
The filter may be clogged. Check the fil-
ter and replace if necessary.
Cleaning the hybrid bat- If dust and clogs cannot be

tery (traction battery) completely removed
air intake vent and filter
If dust and clogs cannot be com-
pletely removed with the air intake
To prevent the fuel economy
vent cover installed, remove the
from being affected, visually
cover and clean the filter.
inspect the hybrid battery
(traction battery) air intake
vent periodically for dust and 2 Using a flathead screwdriver,
clogs. If it is dusty or clogged remove the air intake vent cover.
or if “Maintenance Required
for Traction Battery Cooling
Parts See Owner’s Manual” is
displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display, clean the air
intake vent using the following
procedures:
Cleaning the air intake vent 1 Pull the cover as shown in the
Remove the dust from the air intake illustration to disengage the 2
6
vent with a vacuum cleaner, etc. claws, starting from the claw in
the upper right corner.
Make sure to only use a vacuum to

suck out dust and clogs. Attempting to 2 Pull the cover toward the side of
blow out dust and clogs using an air- the vehicle to remove it.
gun, etc. may push it into the air intake 3 Remove the air intake vent filter.
vent. (→P.350)
1 Disengage the 2 claws as

2 Disengage the 2 tabs and
remove the filter from cover as 6 Install the air intake vent cover.
4 Remove the dust and clogs from
the filter using a vacuum
cleaner, etc.
Make sure to also remove the dust and
clogs from the inside of the air intake
vent cover.
1 Insert the tab of the cover as

2 Push the cover to engage the 2
claws.
Q Scheduled maintenance of the air

intake vent
5 Reinstall the filter to the cover. Refer to “Service Booklet” or “Warranty
Information Booklet”.
Q Cleaning the air intake vent
O Dust in the air intake vent may inter-
fere with the cooling of the hybrid bat-
tery (traction battery). If
charging/discharging of the hybrid
battery (traction battery) becomes lim-
ited, the distance that the vehicle can
be driven using the electric motor
(traction motor) may be reduced and
the fuel economy may be reduced.
1 Engage the filter to the 2 tabs as Inspect and clean the air intake vent
periodically.
O Improper handling of the air intake
2 Engage the 2 claws to install the vent cover and filter may result in
filter. damage to them. If you have any con-
cerns about cleaning the filter, contact
Make sure that the filter is not crooked any authorized Mazda retailer or
or deformed when installing it. Mazda authorized repairer, or any reli-
able repairer.
Q If “Maintenance Required for Trac-
tion Battery Cooling Parts See
Owner’s Manual” is displayed on
the multi-information display
O If this warning message is displayed
on the multi-information display,
remove the air intake vent cover and
clean the filter. (→P.348)
NOTICE
O After cleaning the air intake vent, start
the hybrid system and check that the Q When cleaning the air intake vent
warning message is no longer dis- When cleaning the air intake vent,
played. make sure to only use a vacuum to
After the hybrid system is started, it suck out dust and clogs. If a com-
may be necessary to drive the vehicle pressed air blow gun, etc. is used to
up to approximately 20 minutes before blow out dust and clogs, the dust or
the warning message disappears. If clogs may be pushed into the air
the warning message does not disap- intake vent, which may affect the per-
pear after driving for appropriately 20 formance of the hybrid battery (trac-
minutes, have the vehicle inspected tion battery) and cause a malfunction.
by any authorized Mazda retailer or
able repairer.
WARNING
Q When cleaning the air intake vent
O Do not use water or other liquids to
clean the air intake vent. If water is
applied to the hybrid battery (trac-
Q To prevent damage to the vehicle
tion battery) or other components, a
malfunction or fire may occur. O Do not allow water or foreign matter
to enter the air intake vent when the
O Before cleaning the air intake vent, cover is removed.
make sure to turn the power switch
off to stop the hybrid system. O Carefully handle the removed filter
so that it will not be damaged. 6
Q When removing the air intake If the filter is damaged, have it
vent cover replaced with a new filter by any

Do not touch the service plug located authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
near the air intake vent. (→P.77) authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer.
O Make sure to reinstall the filter and
cover to their original positions after
cleaning.
NOTICE Wireless remote con-

O Do not install anything to the air trol/electronic key bat-
intake vent other than the exclusive tery
filter for this vehicle or use the vehi-
cle without the filter installed.
Replace the battery with a new
Q If “Maintenance Required for
Traction Battery Cooling Parts one if it is depleted.
See Owner’s Manual” is dis- As the key may be damaged if
played on the multi-information the following procedure is not
display
performed properly, it is rec-
If the vehicle is continuously driven
with the warning message (indicating ommended that key battery
that charging/discharging of the replacement be performed by
hybrid battery [traction battery] may any authorized Mazda retailer
become limited) displayed, the hybrid
battery (traction battery) may mal- or Mazda authorized repairer,
function. If the warning message is or any reliable repairer.
displayed, clean the air intake vent
immediately.
Q If the electronic key battery is
depleted
The following symptoms may occur:
O The smart entry & start system (if
equipped) and wireless remote control
will not function properly.
O The operational range will be reduced.
Items to prepare
z Flathead screwdriver
z Small flathead screwdriver
z Lithium battery CR2032 (vehi-
cles without a smart entry & start
system), or CR2450 (vehicles
with a smart entry & start sys-
tem)
Q Use a CR2032 (vehicles without a

smart entry & start system) or
CR2450 (vehicles with a smart
entry & start system) lithium bat-
tery
O Batteries can be purchased at any
repairer, local electrical appliance 3 Remove the depleted battery
shops or camera stores. using a small flathead screw-
O Replace only with the same or equiva- driver.
lent type recommended by the manu-
facturer. When removing the battery, use a
screwdriver of an appropriate size.
O Dispose of used batteries according to
local laws. Insert a new battery with the “+” termi-
nal facing up.
Replacing the battery

start system
1 Remove the key cover.
To prevent damage to the key, cover
the tip of the flathead screwdriver with a
rag.
4 Install the battery cover with the

tab facing up.
Push the entire edge of the battery
cover into the key.
2 Remove the battery cover.

Use a screwdriver of an appropriate
size. Forcedly prying may cause the
cover damaged.
If the battery cover is difficult to remove,
lift the edge to remove it.
5 Install the key cover.
Align the key cover with the key and
then press it straight into the key.
Make sure that the key cover is
securely installed without any gaps
between it and the key. rag.
6 Operate the or switch 3 Remove the depleted battery

and check that the doors can be using a small flathead screw-
locked/unlocked. driver.
When removing the cover, the elec-
X Vehicles with a smart entry & tronic key module may stick to the
start system cover and the battery may not be visi-
ble. In this case, remove the electronic
1 Release the lock and remove
key module in order to remove the bat-
the mechanical key. tery.
When removing the battery, use a
screwdriver of an appropriate size.
Insert a new battery with the “+” termi-
nal facing up.
2 Remove the key cover.

Use a screwdriver of an appropriate
size. Forcedly prying may cause the
cover damaged.
To prevent damage to the key, cover 4 When installing the key cover
the tip of the flathead screwdriver with a and mechanical key, install by
conducting step 2 and step 1
with the directions reversed.
5 Operate the or switch

and check that the doors can be
locked/unlocked.
WARNING Checking and replacing

Q Removed battery and other parts fuses
These parts are small and if swal-
lowed by a child, they can cause If any of the electrical compo-
choking. Keep away from children.
Failure to do so could result in death nents do not operate, a fuse
or serious injury. may have blown. If this hap-
Q Lithium battery precautions pens, check and replace the
CAUTION fuses as necessary.
RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY
IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT
TYPE. Checking and replacing
DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES fuses
ACCORDING TO THE INSTRUC-
TIONS 1 Turn the power switch off.
2 Open the fuse box cover.
NOTICE
X Engine compartment: type A
Q When replacing the battery
fuse box
Use a flathead screwdriver of appro-
priate size. Applying excessive force Push the tabs in and lift the lid off.
may deform or damage the cover.
Q For normal operation after
replacing the battery
Observe the following precautions to 6
prevent accidents:

O Always work with dry hands.
Moisture may cause the battery to
rust.
O Do not touch or move any other
component inside the remote con-
trol. X Engine compartment: type B
fuse box
O Do not bend either of the battery
terminals. Push the tabs in and lift the lid off.
Q When removing the battery cover

(vehicles without a smart entry &
start system)
Do not forcibly remove the battery
cover, otherwise it may be damaged.
If the battery cover is difficult to
remove, lift the edge to remove it.
X Under the driver’s side instru- X Under the right-hand rear seat
ment panel (left-hand drive vehi- Remove the 12-volt battery cover.
cles) (→P.329)
Remove the lid.
Make sure to push the claw when
removing/installing the lid.
3 Remove the fuse with the pull-

out tool.
Only type A fuse can be
X Under the passenger’s side removed using the pullout tool.
instrument panel (right-hand
drive vehicles)
Remove the cover, connector (if
equipped) and then remove the lid.
Make sure to push the claw when
removing/installing the lid.
4 Check if the fuse is blown.

Replace the blown fuse with a new fuse
of an appropriate amperage rating. The
amperage rating can be found on the
fuse box lid.
X Type A
Normal fuse Blown fuse
Blown fuse
Q After a fuse is replaced
X Type B
O When installing the lid, make sure that
the tab is installed securely.
O If the lights do not turn on even after
the fuse has been replaced, a bulb
may need replacement. (→P.357)
O If the replaced fuse blows again, have
the vehicle inspected by any autho-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Q If there is an overload in a circuit
The fuses are designed to blow, protect-
Normal fuse ing the wiring harness from damage.
Blown fuse Q When replacing light bulbs

Mazda recommends that you use genu-
X Type C ine Mazda products designed for this
vehicle.
Because certain bulbs are connected to
circuits designed to prevent overload,
non-genuine parts of parts not designed
for this vehicle may be unusable.
WARNING 6
Q To prevent system breakdowns
and vehicle fire

Normal fuse to the vehicle, and possibly a fire or
Blown fuse injury.
X Type D O Never use a fuse of a higher

amperage rating than that indi-
cated, or use any other object in
place of a fuse.
O Always use a genuine Mazda fuse
or equivalent.
Never replace a fuse with a wire,
even as a temporary fix.
O Do not modify the fuses or fuse
boxes.
Normal fuse
NOTICE Light bulbs

Q Before replacing fuses
Have the cause of electrical overload You may replace the following
determined and repaired by any bulbs by yourself. The diffi-
authorized repairer, or any reliable culty level of replacement var-
repairer as soon as possible. ies depending on the bulb. As
Q When installing the fuse box there is a danger that compo-
cover (Engine compartment: type nents may be damaged, we
A and type B fuse boxes) recommend that replacement
Press the fuse box cover, when is carried out by any autho-
installing, after aligning all of the claw
positions. Otherwise, the claws may rized Mazda retailer or Mazda
be damaged. authorized repairer, or any reli-
able repairer.
Preparing for light bulb

replacement
Check the wattage of the light bulb
to be replaced. (→P.428)
Bulb locations
X Front
Front position lights (bulb type)

Front turn signal lights (bulb
type)
Front fog lights (bulb type)
Headlights (bulb type)
X Rear Mazda authorized repairer, or any reli-
able repairer to have the light replaced.
O Headlights (bulb type)
O Front position lights (bulb type)
O Front turn signal lights (bulb type)
O Front fog lights (bulb type)
O Rear turn signal lights (bulb type)
O License plate light
Q Condensation build-up on the
inside of the lens
License plate light Temporary condensation build-up on the
inside of the headlight lens does not
Rear turn signal lights (bulb indicate a malfunction. Contact any
type) authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
Q Lights that need to be repairer for more information in the fol-
lowing situations:
replaced by any authorized
Mazda retailer or Mazda autho- O Large drops of water have built up on
the inside of the lens.
rized repairer, or any reliable
O Water has built up inside the head-
repairer light.
z Headlights (LED type) Q When replacing light bulbs
z Front fog lights (LED type) →P.356
6
z Front position lights (LED type)
Replacing light bulbs
z Front turn signal lights (LED

type) Q Headlights (bulb type)
z Daytime running lights 1 Unplug the connector.
z Side turn signal lights
z Tail lights
z Stop lights
z Back-up light
z Rear fog light
z Rear turn signal lights (LED type)
z High mounted stoplight
Q LED light bulbs

The lights other than the following lights
each consist of a number of LEDs. If any
of the LEDs burn out, take your vehicle
to any authorized Mazda retailer or
2 Turn the bulb base counter- light is leaking through the mounting.
clockwise.
Q Front position lights (bulb

3 Replace the light bulb. type)
1 Turn the bulb base counter-
4 Install the bulb base.
clockwise.
Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb with
the mounting and insert.
2 Remove light bulb.

5 Plug the connector.
3 When installing, reverse the

6 Secure the bulb base. steps listed.
Shake the bulb base gently to check
that it is not loose, turn the headlights
on once and visually confirm that no
Q Front turn signal lights (bulb 2 Remove the screws and clips.
type)
1 Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
2 Remove the light bulb.

3 Partly remove the fender liner.
3 When installing, reverse the

steps listed. 4 Unplug the connector.
Q Front fog lights (bulb type)
1 To allow enough working space,
turn the steering wheel.
5 Turn the bulb base counter- 8 Reinstall the fender liner.

clockwise.
9 Reinstall the screws and clips.

6 Set a new light bulb.
Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb with
the mounting, and insert. Turn it clock-
wise to set.
7 Set the connector.

Q Rear turn signal lights (bulb
Shake the bulb base gently to check
that it is not loose, turn the front fog type)
lights on once and visually confirm that 1 Open the back door.
no light is leaking through the mount-
ing. 2 Remove the 2 bolts and pull the
lamp assembly toward the rear
of the vehicle to remove it.
3 Turn the bulb base counter- installing it.
clockwise.
4 Remove the light bulb.
7 Install the 2 bolts.
5 When installing the light bulb, 6

install by conducting 3 and 4
with the directions reversed.

6 Install the lamp assembly.
Align the guides and pins on the
lamp assembly with the mounting when
Q License plate light 2 Remove the light bulb.

1 Remove the lens.
3 Install a new light bulb.
1 Insert a small flathead screw-

driver, etc., into either the right 4 Install the lens.
or left hole of the lens.
2 Tilt the screwdriver in the direc-
tion of the arrow shown in the
illustration so as to release the
fitting portion, and then remove
the lens.
To prevent damage to the vehicle, wrap
the tip of the screwdriver with tape.
Lens
Fitting portion
1 Fit the lens into either the right

or left fitting portion.
2 Push the lens into place.
After installation, confirm that the lens is
properly installed by gently pulling it.
Fitting portion
WARNING
Q Replacing light bulbs
O Turn off the lights. Do not attempt to
replace the bulb immediately after
turning off the lights. The bulbs
become very hot and may cause
burns.
O Do not touch the glass portion of
the light bulb with bare hands.
When it is unavoidable to hold the
glass portion, use and hold with a
clean dry cloth to avoid getting
moisture and oils on the bulb. Also,
if the bulb is scratched or dropped,
it may blow out or crack.
O Fully install light bulbs and any
parts used to secure them. Failure
to do so may result in heat damage,
fire, or water entering the light unit.
This may damage the lights or 6
cause condensation to build up on
the lens.

Q To prevent damage or fire
Make sure bulbs are fully seated and
locked.
365
When trouble arises

7
7-1. Essential information

Emergency flashers...........366
If your vehicle has to be
stopped in an emergency 366
If the vehicle is trapped in rising
water................................367
7-2. Steps to take in an emer-
gency
If your vehicle needs to be
towed ...............................369
If you think something is wrong
........................................372
If a warning light turns on or a
warning buzzer sounds....374
played ..............................383
If you have a flat tire (vehicles
with an emergency tire punc-
ture repair kit) ..................386
with a spare tire) ..............397
When trouble arises

If the hybrid system will not
start .................................405
If you lose your keys..........407
If the electronic key does not
operate properly (vehicles
with a smart entry & start sys-
tem) .................................407
If the 12-volt battery is dis-
charged ...........................409
If your vehicle overheats....414
If the vehicle becomes stuck
........................................418
366 7-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers If your vehicle has to be

7-1.Essential information
stopped in an emer-
The emergency flashers are gency
used to warn other drivers
when the vehicle has to be Only in an emergency, such as
stopped on the road due to a if it becomes impossible to
breakdown, etc. stop the vehicle in the normal
way, stop the vehicle using the
Operating instructions following procedure:
Press the switch.

Stopping the vehicle
All the turn signal lights will flash.
To turn them off, press the switch once
1 Steadily step on the brake pedal
again. with both feet and firmly depress
it.
Do not pump the brake pedal repeat-
edly as this will increase the effort
required to slow the vehicle.
2 Shift the shift lever to N.
X If the shift lever is shifted to N
3 After slowing down, stop the
vehicle in a safe place by the
road.
Q Emergency flashers 4 Stop the hybrid system.
O If the emergency flashers are used for X If the shift lever cannot be shifted
a long time while the hybrid system is
not operating (while the “READY” indi- to N
cator is not illuminated), the 12-volt 3 Keep depressing the brake
battery may discharge.
pedal with both feet to reduce
O If any of the SRS airbags deploy vehicle speed as much as possi-
(inflate) or in the event of a strong rear
impact, the emergency flashers will ble.
turn on automatically.
The emergency flashers will turn off
4 Perform the following proce-
automatically after operating for dure to stop the hybrid system:
approximately 20 minutes. To manu-
ally turn the emergency flashers off,
press the switch twice. start system
(The emergency flashers may not turn
Turn the power switch to ACC.
on automatically depending on the
force of the impact and conditions of
the collision.)
7-1. Essential information 367
If the vehicle is trapped

in rising water
In the event the vehicle is sub-

merged in water, remain calm
and perform the following.
z Remove the seat belt first.
z If the door can be opened, open
the door and exit the vehicle.
start system
z If the door cannot be opened,
Press and hold the power switch for 2
consecutive seconds or more, or press open the window using the
it briefly 3 times or more in succession. power window switch and exit
the vehicle through the window.
z If the window cannot be opened
using the power window switch,
remain calm, wait until the water
level inside the vehicle rises to
the point that the water pressure
inside of the vehicle equals the
water pressure outside of the
vehicle, and then open the door
5 Stop the vehicle in a safe place and exit the vehicle.
by the road.
7
WARNING
When trouble arises

Q If the hybrid system has to be
turned off while driving
O Power assist for the steering wheel
will be lost, making the steering
wheel heavier to turn. Decelerate
as much as possible before turning
off the hybrid system.
O Vehicles without a smart entry &
start system: Never attempt to
remove the key, as doing so will
lock the steering wheel.
368 7-1. Essential information
WARNING
Q Using an emergency hammer* for
emergency escape
The front side windows and rear side
windows, as well as the rear window
can be shattered with an emergency
hammer* used for emergency
escape.
However, an emergency hammer
cannot shatter the windshield as it is
laminated glass.
*
: Contact any authorized Mazda
repairer, or any reliable repairer, or
aftermarket accessory manufac-
turer for further information about
an emergency hammer.
Q Escaping the vehicle from the
window
There are cases where escaping the
vehicle from the window is not possi-
ble due to seating position, passenger
body type, etc.
When using an emergency hammer,
consider your seat location and the
size of the window opening to ensure
that the opening is accessible and
large enough to escape.
7-2. Steps to take in an emergency 369
If your vehicle needs to

7-2.Steps to take in an emergency
Q While towing
be towed O When towing using cables or
chains, avoid sudden starts, etc.
which place excessive stress on the
If towing is necessary, we rec- towing eyelets, cables or chains.
ommend having your vehicle The towing eyelets, cables or
chains may become damaged, bro-
towed by any authorized ken debris may hit people, and
Mazda retailer or Mazda autho- cause serious damage.
rized repairer, or any reliable O Do not turn the power switch off.
repairer or commercial towing There is a possibility that the steer-
ing wheel is locked and cannot be
service, using a wheel-lift type
operated.
truck or flatbed truck.
Q Installing towing eyelets to the
Use a safety chain system for vehicle
all towing, and abide by all Make sure that towing eyelets are
state/provincial and local laws. installed securely.
If not securely installed, towing eye-
lets may come loose during towing.
WARNING
Failure to do so may result in death or NOTICE
serious injury.
Q When towing the vehicle when towing using a wheel-lift
Be sure to transport the vehicle with type truck
the front wheels raised or with all four O Do not tow the vehicle from the rear
wheels raised off the ground. If the when the power switch is off. The
vehicle is towed with the front wheels steering lock mechanism is not
contacting the ground, the drivetrain strong enough to hold the front
wheels straight. 7
and related parts may be damaged or
electricity generated by the operation
of the motor may cause a fire to occur O When raising the vehicle, ensure
When trouble arises
depending on the nature of the dam- adequate ground clearance for tow-
age or malfunction. ing at the opposite end of the raised
vehicle. Without adequate clear-
ance, the vehicle could be dam-
aged while being towed.
when towing with a sling-type
truck
Do not tow with a sling-type truck,
either from the front or rear.
during emergency towing
Do not secure cables or chains to the
suspension components.
370 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Situations when it is neces- X From the rear

sary to contact dealers
before towing
The following may indicate a prob-
lem with your transmission. Contact
reliable repairer or commercial tow-
ing service before towing.
Use a towing dolly under the front
z The hybrid system warning mes-
wheels.
sage is shown on the multi-infor-
mation display and the vehicle
does not move. Towing with a sling-type
truck
z The vehicle makes an abnormal
sound. Do not tow with a sling-type truck to
prevent body damage.
Towing with a wheel-lift type
truck
X From the front
Using a flatbed truck

When using a flat-bed truck to
transport the vehicle, use tire strap-
Release the parking brake.
ping belts. Refer to the owner’s
Turn automatic mode off. (→P.179) manual of the flat-bed truck for the
tire strapping method.
In order to suppress vehicle move-
ment during transportation, set the
parking brake and turn the power
switch off.
1 Take out the wheel nut wrench,
flathead screwdriver and towing
eyelet. (→P.398)
2 Remove the eyelet cover using
a flathead screwdriver.
To protect the bodywork, place a rag
between the screwdriver and the vehi-
cle body as shown in the illustration.
Emergency towing
If a tow truck is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using cables or 3 Insert the towing eyelet into the
chains secured to the emergency hole and tighten partially by
towing eyelets. This should only be hand.
attempted on hard surfaced roads
for a short distance at under 30
km/h (18 mph).
A driver must be in the vehicle to
steer and operate the brakes. The 7
vehicle’s wheels, drive train, axles,
steering and brakes must be in
good condition. When trouble arises
4 Tighten down the towing eyelet

Emergency towing proce- securely using a wheel nut
dure
wrench*1, 2 or hard metal bar.
To have your vehicle towed by *1: If
equipped
another vehicle, the towing eyelet *2: If
your vehicles does not provide a
must be installed to your vehicle. wheel nut wrench, you can purchase
Install the towing eyelet using the it from any authorized Mazda retailer
following procedure. or Mazda authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer.
If you think something is
wrong
If you notice any of the follow-

ing symptoms, your vehicle
probably needs adjustment or
repair. Contact any authorized
Mazda retailer or Mazda autho-
5 Securely attach cables or chains repairer as soon as possible.
to the towing eyelet.
Take care not to damage the vehicle Visible symptoms
body.
6 Enter the vehicle being towed z Fluid leaks under the vehicle.
and start the hybrid system. (Water dripping from the air con-
ditioning after use is normal.)
If the hybrid system does not start, turn
the power switch to ON. z Flat-looking tires or uneven tire
7 Shift the shift lever to N and wear
release the parking brake. z Engine coolant temperature
When the shift lever cannot be gauge needle continually points
shifted: →P.176 higher than normal.
Turn automatic mode off. (→P.179)
Audible symptoms
Q While towing
If the hybrid system is off, the power z Changes in exhaust sound
assist for the brakes and steering will
not function, making steering and brak- z Excessive tire squeal when cor-
ing more difficult. nering
Q Wheel nut wrench*1, 2 z Strange noises related to the
Wheel nut wrench is installed in luggage suspension system
compartment. (→P.398)
*1: If equipped z Pinging or other noises related to
*2: If your vehicles does not provide a
the hybrid system
wheel nut wrench, you can purchase
it from any authorized Mazda retailer Operational symptoms
reliable repairer. z Engine missing, stumbling or
running roughly
z Appreciable loss of power
z Vehicle pulls heavily to one side
when braking
z Vehicle pulls heavily to one side
when driving on a level road
z Loss of brake effectiveness,
spongy feeling, pedal almost
touches the floor
When trouble arises

If a warning light turns on or a warning buzzer sounds
Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning lights

comes on or flashes. If a light comes on or flashes, but then goes
off, this does not necessarily indicate a malfunction in the system.
However, if this continues to occur, have the vehicle inspected by
any authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda authorized repairer, or any
reliable repairer.
Actions to the warning lights or warning buzzers

Q Brake system warning light (warning buzzer)
Warning light Details/Actions

Indicates that:
z The brake fluid level is low; or
z The brake system is malfunctioning
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact
(Red) any authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda authorized repairer,
or any reliable repairer. Continuing to drive the vehicle may
be dangerous.
Q Brake system warning light

Indicates a malfunction in:
z The regenerative braking system;
z The electronically controlled brake system; or
z The parking brake system
(Yellow) → Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Mazda
retailer or Mazda authorized repairer, or any reliable
Q High coolant temperature warning light* (warning buzzer)

Indicates that the engine coolant temperature is excessively high
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Handling method (→P.414)
*:
This light illuminates on the multi-information display.
Q Hybrid system overheat warning light* (warning buzzer)

Indicates the hybrid system has overheated
→ Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
*
: This light illuminates on the multi-information display.
Q Charging system warning light*

Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s charging system
any authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda authorized repairer,
*
: This light illuminates on the multi-information display.
Q Low engine oil pressure warning light* (warning buzzer)

Indicates that the engine oil pressure is excessively low
*:
Q Malfunction indicator lamp (warning buzzer) 7

Indicates a malfunction in: When trouble arises
z The hybrid system;
z The electronic engine control system; or
z The electronic throttle control system
Q SRS warning light (warning buzzer)

z The SRS airbag system; or
z The seat belt pretensioner system
→ Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Mazda
Q ABS warning light

z The ABS; or
z The brake assist system
Q Brake Override System warning light/Drive-Start Control warning

light* (warning buzzer)
When a buzzer sounds:
z The Brake Override System; or
z The Drive-Start Control system
Indicates that the shift position was changed and Drive-Start Con-
trol was operated while depressing the accelerator pedal.
→ Momentarily release the accelerator pedal.
When a buzzer does not sound:
Indicates that the accelerator and brake pedals are being
depressed simultaneously, and the Brake Override System is
operating.
→ Release the accelerator pedal and depress the brake pedal.
*:
Q Electric power steering system warning light (warning buzzer)
Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric Power Steering) sys-

(Red) tem
or → Have the vehicle inspected by any authorized Mazda
(Yellow)
Q Low fuel level warning light

Vehicles without rear wiper: Indicates that remaining fuel is
approximately 5.0 L (1.4 gal., 1.2 Imp. gal.) or less
Vehicles with rear wiper: Indicates that remaining fuel is approxi-
mately 5.4 L (1.5 gal., 1.2 Imp. gal.) or less
→ Refuel the vehicle.
Q Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt reminder light (warning

buzzer*)
Warns the driver and/or front passenger to fasten their seat belts
→ Fasten the seat belt.
7
If the front passenger’s seat is occupied, the front passen-
ger’s seat belt also needs to be fastened to make the warn-
When trouble arises

ing light (warning buzzer) turn off.
*: Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt warning buzzer:
The driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt warning buzzer sounds to alert the
driver and front passenger that his or her seat belt is not fastened. If the seat belt is
unfastened, the buzzer sounds intermittently for a certain period of time after the
vehicle reaches a certain speed.
Q Rear passengers’ seat belt reminder lights*1 (warning buzzer*2)

Warns the rear passengers to fasten their seat belts
→ Fasten the seat belt.
*1: This
light illuminates on the multi-information display.
*2
: Rear passengers’ seat belt warning buzzer:
The rear passengers’ seat belt warning buzzer sounds to alert the rear passenger
that his or her seat belt is not fastened. If the seat belt is unfastened, the buzzer
sounds intermittently for a certain period of time after the vehicle reaches a certain
speed.
Q Tire pressure warning light

When the light comes on after blinking for approximately 1 minute
(a buzzer does not sounds):
Malfunction in the tire pressure warning system
→ Have the system checked by any authorized Mazda retailer
or Mazda authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer.
When the light comes on (a buzzer sounds):
Low tire inflation pressure from natural causes
→ Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified cold tire
inflation pressure level. (→P.426)
Low tire inflation pressure from flat tire
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Q LTA indicator* (warning buzzer)
Indicates a malfunction in the LTA (Lane Tracing Assist)

→ Follow the instructions displayed on the multi-information
(Orange)
display. (→P.222)
(if equipped)
*:
Q parking assist-sensor OFF indicator (warning buzzer)

Indicates a malfunction in the parking assist-sensor function
(Flashes) Indicates that the system is temporarily unavailable, possibly due
(if equipped) to a sensor being dirty or covered with ice, etc.
display. (→P.248)
Q “RCTA OFF” indicator (warning buzzer)

Indicates a malfunction in the RCTA (Rear Crossing Traffic Alert)
function
(Flashes)
Indicates that the rear bumper around the radar sensor is covered
(if equipped)
with dirt, etc. (→P.242)
display. (→P.252)
Q PKSB OFF indicator

7
When a buzzer sounds:
When trouble arises
Indicates a malfunction in the PKSB (Parking Support Brake) sys-
tem
(if equipped) When a buzzer does not sound:
Indicates that the system is temporarily unavailable, possibly due
to a sensor being dirty or covered with ice, etc.
display. (→P.259, 383)
Q PCS warning light

When a buzzer sounds simultaneously:
Indicates a malfunction has occurred in the PCS (Pre-Collision
System).
When a buzzer does not sound:
(Flashes or illumi-
nates) The PCS (Pre-Collision System) has become temporarily unavail-
(if equipped) able, corrective action may be necessary.
display. (→P.201, 383)
If the PCS (Pre-Collision System) or VSC (Vehicle Stability Con-
trol) system is disabled, the PCS warning light will illuminate.
→ P.274
Q Slip indicator

z The VSC system;
z The TRC system; or
z The hill-start assist control system
Q Parking brake indicator

It is possible that the parking brake is not fully engaged or
released
→ Operate the parking brake switch once again.
This light comes on when the parking brake is not released. If the
(Flashes)
light turns off after the parking brake is fully released, the system is
operating normally.
Q Brake hold operated indicator

Indicates a malfunction in the brake hold system
(Flashes)
Q When the tire pressure warning

Q Warning buzzer light comes on
In some cases, the buzzer may not be Inspect the tires to check if a tire is
heard due to being in a noisy location or punctured.
audio sound. If a tire is punctured: →P.386, 397
Q Front passenger detection sensor, If none of the tires are punctured:
seat belt reminder and warning Turn the power switch off then turn it to
buzzer ON. Check if the tire pressure warning
O If luggage is placed on the front pas- light comes on or blinks.
senger seat, the front passenger X If the tire pressure warning light blinks
detection sensor may cause the warn- for approximately 1 minute then stays
ing light to flash and the warning on
buzzer to sound even if a passenger
There may be a malfunction in the tire
is not sitting in the seat. pressure warning system. Have the
O If a cushion is placed on the seat, the vehicle inspected by any authorized
sensor may not detect a passenger, Mazda retailer or Mazda authorized
and the warning light may not operate repairer, or any reliable repairer immedi-
properly. ately.
Q If the malfunction indicator lamp X If the tire pressure warning light
comes on while driving comes on
For some models, the malfunction indi- 1 After the temperature of the tires has
lowered sufficiently, check the infla- 7
cator lamp will come on if the fuel tank
becomes completely empty. If the fuel tion pressure of each tire and adjust
tank is empty, refuel the vehicle immedi- them to the specified level.
ately. The malfunction indicator lamp will 2 If the warning light does not turn off When trouble arises
go off after several trips. even after several minutes have
If the malfunction indicator lamp does elapsed, check that the inflation
not go off, contact any authorized pressure of each tire is at the speci-
Mazda retailer or Mazda authorized fied level and perform initialization.
repairer, or any reliable repairer as soon (→P.336)
as possible. Q The tire pressure warning light may
Q Electric power steering system come on due to natural causes
warning light (warning buzzer) The tire pressure warning light may
When the 12-volt battery charge come on due to natural causes such as
becomes insufficient or the voltage tem- natural air leaks and tire inflation pres-
porarily drops, the electric power steer- sure changes caused by temperature. In
ing system warning light may come on this case, adjusting the tire inflation
and the warning buzzer may sound. pressure will turn off the warning light
(after a few minutes).
Q When a tire is replaced with a spare Q When the electric power steer-
tire ing system warning light comes
Vehicles with a compact spare tire: The on
compact spare tire is not equipped with When the light comes on yellow, the
a tire pressure warning valve and trans- assist to the power steering is
mitter. If a tire goes flat, the tire pressure restricted. When the light comes on
warning light will not turn off even red, the assist to the power steering is
though the flat tire has been replaced lost and handling operations of the
with the spare tire. Replace the spare steering wheel become extremely
tire with the repaired tire and adjust the heavy.
tire inflation pressure. The tire pressure When steering wheel operations are
warning light will go off after a few min- heavier than usual, grip the steering
utes. wheel firmly and operate it using more
Vehicles with a full-size spare tire: The force than usual.
spare tire is also equipped with a tire
pressure warning valve and transmitter. Q If the tire pressure warning light
The tire pressure warning light will turn comes on
on if the tire inflation pressure of the Be sure to observe the following pre-
spare tire is low. If a tire goes flat, the cautions.
tire pressure warning light will not turn Failure to do so could cause a loss of
off even though the flat tire has been vehicle control and result in death or
replaced with the spare tire. Replace the serious injury.
spare tire with the repaired tire and
adjust the tire inflation pressure. The tire O Stop your vehicle in a safe place as
pressure warning light will go off after a soon as possible. Adjust the tire
few minutes. inflation pressure immediately.
Q Conditions that the tire pressure O Vehicles with a compact spare tire
warning system may not function and full-size spare tire: If the tire
properly pressure warning light comes on
→P.334 even after tire inflation pressure
adjustment, it is probable that you
have a flat tire. Check the tires. If a
WARNING tire is flat, change it with the spare
tire and have the flat tire repaired
Q If both the ABS and the brake
by the nearest any authorized
system warning lights remain on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place repairer, or any reliable repairer.
immediately and contact any autho-
rized Mazda retailer or Mazda autho- O Vehicles with emergency tire punc-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer. ture repair kit: If the tire pressure
The vehicle will become extremely warning light comes on even after
unstable during braking, and the ABS tire inflation pressure adjustment, it
system may fail, which could cause is probable that you have a flat tire.
an accident resulting in death or seri- Check the tires. If a tire is flat, repair
ous injury. the flat tire by using emergency tire
puncture repair kit.
O Avoid abrupt maneuvering and
braking.
If the vehicle tires deteriorate, you
could lose control of the steering
wheel or the brakes.
WARNING If a warning message is

Q If a blowout or sudden air leak- displayed
age should occur
The tire pressure warning system The multi-information display
may not activate immediately.
shows warnings for system
malfunctions and incorrectly
NOTICE performed operations, and
Q To ensure the tire pressure warn- messages that indicate a need
ing system operates properly for maintenance. When a mes-
Do not install tires with different speci- sage is displayed, perform the
fications or makers, as the tire pres-
sure warning system may not operate appropriate corrective action
properly. for the message.
played again after the appro-
priate actions have been
performed, contact any autho-
authorized repairer, or any reli-
able repairer.
Additionally, if a warning light
comes on or flashes at the
same time that a warning mes-
sage is displayed, take the
7
appropriate corrective action
for the warning light. (→P.374)
When trouble arises
Q Warning messages
The warning messages explained below
may differ from the actual messages
according to operation conditions and
vehicle specifications.
Q Warning buzzer
A buzzer may sound when a message is
displayed.
The buzzer may not be audible if the
vehicle is in a noisy location or if the
audio system volume is high.
Q If “Engine Oil Level Low Add or
Replace” is displayed
The engine oil level is low. Check the
level of the engine oil, and add if neces- Q If “Shift is in N Release Accelerator
sary. Before Shifting” is displayed
This message may appear if the vehicle The accelerator pedal has been
is stopped on a slope. Move the vehicle depressed when the shift lever is in N.
to a level surface and check to see if the Release the accelerator pedal and shift
message disappears. the shift lever to D or R.
Q If “Hybrid System Stopped Steering Q If “Press Brake when Vehicle is
Power Low” is displayed Stopped Hybrid System may Over-
This message is displayed if the hybrid heat” is displayed
system is stopped while driving. The message may be displayed when
When steering wheel operations are the accelerator pedal is depressed to
heavier than usual, grip the steering hold the vehicle while the vehicle is
wheel firmly and operate it using more stopped on an incline, etc. The hybrid
force than usual. system may overheat. Release the
accelerator pedal and depress the brake
Q If “Hybrid System Overheated Out-
pedal.
put Power Reduced” is displayed
This message may be displayed when Q If “Auto Power OFF to Conserve
driving under severe operating condi- Battery” is displayed
tions. (For example, when driving up a Power was cut off due to the automatic
long steep hill.) power off function. Next time when start-
Handling method: →P.414 ing the hybrid system, operate the
hybrid system for approximately 5 min-
Q If “Traction Battery Needs to be
utes to recharge the 12-volt battery.
Protected Refrain from the Use of N
Position” is displayed Q If “Headlight System Malfunction
This message may be displayed when Visit Your Dealer” is displayed
the shift lever is in N. The following systems may be malfunc-
As the hybrid battery (traction battery) tioning. Have the vehicle inspected by
cannot be charged when the shift lever any authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
is in N, shift the shift lever to P when the authorized repairer, or any reliable
vehicle is stopped. repairer immediately.
Q If “Traction Battery Needs to be O The LED headlight system (if
Protected Shift into P to Restart” is equipped)
displayed O Automatic High Beam (if equipped)
This message is displayed when the Q If “Front Camera Out of Tempera-
hybrid battery (traction battery) charge ture Range Unavailable Wait until
has become extremely low because the Normal Temperature”, “Front Cam-
shift lever has been left in N for a certain era Low Visibility Unavailable See
amount of time. Owner’s Manual” or “Front Camera
When operating the vehicle, shift to P Unavailable See Owner’s Manual”
and restart the hybrid system. is displayed
Q If “Shift to P Before Exiting Vehicle” The following systems may be sus-
is shown pended until the problem shown in the
message is resolved. (→P.201, 374)
Message is displayed when the driver’s
door is opened without turning the O PCS (Pre-Collision system) (if
power switch to OFF with the shift lever equipped)
in any position other than P. Shift the O LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (if
shift lever to P. equipped)
O Automatic High Beam (if equipped) Q If “Radar Cruise Control Unavail-
O RSA (Road Sign Assist) (if equipped) able” is displayed (if equipped)
The dynamic radar cruise control sys-
O Dynamic radar cruise control with full-
tem cannot be used temporarily. Use the
speed range (if equipped)
system when it becomes available
Q If “Pre-Collision System Unavail- again.
able See Owner’s Manual”, “Pre-
Q If a message that indicates the
Collision System Out of Tempera-
need for visiting your Mazda dealer
ture Range Unavailable See
is displayed
Owner’s Manual” or “Pre-Collision
System Radar In Self Calibration The system or part shown on the multi-
Unavailable See Owner’s Manual” information display is malfunctioning.
is displayed Have the vehicle inspected by any
The following systems may be sus-
pended until the problem shown in the
message is resolved. (→P.201, 374)
O PCS (Pre-Collision system) Q If a message that indicates the
need for referring to Owner’s Man-
O LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) ual is displayed
O Dynamic radar cruise control O If “Engine Coolant Temp High” is dis-
Q If “Oil Maintenance Required Soon” played, follow the instructions accord-
is displayed ingly. (→P.414)
Indicates that the engine oil should be O If “Exhaust Filter Full” is displayed, fol-
scheduled to be changed. low the instructions accordingly.
(→P.271)
Check the engine oil and change it if
necessary. O If any of the following messages are
After changing the engine oil, make sure displayed on the multi-information dis-
to reset the message. (→P.326) play, it may indicate a malfunction.
Q If “Oil Maintenance Required Visit authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
Your Dealer” is displayed authorized repairer, or any reliable 7
Indicates that the engine oil should be repairer immediately.
changed. • “Smart Entry & Start System Malfunc-
tion”
When trouble arises
Check and change the engine oil, and
• “Hybrid System Malfunction”
oil filter by any authorized Mazda retailer
• “Check Engine”
• “Hybrid Battery System Malfunction”
reliable repairer. After changing the
• “Accelerator System Malfunction”
engine oil, make sure to reset the mes-
sage. (→P.326) O If any of the following messages are
Q If “Radar Cruise Control Unavail- play, it may indicate a malfunction.
able See Owner’s Manual” is dis- Immediately stop the vehicle and con-
played (if equipped) tact any authorized Mazda retailer or
The dynamic radar cruise control with Mazda authorized repairer, or any reli-
full-speed range system is suspended able repairer.
temporarily or until the problem shown • “Braking Power Low”
in the message is resolved. (causes and • “12-Volt Battery Charging System
coping methods: →P.201) Malfunction”
• “Oil Pressure Low”
O If any of the following messages are
shown on the multi-information dis-

play, the vehicle may have run out of
If you have a flat tire
fuel. Stop the vehicle in a safe place (vehicles with an emer-
and, if the fuel level is low, refuel the gency tire puncture
vehicle. (→P.77)
• “Hybrid System Stopped” repair kit)
• “Engine Stopped”
O If “Low Auxiliary Battery” is shown, Your vehicle is not equipped
• When the display goes off after sev-
eral seconds (displays for about 6
with a spare tire, but instead is
seconds): Maintain the hybrid system equipped with an emergency
operation for more than 15 minutes tire puncture repair kit.
and charge the 12-volt battery.
• When the display does not go off: A puncture caused by a nail or
Start up the hybrid system using the screw passing through the tire
procedures: →P.409
tread can be repaired tempo-
O If “Maintenance Required for Traction
Battery Cooling Parts See Owner’s rarily using the emergency tire
Manual” is shown, the filters may be puncture repair kit. (The kit
clogged, the air intake vents may be contains a bottle of sealant.
blocked, or there may be a gap in the
duct. Therefore, perform the following The sealant can be used only
correction procedure. once to temporarily repair one
• If the air intake vents and filters of the tire without removing the nail
hybrid battery (traction battery) are
dirty, perform the procedure on or screw from the tire.)
P.347 to clean them. Depending on the damage, this
• If the warning message is shown
kit cannot be used to repair the
when the air intake vents and filters of
the hybrid battery (traction battery) are tire. (→P.387)
not dirty, have the vehicle inspected
by any authorized Mazda retailer or After temporarily repairing the
Mazda authorized repairer, or any reli- tire with the kit, have the tire
able repairer immediately. repaired or replaced by any
authorized Mazda retailer or
Mazda authorized repairer, or
any reliable repairer. Repairs
conducted using the emer-
gency tire puncture repair kit
are only a temporary measure.
Have the tire repaired and
replaced as soon as possible.
WARNING repairer, or any reliable repairer.
Q If you have a flat tire O When the tire is damaged due to driv-
Do not continue driving with a flat tire. ing without sufficient air pressure
Driving even a short distance with a O When there are any cracks or damage
flat tire can damage the tire and the at any location on the tire, such as on
wheel beyond repair, which could the side wall, except the tread
result in an accident.
O When the tire is visibly separated from
the wheel
Before repairing the tire O When the cut or damage to the tread
is 4 mm (0.16 in.) long or more
z Stop the vehicle in a safe place
O When the wheel is damaged
on a hard, flat surface.
O When two or more tires have been
z Set the parking brake. punctured
z Shift the shift lever to P. O When more than 2 sharp objects such
as nails or screws have passed
z Stop the hybrid system. through the tread on a single tire
z Turn on the emergency flashers. O When the sealant has expired
(→P.366)
z Check the degree of the tire
damage.
Do not remove the nail or screw
from the tire. Removing the object
may widen the opening and make
emergency repair with the repair kit
impossible. 7
When trouble arises
Q A flat tire that cannot be repaired

with the emergency tire puncture
repair kit
In the following cases, the tire cannot be
repaired with the emergency tire punc-
ture repair kit. Contact any authorized
Location of the emergency tire puncture repair kit and tools
Towing eyelet
Emergency tire puncture repair kit
Emergency tire puncture X Compressor

repair kit components
X Bottle
Sticker
Hose
Power plug
Pressure release button
Air pressure gauge O During operation of the repair kit, a
loud operation noise is produced. This
Compressor switch does not indicate a malfunction.
O Do not use to check or to adjust the
Q Note for checking the emergency tire pressure.
tire puncture repair kit
Check the sealant expiry date occasion- WARNING
ally.
The expiry date is shown on the bottle. Q Caution while driving
Do not use sealant whose expiry date O Store the repair kit in the luggage
has already passed. Otherwise, repairs compartment.
conducted using the emergency tire Injuries may result in the event of
puncture repair kit may not be per- an accident or sudden braking.
formed properly.
O The repair kit is exclusively only for
Q Emergency tire puncture repair kit your vehicle.
O The emergency tire puncture repair kit Do not use repair kit on other vehi-
is for filling the car tire with air. cles, which could lead to an acci-
dent causing death or serious
O The sealant has a limited life span. injury.
The expiry date is marked on the bot-
tle. The sealant should be replaced O Do not use repair kit for tires that
before the expiry date. Contact any are different size than the original
authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda ones, or for any other purpose. If
authorized repairer, or any reliable the tires have not been completely
repairer for replacement. repaired, it could lead to an acci-
O The sealant stored in the emergency dent causing death or serious
tire puncture repair kit can be used injury.
only once to temporarily repair a sin- Q Precautions for use of the seal-
gle tire. If the sealant has been used ant
and needs to be replaced, purchase a
new bottle at any authorized Mazda O Ingesting the sealant is hazardous
to your health. If you ingest sealant, 7
or any reliable repairer. The compres- consume as much water as possi-
sor is reusable. ble, and then immediately consult a
When trouble arises
doctor.
O The sealant can be used when the
outside temperature is from -30°C (- O If sealant gets in eyes or adheres to
22°F) to 60°C (140°F). skin, immediately wash it off with
O The kit is exclusively designed for size water. If discomfort persists, consult
and type of tires originally installed on a doctor.
your vehicle. Do not use it for tires that
a different size than the original ones, Taking out the emergency
or for any other purposes.
O If the sealant gets on your clothes, it
may stain.
1 Open the deck board and floor
O If the sealant adheres to a wheel or
the surface of the vehicle body, the cover. (→P.295)
stain may not be removable if it is not 2 Take out the emergency tire
cleaned at once. Immediately wipe
away the sealant with a wet cloth. puncture repair kit. (→P.388)
hang vertically without contacting the

Emergency repair method ground. If the bottle does not hang ver-
tically, move the vehicle so that the tire
1 Attach the sticker provided with valve is located properly.
the tire puncture repair kit to a
position easily seen from the
driver’s seat.
5 Remove the cap from the bottle.
2 Remove the valve cap from the

valve of the punctured tire.
6 Pull the hose out from the com-

pressor.
3 Remove the cap from the noz-

zle.
7 Connect the bottle to the com-

pressor.
Screw the end of the hose clockwise as
4 Connect the nozzle to the valve.

Screw the end of the nozzle clockwise
as far as possible. The bottle should
far as possible. 10Connect the power plug to the
power outlet socket. (→P.299)
8 Make sure that the compressor

switch is off.
11Check the specified tire inflation
pressure.
Tire inflation pressure is specified on
the label on the driver’s side door frame
as shown. (→P.426)
9 Remove the power plug from

the compressor.

When trouble arises
12Start the hybrid system.

13To inject the sealant and inflate Inflate the tire to the specified air
the tire, turn the compressor pressure.
switch on. z If the tire inflation pressure is still
lower than the specified point
after inflation for 35 minutes with
the switch on, the tire is too dam-
aged to be repaired. Turn the
compressor switch off and con-
tact any authorized Mazda
14Inflate the tire until the specified z If the tire inflation pressure
air pressure is reached. exceeds the specified air pres-
sure, let out some air to adjust
the tire inflation pressure.
(→P.394, 426)
15Turn the compressor off
16Disconnect the nozzle from the

valve on the tire and then pull
out the power plug from the
power outlet socket or cigarette
The sealant will be injected and lighter.
the pressure will surge and then Some sealant may leak when the noz-
zle is removed.
gradually decrease.
The air pressure gauge will dis-
play the actual tire inflation pres-
sure about 1 minute (5 minutes
at low temperature) after the
switch is turned on.
17Press the button to release 21Temporarily store the bottle and
pressure from the bottle. compressor in the luggage com-
partment.
22To spread the liquid sealant
evenly within the tire, immedi-
ately drive safely for about 5 km
(3 miles) below 80 km/h (50
mph).
23After driving for about 5 km (3
miles), stop your vehicle in a
18Attach the cap to the nozzle. safe place on a hard, flat sur-
face and connect the compres-
sor.
19Install the valve cap onto the

valve of the emergency repaired
tire. 24Check the tire inflation pressure.
20Disconnect the hose from the 7

bottle and attach the cap to the
When trouble arises

bottle.
Place the bottle in the original bag and
zip it.
If the tire inflation pressure is

under 130 kPa (1.3 kgf/cm2 or
bar, 19 psi): The puncture can-
not be repaired. Contact any
Mazda authorized repairer, or
If the tire inflation pressure is

Q If the tire is inflated to more than
130 kPa (1.3 kgf/cm2 or bar, 19 the specified air pressure
psi) or higher, but less than the 1 Press the button to let some air out.
specified air pressure: Proceed
to step 25.
If the tire inflation pressure is the
specified air pressure (→P.426):
Proceed to step 26.
25Turn the compressor switch on
to inflate the tire until the speci- 2 Check that the air pressure indicator
fied air pressure is reached. shows the specified air pressure. If
the air pressure is under the desig-
Drive for about 5 km (3 miles) nated pressure, turn the compres-
and then perform step 24. sor switch on again and repeat the
inflation procedure until the specified
26Store the bottle in the luggage air pressure is reached.
compartment while it is con- Q The valve of a tire that has been
nected to the compressor. repaired
27Taking precautions to avoid sud- After a tire is repaired with the emer-
gency tire puncture repair kit, the valve
den braking, sudden accelera- should be replaced.
tion and sharp turns, drive Q After a tire is repaired with the
carefully at under 80 km/h (50 emergency tire puncture repair kit
mph) to the nearest any autho- O The tire pressure warning valve and
rized Mazda retailer or Mazda transmitter should be replaced.
authorized repairer, or any reli- O Even if the tire inflation pressure is at
the recommended level, the tire pres-
able repairer for tire repair or sure warning light may come on/flash.
replacement.
28For repair and replacement of a WARNING
tire or disposal of the tire punc- Q Do not drive the vehicle with a
ture repair kit, contact any flat tire
authorized Mazda retailer or Do not continue driving with a flat tire.
Driving even a short distance with a
Mazda authorized repairer, or flat tire can damage the tire and the
any reliable repairer. wheel beyond repair.
When having the tire repaired or Driving with a flat tire may cause a cir-
replaced, make sure to tell any autho- cumferential groove on the side wall.
rized Mazda retailer or Mazda autho- In such a case, the tire may explode
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer when using a repair kit.
that the sealant is injected.
WARNING O Parts of the repair kit become hot

during operation. Be careful when
Q When fixing the flat tire handling the repair kit during and
O Stop your vehicle in a safe and flat after operation. Do not touch the
area. metal part around the connecting
area between the bottle and com-
O Do not touch the wheels or the area pressor. It will be extremely hot.
around the brakes immediately
after the vehicle has been driven. O Do not attach the vehicle speed
After the vehicle has been driven, warning sticker to an area other
the wheels and the area around the than the one indicated. If the sticker
brakes may be extremely hot. is attached to an area where an
Touching these areas with hands, SRS airbag is located, such as the
feet or other body parts may result pad of the steering wheel, it may
in burns. prevent the SRS airbag from oper-
ating properly.
O Connect the valve and hose
securely with the tire installed on O To avoid risk of burst or severe
the vehicle. If the hose is not prop- leakage, do not drop or damage the
erly connected to the valve, air bottle. Visually inspect the bottle
leakage may occur as sealant may before use. Do not use a bottle with
be sprayed out. shock, crack, scratch, leakage or
any other damage. In such case,
O If the hose comes off the valve immediately replace.
while inflating the tire, there is a risk
that the hose will move abruptly due Q Driving to spread the liquid seal-
to air pressure. ant evenly
O After inflation of the tire has com-
reduce the risk of accidents.
pleted, the sealant may splatter
Failing to do so may result in a loss of
when the hose is disconnected or
vehicle control and cause death or
some air is let out of the tire.
serious injury.
O Follow the operation procedure to 7
O Drive the vehicle carefully at a low
repair the tire. If the procedures not
speed. Be especially careful when
followed, the sealant may spray
turning and cornering.
When trouble arises
out.
O If the vehicle does not drive straight
O Keep back from the tire while it is
or you feel a pull through the steer-
being repaired, as there is a chance
ing wheel, stop the vehicle and
of it bursting while the repair opera-
check the following.
tion is being performed. If you
notice any cracks or deformation of • Tire condition. The tire may have
the tire, turn off the compressor separated from the wheel.
switch and stop the repair operation
immediately. • Tire inflation pressure. If the tire
inflation pressure is 130 kPa (1.3
O The repair kit may overheat if oper- kgf/cm2 or bar, 19 psi) or less, the
ated for a long period of time. Do tire may be severely damaged.
not operate the repair kit continu-
ously for more than 40 minutes.
NOTICE Q To avoid damage to the tire pres-

sure warning valves and trans-
Q When performing an emergency mitters
repair
When a tire is repaired with liquid
O A tire should only be repaired with sealants, the tire pressure warning
the emergency tire puncture repair valve and transmitter may not operate
kit if the damage is caused by a properly. If a liquid sealant is used,
sharp object such as nail or screw contact any authorized Mazda retailer
passing through the tire tread. or Mazda authorized repairer, or any
Do not remove the sharp object reliable repairer or other qualified ser-
from the tire. Removing the object vice shop as soon as possible. After
may widen the opening and disen- use of liquid sealant, make sure to
able emergency repair with the replace the tire pressure warning
repair kit. valve and transmitter when repairing
or replacing the tire. (→P.335)
O The repair kit is not waterproof.
Make sure that the repair kit is not
exposed to water, such as when it
is being used in the rain.
O Do not put the repair kit directly
onto dusty ground such as sand at
the side of the road. If the repair kit
vacuums up dust etc., a malfunc-
tion may occur.
O Do not turn the bottle upside down
when using it, as doing so may
cause damage to the compressor.
Q Precautions for the emergency
O The repair kit power source should
be 12 V DC suitable for vehicle use.
Do not connect the repair kit to any
other source.
O If fuel splatters on the repair kit, the
repair kit may deteriorate. Take
care not to allow fuel to contact it.
O Place the repair kit in a storage to
prevent it from being exposed to dirt
or water.
O Store the repair kit in the luggage
compartment out of reach of chil-
dren.
O Do not disassemble or modify the
repair kit. Do not subject parts such
as the air pressure indicator to
impacts. This may cause a malfunc-
tion.

(vehicles with a spare
tire)
Your vehicle is equipped with a

spare tire. The flat tire can be
replaced with the spare tire.
For details about tires: →P.331
WARNING
Q If you have a flat tire
Do not continue driving with a flat tire.
Driving even a short distance with a
flat tire can damage the tire and the
wheel beyond repair, which could
result in an accident.
Before jacking up the vehi-

cle
z Stop the vehicle in a safe place
on a hard, flat surface.
z Set the parking brake.
z Shift the shift lever to P.
7
z Stop the hybrid system.
z Turn on the emergency flashers.
(→P.366) When trouble arises
Location of the spare tire, jack and tools
Tool bag
Wheel nut wrench
Jack handle
Towing eyelet
Spare tire
Jack
WARNING O Only use the tire jack that comes

with this vehicle for replacing a flat
Q Using the tire jack tire. Do not use it on other vehicles,
Observe the following precautions. and do not use other tire jacks for
Improper use of the tire jack may replacing tires on this vehicle.
cause the vehicle to suddenly fall off
the jack, leading to death or serious
injury.
O Do not use the tire jack for any pur-
pose other than replacing tires or
installing and removing tire chains.
WARNING
2 Remove the cover.
O Put the jack properly in its jack

point.
3 Unhook the rubber band and

O Do not put any part of your body
under the vehicle while it is sup-
remove the jack.
ported by the jack.
O Do not start the hybrid system or
drive the vehicle while the vehicle is
supported by the jack.
O Do not raise the vehicle while
someone is inside.
O When raising the vehicle, do not put
an object on or under the jack.
O Do not raise the vehicle to a height
greater than that required to
replace the tire. Taking out the spare tire
O Use a jack stand if it is necessary to 1 Remove the deck board and
get under the vehicle.
floor cover. (→P.295) 7
O When lowering the vehicle, make
sure that there is no-one near the 2 Remove the tool bag.
When trouble arises
vehicle. If there are people nearby,
warn them vocally before lowering.
Taking out the jack

1 Remove the deck board and
floor cover. (→P.295)
3 Remove the spare wheel cush-

ion. Wheel chock posi-
Flat tire
tions
Front left-hand Behind the rear
side right-hand side tire
Front right-hand Behind the rear
side left-hand side tire
In front of the front
Rear left-hand side
right-hand side tire
Rear right-hand In front of the front
side left-hand side tire
4 Loosen the center fastener that
secures the spare tire. 2 Vehicles with a steel wheel:
Remove the wheel ornament
using the wrench.
Insert the wrench into the notch on
the wheel cap.
To protect the wheel ornament, place a
rag between the wrench and the wheel
ornament.
WARNING
Q When storing the spare tire
Be careful not get fingers caught or
other body parts between the spare
tire and the body of the vehicle.
Replacing a flat tire 3 Slightly loosen the wheel nuts

(one turn).
1 Chock the tires.
4 Turn the tire jack portion by 6 Raise the vehicle until the tire is
hand until the center of the slightly raised off the ground.
recessed portion of the jack is in
contact with the center of the
jack point.
7 Remove all the wheel nuts and

the tire.
When resting the tire on the ground,
place the tire so that the wheel design
faces up to avoid scratching the wheel
surface.
5 Assemble the jack handle

extension.
WARNING
Q Replacing a flat tire When trouble arises
O Do not touch the disc wheels or the
area around the brakes immedi-
ately after the vehicle has been
driven. After the vehicle has been
driven the disc wheels and the area
around the brakes will be extremely
hot. Touching these areas with
hands, feet or other body parts
while changing a tire, etc. may
result in burns.
O Failure to follow these precautions
could cause the wheel nuts to
loosen and the tire to fall off, result-
ing in death or serious injury.
WARNING
by approximately the same
amount.
• Have the wheel nuts tightened with
a torque wrench to 103 N•m (10.5 When replacing a steel wheel with a
kgf•m, 76 ft•lbf) as soon as possible steel wheel (including a compact spare
after changing wheels. tire), tighten the wheel nuts until the
tapered portion comes into loose
• Do not attach a heavily damaged contact with the disc wheel seat .
wheel ornament, as it may fly off the
wheel while the vehicle is moving.
• When installing a tire, only use
wheel nuts that have been specifi-
cally designed for that wheel.
• If there are any cracks or deforma-
tions in the bolt screws, nut threads
or bolt holes of the wheel, have the
vehicle inspected by any authorized
When replacing an aluminum wheel
• When installing the wheel nuts, be with a steel wheel (including a compact
sure to install them with the tapered spare tire), tighten the wheel nuts until
ends facing inward. (→P.402) the tapered portion comes into
loose contact with the disc wheel seat
.
Installing the spare tire
1 Remove any dirt or foreign mat-
ter from the wheel contact sur-
face.
If foreign matter is on the wheel contact
surface, the wheel nuts may loosen
while the vehicle is in motion, causing
the tire to come off.
2 Install the tire and loosely

tighten each wheel nut by hand
3 Lower the vehicle. emergency.
O Make sure to check the tire inflation
pressure of the compact spare tire.
(→P.426)
Q When the compact spare tire (if
equipped) is equipped
The vehicle becomes lower when driv-
ing with the compact spare tire com-
pared to when driving with standard
tires.
Q When using the compact spare tire
(if equipped)
4 Firmly tighten each wheel nut
As the compact spare tire is not
two or three times in the order equipped with a tire pressure warning
shown in the illustration. valve and transmitter, low inflation pres-
sure of the compact spare tire will not be
Tightening torque: indicated by the tire pressure warning
103 N•m (10.5 kgf•m, 76 ft•lbf) system. Also, if you replace the compact
spare tire after the tire pressure warning
light comes on, the light remains on.
Q If you have a flat front tire on a road
covered with snow or ice (vehicles
with a compact spare tire)
Install the compact spare tire on one of
the rear wheels of the vehicle. Perform
the following steps and fit tire chains to
the front tires:
1 Replace a rear tire with the compact
spare tire.
5 Stow the flat tire, tire jack and all
2 Replace the flat front tire with the tire 7
tools. removed from the rear of the vehicle.
3 Fit tire chains to the front tires.
Q The full-size spare tire (if equipped) Q When reinstalling the wheel orna- When trouble arises
O The full-size spare tire has a “Tempo- ment (steel wheels except compact
rary use only” label on the outer sur- spare tire)
face of the wheel. Use the full-size Align the cutout of the wheel ornament
spare tire temporarily, and only in an with the valve stem as shown in the
emergency. illustration.
O Make sure to check the tire inflation
pressure of the full-size spare tire.
(→P.426)
Q The compact spare tire (if
equipped)
O The compact spare tire is identified by
the label “TEMPORARY USE ONLY”
on the tire sidewall. Use the compact
spare tire temporarily, and only in an
WARNING • LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (if

equipped)
Q When using the full-size spare
tire (if equipped) • Tire pressure warning system
O Replace the full-size spare tire with • parking assist-sensor (if equipped)
a standard tire as soon as possible.
• PKSB (Parking Support Brake) (if
O Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt equipped)
steering, sudden braking and shift-
ing operations that cause sudden • BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) (if
engine braking. equipped)
Q When using the compact spare • Rear view monitor system (if
tire (if equipped) equipped)
O Remember that the compact spare • S-IPA (Simple Intelligent Parking
tire provided is specifically Assist System) (if equipped)
designed for use with your vehicle.
Do not use your compact spare tire • Navigation system (if equipped)
on another vehicle.
Q Speed limit when using the com-
O Do not use more than one compact pact spare tire (if equipped)
spare tires simultaneously. Do not drive at speeds in excess of 80
O Replace the compact spare tire with km/h (50 mph) when a compact spare
a standard tire as soon as possible. tire is installed on the vehicle.
O Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt The compact spare tire is not

steering, sudden braking and shift- designed for driving at high speeds.
ing operations that cause sudden Failure to observe this precaution
engine braking. may lead to an accident causing
death or serious injury.
Q When the compact spare tire (if
equipped) is attached Q After using the tools and jack
The vehicle speed may not be cor- Before driving, make sure all the tools
rectly detected, and the following sys- and jack are securely in place in their
tems may not operate correctly: storage location to reduce the possi-
bility of personal injury during a colli-
• ABS & Brake assist sion or sudden braking.
• VSC
• TRC NOTICE
• Automatic High Beam (if equipped) Q Be careful when driving over

bumps with the compact spare
• Cruise control (if equipped) tire (if equipped) installed on the
vehicle.
• Dynamic radar cruise control with
full-speed range (if equipped) The vehicle becomes lower when
driving with the compact spare tire
• EPS compared to when driving with stan-
dard tires. Be careful when driving
• Trailer Sway Control (if equipped) over uneven road surfaces.
• PCS (Pre-Collision System) (if
equipped)
NOTICE If the hybrid system will

Q Driving with tire chains and the not start
compact spare tire (if equipped)
Do not fit tire chains to the compact Reasons for the hybrid system
spare tire. Tire chains may damage
the vehicle body and adversely affect not starting vary depending on
driving performance. the situation. Check the follow-
Q When replacing the tires ing and perform the appropri-
When removing or fitting the wheels, ate procedure:
tires or the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter, contact any
authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda The hybrid system will not
authorized repairer, or any reliable start even though the cor-
repairer as the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter may be dam- rect starting procedure is
aged if not handled correctly. being followed. (→P.167,
Q To avoid damage to the tire pres- 169)
sure warning valves and trans-
mitters (except for compact One of the following may be the
spare) cause of the problem:
When a tire is repaired with liquid
sealants, the tire pressure warning z Vehicles with a smart entry &
valve and transmitter may not operate start system: The electronic key
properly. If a liquid sealant is used, may not be functioning properly.
contact any authorized Mazda retailer
or Mazda authorized repairer, or any (→P.407)
reliable repairer as soon as possible.
z There may not be sufficient fuel
Make sure to replace the tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter when in the vehicle’s tank. Refuel the
replacing the tire. (→P.335) 7
vehicle.
z There may be a malfunction in
the immobilizer system. (→P.81) When trouble arises
z There may be a malfunction in
the steering lock system.
z Vehicles with a smart entry &
start system: The hybrid system
may be malfunctioning due to an
electrical problem such as elec-
tronic key battery depletion or a
blown fuse. However, depend-
ing on the type of malfunction, an
interim measure is available to
start the hybrid system.
(→P.406) Emergency start function

z The temperature of the hybrid (vehicles with a smart entry
battery (traction battery) may be & start system)
extremely low (below approxi-
mately -30°C [-22°F]). (→P.167, When the hybrid system does not
169) start, the following steps can be
used as an interim measure to start
the hybrid system if the power
The interior lights and head-
switch is functioning normally.
lights are dim, or the horn
Do not use this starting procedure
does not sound or sounds at
except in case of emergency.
a low volume.
1 Press the parking brake switch
One of the following may be the to check that the parking brake
cause of the problem: is set. (→P.178)
z The 12-volt battery may be dis- Parking brake indicator will come on.
charged. (→P.409) 2 Shift the shift lever to P.
z The 12-volt battery terminal con- 3 Turn the power switch to ACC.
nections may be loose or cor-
4 Press and hold the power switch
roded. (→P.329)
for about 15 seconds while
depressing the brake pedal
The interior lights and head- firmly.
lights do not turn on, or the Even if the hybrid system can be
horn does not sound. started using the above steps, the sys-
tem may be malfunctioning. Have the
One of the following may be the vehicle inspected by any authorized
cause of the problem: Mazda retailer or Mazda authorized
z The 12-volt battery may be dis- repairer, or any reliable repairer.
charged. (→P.409)
z One or both of the 12-volt battery
terminals may be disconnected.
(→P.329)
Contact any authorized Mazda retailer
reliable repairer if the problem cannot
be repaired, or if repair procedures are
unknown.
If you lose your keys If the electronic key

does not operate prop-
New genuine keys can be erly (vehicles with a
made by any authorized Mazda smart entry & start sys-
retailer or Mazda authorized tem)
repairer, or any reliable
repairer using the other key If communication between the
(vehicles without a smart entry electronic key and vehicle is
& start system) or mechanical interrupted (→P.135) or the
key (vehicles with a smart electronic key cannot be used
entry & start system) and the because the battery is
key number stamped on your depleted, the smart entry &
key number plate. start system and wireless
Keep the plate in a safe place remote control cannot be used.
such as your wallet, not in the In such cases, the doors can
vehicle. be opened and the hybrid sys-
tem can be started by following
NOTICE the procedure below.
Q When an electronic key is lost
(vehicles with a smart entry & Q When the electronic key does not
start system) work properly
If the electronic key remains lost, the O Make sure that the smart entry & start
risk of vehicle theft increases signifi- system has not been deactivated in
cantly. Visit any authorized Mazda the customization setting. If it is off,
retailer or Mazda authorized repairer, turn the function on. (Customizable 7
or any reliable repairer immediately features: →P.431)
with all remaining electronic keys that
were provided with your vehicle. O Check if battery-saving mode is set. If
When trouble arises
it is set, cancel the function. (→P.135)
NOTICE
Q In case of a smart entry & start
system malfunction or other key-
related problems
Take your vehicle with all the elec-
tronic keys provided with your vehicle
to any authorized Mazda retailer or
reliable repairer.
Locking and unlocking the WARNING

doors Q When using the mechanical key
and operating the power win-
Use the mechanical key (→P.125) dows
in order to perform the following Operate the power window after
operations: checking to make sure that there is no
possibility of any passenger having
any of their body parts caught in the
window.
Also, do not allow children to operate
the mechanical key. It is possible for
children and other passengers to get
caught in the power window.
Starting the hybrid system

1 Ensure that the shift lever is in P
1 Locks all the doors and depress the brake pedal.
2 Unlocks all the doors 2 Touch the area behind the lock
button and unlock button on the
Q Key linked functions electronic key to the power
switch.
When the electronic key is detected, a
buzzer sounds and the power switch
will turn to ON.
When the smart entry & start system is
deactivated in customization setting,
the power switch will turn to ACC.
1 Closes the windows (turn and hold)*
2 Opens the windows (turn and hold)*

*
: These settings must be customized at
able repairer.
3 Firmly depress the brake pedal

and check that is shown
on the multi-information display.
4 Press the power switch shortly If the 12-volt battery is
and firmly.
discharged
In the event that the hybrid system
still cannot be started, contact any The following procedures may
authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda be used to start the hybrid sys-
authorized repairer, or any reliable tem if the 12-volt battery is dis-
repairer. charged.
You can also call any autho-
Q Stopping the hybrid system rized Mazda retailer or Mazda
Shift the shift lever to P and press the authorized repairer, or any reli-
power switch as you normally do when
stopping the hybrid system. able repairer or a qualified
Q Electronic key battery repair shop.
As the above procedure is a temporary
measure, it is recommended that the Restarting the hybrid sys-
electronic key battery be replaced
immediately when the battery is tem
depleted. (→P.351)
Q Alarm (if equipped)
If you have a set of jumper (or
Using the mechanical key to lock the booster) cables and a second vehi-
doors will not set the alarm system. cle with a 12-volt battery, you can
If a door is unlocked using the mechani- jump start your vehicle by following
cal key when the alarm system is set,
the alarm may be triggered. (→P.83) the steps below.
Q Changing power switch modes 1 Vehicles with an alarm (→P.83):
Release the brake pedal and press the Confirm that the electronic key
power switch in step 3 above. is being carried. 7
The hybrid system does not start and
modes will be changed each time the When connecting the jumper (or
switch is pressed. (→P.171) booster) cables, depending on the situ-
ation, the alarm may activate and doors When trouble arises
locked. (→P.84)
2 Open the hood (→P.321) and 3 Open the exclusive jump start-
fuse box cover. ing terminal cover.
4 Connect a positive jumper cable clamp to on your vehicle and con-

nect the clamp on the other end of the positive cable to on the sec-
ond vehicle. Then, connect a negative cable clamp to on the second
vehicle and connect the clamp at the other end of the negative cable to
.
Exclusive jump starting terminal (your vehicle)

Positive (+) battery terminal (second vehicle)
Negative (-) battery terminal (second vehicle)
Solid, stationary, unpainted metallic point away from the exclusive jump
starting terminal and any moving parts as shown in the illustration
5 Start the engine of the second minutes to recharge the 12-volt
vehicle. Increase the engine battery of your vehicle.
speed slightly and maintain at
that level for approximately 5
6 Vehicles with a smart entry & O Turn off any unnecessary electrical
start system: Open and close components when the vehicle is run-
ning at a low speed for an extended
any of the doors of your vehicle period, such as in heavy traffic.
with the power switch OFF. Q When the 12-volt battery is
7 Maintain the engine speed of removed or discharged
the second vehicle and start the O Information stored in the ECU is
cleared. When the 12-volt battery is
hybrid system of your vehicle by depleted, have the vehicle inspected
turning the power switch to ON. at any authorized Mazda retailer or
8 Make sure the “READY” indica- able repairer.
tor comes on. If the indicator O Some systems may require initializa-
does not come on, contact any tion. (→P.440)
authorized Mazda retailer or Q When removing the 12-volt battery
Mazda authorized repairer, or terminals
any reliable repairer. When the 12-volt battery terminals are
removed, the information stored in the
9 Once the hybrid system has ECU is cleared. Before removing the 12-
started, remove the jumper volt battery terminals, contact any
cables in the exact reverse authorized repairer, or any reliable
order from which they were con- repairer.
nected. Q Charging the 12-volt battery
10Close the exclusive jump start- The electricity stored in the 12-volt bat-
tery will discharge gradually even when
ing terminal cover and install the the vehicle is not in use, due to natural
fuse box cover to its original discharge and the draining effects of
certain electrical appliances. If the vehi-
position.
cle is left for a long time, the 12-volt bat- 7
Once the hybrid system starts, tery may discharge, and the hybrid
system may be unable to start. (The 12-
have the vehicle inspected at any volt battery recharges automatically
authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda while the hybrid system is operating.) When trouble arises
authorized repairer, or any reliable Q When recharging or replacing the
repairer as soon as possible. 12-volt battery (vehicles with a
Q Starting the hybrid system when O In some cases, it may not be possible
the 12-volt battery is discharged to unlock the doors using the smart
entry & start system when the 12-volt
The hybrid system cannot be started by battery is discharged. Use the wire-
push-starting. less remote control or the mechanical
Q To prevent 12-volt battery dis- key to lock or unlock the doors.
charge O The hybrid system may not start on
O Turn off the headlights and the audio the first attempt after the 12-volt bat-
system while the hybrid system is off. tery has recharged but will start nor-
mally after the second attempt. This is
not a malfunction.
O The power switch mode is memorized the exhaust hole may be plugged.)
by the vehicle. When the 12-volt bat-
tery is reconnected, the system will
return to the mode it was in before the
12-volt battery was discharged.
Before disconnecting the 12-volt bat-
tery, turn the power switch off.
If you are unsure what mode the
power switch was in before the 12-volt
battery discharged, be especially
careful when reconnecting the 12-volt
battery.
Q When replacing the 12-volt battery
O Use a Central Degassing type 12-volt
battery (European Regulations).
O Use a battery that the case size is
same as the previous one, 20 hour
rate capacity (20HR) is equivalent or Exhaust hole plug
greater, and performance rating
(CCA) is equivalent or greater. Check Exhaust hole
the label on top of the battery for the
battery size and specifications (ex. Exhaust hose
LN0, 35Ah, 264A).
• If the sizes differ, the 12-volt battery O For details, consult any authorized
cannot be properly secured. Mazda retailer or Mazda authorized
• If the 20 hour rate capacity is low, repairer, or any reliable repairer.
even if the time period where the vehi-
cle is not used is a short time, the 12- WARNING
volt battery may discharge and the
hybrid system may not be able to Q When removing the 12-volt bat-
start. tery terminals
O Use a ventilation type calcium battery Always remove the negative (-) termi-
nal first. If the positive (+) terminal
O Use a 12-volt battery with a handle. If contacts any metal in the surrounding
a 12-volt battery without a handle is area when the positive (+) terminal is
used, removal is more difficult. removed, a spark may occur, leading
O When removing the 12-volt battery: to a fire in addition to electrical shocks
→P.329 and death or serious injury.
O After replacing, firmly attach the fol- Q Avoiding 12-volt battery fires or
lowing items to the exhaust hole of the explosions
12-volt battery.
• Use the exhaust hose that was Observe the following precautions to
attached to the 12-volt battery before prevent accidentally igniting the flam-
replacing and confirm that it is firmly mable gas that may be emitted from
connected to the hole section of the the 12-volt battery:
vehicle.
• Use the exhaust hole plug included
with the 12-volt battery replaced or the
one installed on the 12-volt battery
prior to the replacement. (Depending
on the 12-volt battery to be replaced,
WARNING O Do not allow children near the 12-

volt battery.
O Make sure each jumper cable is
connected to the correct terminal Q After recharging the 12-volt bat-
and that it is not unintentionally in tery
contact with any other than the Have the 12-volt battery inspected at
intended terminal. any authorized Mazda retailer or
O Do not allow the other end of the
reliable repairer as soon as possible.
jumper cable connected to the “+”
If the 12-volt battery is deteriorating,
terminal to come into contact with
continued use may cause the 12-volt
any other parts or metal surfaces in
battery to emit a malodorous gas,
the area, such as brackets or
which may be detrimental to the
unpainted metal.
health of passengers.
O Do not allow the + and - clamps of
Q When replacing the 12-volt bat-
the jumper cables to come into con-
tery
tact with each other.
O For information regarding 12-volt
O Do not smoke, use matches, ciga- battery replacement, contact any
rette lighters or allow open flame authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
near the 12-volt battery. authorized repairer, or any reliable
repairer.
Q 12-volt battery precautions
The 12-volt battery contains poison- O After replacing, securely attach the
ous and corrosive acidic electrolyte, exhaust hose and exhaust hole
while related parts contain lead and plug to the exhaust hole of the
lead compounds. Observe the follow- replaced 12-volt battery. If not prop-
ing precautions when handling the erly installed, gases (hydrogen)
12-volt battery: may leak into the vehicle interior,
and there is the possible danger of
O When working with the 12-volt bat- the gas igniting and exploding.
tery, always wear safety glasses
and take care not to allow any bat- 7
tery fluids (acid) to come into con-
tact with skin, clothing or the vehicle
When trouble arises

body.
O Do not lean over the 12-volt battery.
O In the event that battery fluid comes
into contact with the skin or eyes,
immediately wash the affected area
with water and seek medical atten-
tion. Place a wet sponge or cloth
over the affected area until medical
attention can be received.
O Always wash your hands after han-
dling the 12-volt battery support,
terminals, and other battery-related
parts.
NOTICE If your vehicle overheats

Q When handling jumper cables
When connecting the jumper cables, The following may indicate that
ensure that they do not become your vehicle is overheating.
entangled in the cooling fan, etc.
z The engine coolant tempera-
Q To prevent damaging the vehicle
ture gauge (→P.90, 95) is in
The exclusive jump starting terminal
is to be used when charging the 12- the red zone or a loss of hybrid
volt battery from another vehicle in an system power is experienced.
emergency. It cannot be used to jump (For example, the vehicle
start another vehicle.
speed does not increase.)
z “Engine Coolant Temp High
Stop in a Safe Place See
Owner’s Manual” or “Hybrid
System Overheated Output
Power Reduced” is shown on
z Steam comes out from under
the hood.
Correction procedures
X If the engine coolant temperature
gauge enters the red zone or
“Engine Coolant Temp High Stop
in a Safe Place See Owner’s
Manual” is shown on the multi-
information display
1 Stop the vehicle in a safe place
and turn off the air conditioning
system, and then stop the hybrid
system.
2 If you see steam: Carefully lift
the hood after the steam sub-
sides.
If you do not see steam: Care-
fully lift the hood.
3 After the hybrid system has coolant is unavailable.
cooled down sufficiently, inspect
the hoses and radiator core
(radiator) for any leaks.
6 Start the hybrid system and turn

the air conditioning system on to
check that the radiator cooling
fan operates and to check for
Radiator
coolant leaks from the radiator
Cooling fan or hoses.
If a large amount of coolant leaks, The fan operates when the air condi-
immediately contact any authorized tioning system is turned on immediately
Mazda retailer or Mazda authorized after a cold start. Confirm that the fan is
repairer, or any reliable repairer. operating by checking the fan sound
and air flow. If it is difficult to check
4 The coolant level is satisfactory these, turn the air conditioning system
if it is between the “F” and “L” on and off repeatedly. (The fan may not
operate in freezing temperatures.)
lines on the reservoir.
7 If the fan is not operating: Stop
the hybrid system immediately
and contact any authorized 7
When trouble arises

repairer.
If the fan is operating: Have the
vehicle inspected at the nearest
Reservoir Mazda authorized repairer, or
“F” line
X If “Hybrid System Overheated
“L” line
Output Power Reduced” is
5 Add coolant if necessary. shown on the multi-information
Water can be used in an emergency if display
1 Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
2 Stop the hybrid system and “L” line

carefully lift the hood.
5 Add coolant if necessary.
3 After the hybrid system has If water was added in an emergency,
cooled down, inspect the hoses have the vehicle inspected at any
and radiator core (radiator) for authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
any leaks. repairer as soon as possible.
If a large amount of coolant leaks,
immediately contact any authorized
6 After stopping the hybrid system

and waiting for 5 minutes or
more, start the hybrid system
Radiator again and check for the multi-
Cooling fan
If the message does not disap-
If a large amount of coolant leaks, pear: Stop the hybrid system
immediately contact any authorized and contact any authorized
4 The coolant level is satisfactory repairer.
if it is between the “F” or “L” If the message is not displayed:
lines on the reservoir. The hybrid system temperature
has dropped and the vehicle
may be driven normally.
However, if the message appears again
frequently, contact any authorized
Reservoir
“F” line
WARNING O Do not use any coolant additive.

Q When inspecting under the hood
of your vehicle
Failure to do so may result in serious
injury such as burns.
O If steam is seen coming from under
the hood, do not open the hood
until the steam has subsided. The
engine compartment may be very
hot.
O After the hybrid system has been
turned off, check that the “READY”
indicator is off. When the hybrid
system is operating, the gasoline
engine may automatically start, or
the cooling fan may suddenly oper-
ate even if the gasoline engine
stops. Do not touch or approach
rotating parts such as the fan,
which may lead to fingers or cloth-
ing (especially a tie, a scarf or a
muffler) getting caught, resulting in
serious injury.
O Do not loosen the coolant reservoir
caps while the hybrid system and
radiator are hot.
High temperature steam or coolant
could spray out.
7
NOTICE
Q When adding engine/power con- When trouble arises
trol unit coolant
Add coolant slowly after the hybrid
system has cooled down sufficiently.
Adding cool coolant to a hot hybrid
system too quickly can cause dam-
age to the hybrid system.
Q To prevent damage to the cooling
system
Observe the following precautions:
O Avoid contaminating the coolant
with foreign matter (such as sand or
dust etc.).
If the vehicle becomes WARNING

stuck Q When attempting to free a stuck
vehicle
Carry out the following proce- If you choose to push the vehicle
back and forth to free it, make sure
dures if the tires spin or the the surrounding area is clear to avoid
vehicle becomes stuck in mud, striking other vehicles, objects or peo-
dirt or snow: ple. The vehicle may also lunge for-
ward or lunge back suddenly as it
becomes free. Use extreme caution.
Recovering procedure Q When shifting the shift lever
Be careful not to shift the shift lever
1 Stop the hybrid system. Set the with the accelerator pedal depressed.
parking brake and shift the shift This may lead to unexpected rapid
lever to P. acceleration of the vehicle that may
cause an accident resulting in death
2 Remove the mud, snow or sand or serious injury.
from around the front wheels.
3 Place wood, stones or some NOTICE
other material under the front Q To avoid damaging the transmis-
wheels to help provide traction. sion and other components
O Avoid spinning the front wheels and
4 Restart the hybrid system. depressing the accelerator pedal
5 Shift the shift lever to D or R and more than necessary.
release the parking brake. Then, O If the vehicle remains stuck even
while exercising caution, after these procedures are per-
formed, the vehicle may require
depress the accelerator pedal. towing to be freed.
Q When it is difficult to free the vehi-

cle
Press the switch to turn off TRC.
A message will be shown on the multi-
419
Vehicle specifications
8
8-1. Specifications
Maintenance data (fuel, oil
level, etc.) ........................420
Fuel information .................430
8-2. Customization
Customizable features.......431
8-3. Initialization
Items to initialize ................440
8-4. Certifications
Certifications......................441
8
420 8-1. Specifications
Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.)

8-1.Specifications
Dimensions and weights
Overall length 3940 mm

Overall width 1745 mm
1500 mm
Overall height*1
1505 mm*2
Wheelbase 2560 mm
1521 mm*3
Front
1531 mm*4
Tread
1518 mm*3
Rear
1528 mm*4
Gross vehicle mass 1615 kg
Maximum permissible axle Front 900 kg

capacity Rear 840 kg
Drawbar load*7 50 kg
Without brake 450 kg
Towing capacity*7
With brake 450 kg
*1: Unladen vehicles
*2: Vehicles with panoramic roof shade
*3: Vehicles with 16-inch tires or 17-inch tires
*4: Vehicles with 15-inch tires
*5: Vehicles with towing packages
Vehicle identification This number is stamped under the

right-hand front seat.
Q Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the legal identifier for your
vehicle. This is the primary identifi-
cation number for your Mazda. It is
used in registering the ownership of
your vehicle.
8-1. Specifications 421
This number is also stamped on the Q Engine number

top left of the instrument panel. The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown.
This number is also on the manu-

facturer’s label.
Engine
Model M15A-FXE
Type 3-cylinder in line, 4-cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke 80.5 × 97.6 mm 8
Displacement 1490 cm3

Valve clearance Automatic adjustment

Fuel
When you find these types of fuel label at

the gas station, use only the fuel with one
of the following labels.
Fuel type
EU area:
Unleaded gasoline conforming to Euro-
pean standard EN228 only
Except EU area:
Unleaded gasoline only
Research Octane Number 95 or higher
X Vehicles without rear wiper
Fuel tank capacity 33.0 L
(Reference) X Vehicles with rear wiper
36.0 L
Type Permanent magnet motor

Maximum output 59 kW
Maximum torque 141 N•m (14.4 kgf•m)
Hybrid battery (traction battery)
Type Lithium-ion battery

Voltage 3.7 V/cell
Capacity 4.3 Ah
Quantity 48 cells
Nominal voltage 177.6 V
Lubrication system
Q Oil capacity (Drain and refill
[Reference*])
With filter 3.6 L
Without filter 3.3 L
*: The engine oil capacity is a reference
quantity to be used when changing
the engine oil. Warm up the engine
and turn off the hybrid system, wait
more than 5 minutes, and check the
oil level on the dipstick.
Q Engine oil selection Preferred
Gasoline Engine ⎯ Temperature range anticipated
Oil grade: before next oil change
0W-8: JASO GLV-1 SAE 0W-8 is filled into your Mazda

vehicle at manufacturing, and the
0W-16:
best choice for good fuel economy
API grade SN “Resource-Conserv- and good starting in cold weather. If
ing” or SN PLUS “Resource-Con- SAE 0W-8 oil is not available, SAE
serving” multigrade engine oil 0W-16 or 0W-20 oil may be used.
0W-20, 5W-30: However, it should be replaced with
API grade SL “Energy-Conserving”, SAE 0W-8 at the next oil change.
SM “Energy-Conserving”, SN Oil viscosity (0W-8 is explained
“Resource-Conserving” or SN here as an example):
PLUS “Resource-Conserving”; or • The 0W in 0W-8 indicates the 8
ILSAC multigrade engine oil characteristic of the oil which
Recommended viscosity (SAE): allows cold startability. Oils with a
lower value before the W allow

for easier starting of the engine
in cold weather.
• The 8 in 0W-8 indicates the vis-
cosity characteristic of the oil
when the oil is at high tempera-
ture. An oil with a higher viscos-
ity (one with a higher value) may
be better suited if the vehicle is
operated at high speeds, or
under extreme load conditions.

How to read oil container labels:
Either or both API registered marks
are added to some oil containers to
help you select the oil you should
use.
JASO GLV-1 Mark

API Service Symbol
Top portion: “API SERVICE SN” means
the oil quality designation by American
Petroleum Institute (API).
Center portion: “SAE 0W-16” means
the SAE viscosity grade.
Lower portion: “Resource-Conserving”
means that the oil has fuel-saving and
environmental protection capabilities.
ILSAC Certification Mark
The International Lubricant Specifica-
tion Advisory Committee (ILSAC) Certi-
fication Mark is displayed on the front of
the container.
Cooling system

Gasoline 5.11 L
Capacity engine X Left-hand drive vehicles
(Reference) 5.09 L
Power con-
1.3 L
trol unit
Use either of the following:
• Long Life Coolant provided by your Mazda dealer
• A similar high-quality ethylene glycol-based, non-sili-
Coolant type
cate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant
with long-life hybrid organic acid technology. Do not
use plain water alone.
Ignition system (spark plug)
DENSO FC16HR-Q8
Make
NGK DILKAR6T8
Gap 0.8 mm
NOTICE
Q Iridium-tipped spark plugs
Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs. Do not adjust the spark plug gap.
Electrical system (12-volt battery)

8
12.0 V or higher
Open voltage at 20°C: (Turn the power switch off and turn on the high
beam headlights for 30 seconds.)

Charging rates
Quick charge 15 A max.
Slow charge 5 A max.
Hybrid transmission
Fluid capacity* 2.6 L

Fluid type Genuine ATF WS
*
: The fluid capacity is a reference quantity.
If replacement is necessary, contact any authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
NOTICE
Q Hybrid transmission fluid type
Using transmission fluid other than the above type may cause abnormal noise or
vibration, or ultimately damage the transmission of your vehicle.
Brakes
Pedal clearance*1 82 mm Min.

Pedal free play 1 ⎯ 6 mm
When pulling the parking brake switch for 1 to 2
seconds: comes on
Parking brake indicator*2
When pushing the parking brake switch for 1 to
2 seconds: turns off
Mazda Original Brake Fluid
Fluid type
SAE J 1703/04, FMVSS 116 DOT 4
*1: Minimum
pedal clearance when depressed with a force of 300 N (31.0 kgf) while
the hybrid system is operating.
*2: Make
sure to confirm that the brake warning light (yellow) does not illuminate. (If
the brake warning light illuminates, refer to P.87, 374.)
Steering
Free play Less than 30 mm
Tires and wheels

X 15-inch tires
Tire size 185/65R15 88H

Front wheel Rear wheel

Vehicle speed kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar,
psi) psi)
Type A*: Type A*:
Tire inflation pres-
280 (2.8, 41) 280 (2.8, 41)
sure More than 160 km/h *
(Recommended Type B : Type B*:
cold tire inflation 250 (2.5, 36) 240 (2.4, 35)
pressure)
Type A*: Type A*:
280 (2.8, 41) 280 (2.8, 41)
160 km/h or less
Type B*: Type B*:
230 (2.3, 33) 220 (2.2, 32)
Wheel size 15 × 6J
Wheel nut torque 103 N•m (10.5 kgf•m)
*: The tire inflation pressure is specified on the tire-loading information label.
(→P.342)
X 16-inch tires
Tire size 195/55R16 87V
Front wheel Rear wheel
Vehicle speed kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar,
sure
psi) psi)
(Recommended
cold tire inflation More than 160 km/h 240 (2.4, 35) 220 (2.2, 32)
pressure)
160 km/h or less 220 (2.2, 32) 200 (2.0, 29)
Wheel size 16 × 6J
Wheel nut torque 103 N•m (10.5 kgf•m) 8
X 17-inch tires
Tire size 205/45R17 84W
Tire inflation pres- Front wheel Rear wheel
sure kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi) kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)
(Recommended
cold tire inflation 220 (2.2, 32) 200 (2.0, 29)
pressure)
Wheel size 17 × 6 1/2J
X Compact spare tire (if equipped)

Tire size T125/70D16 96M
sure
(Recommended 420 kPa (4.2 kgf/cm2 or bar, 60 psi)
cold tire inflation
pressure)
Wheel size 16 × 4T
Q When towing a trailer

Add 20.0 kPa (0.2 kgf/cm2 or bar, 3 psi) to the recommended tire inflation pressure,
and drive at speeds below 100 km/h.
Light bulbs
Light bulbs W Type

Halogen headlights (bulb type) 55 A
Front fog lights (bulb type) 19 B
Front position lights (bulb type) 5 C
Exterior
Front turn signal lights (bulb type) 21 D
Rear turn signal lights (bulb type) 21 D
License plate light 5 C
Light bulbs W Type

Front interior lights/personal lights 5 C
Interior Vanity lights (if equipped) 8 C
Luggage compartment light 5 C
A: HIR2 halogen bulbs

B: H16
C: Wedge base bulbs (clear)
D: Wedge base bulbs (amber)
8
Fuel information and there is no need for concern.
NOTICE
When you find these types of
Q Notice on fuel quality
fuel label at the gas station,
O Do not use improper fuels. If
use only the fuel with one of improper fuels are used, the engine
the following labels. will be damaged.
O Do not use gasoline with metallic
additives, for example manganese,
iron or lead, otherwise it may cause
damage on your engine or emission
control system.
EU area:
You must only use unleaded O Do not add aftermarket fuel addi-
tives which contain metallic addi-
gasoline conforming to Euro- tives.
pean standard EN228.
O EU area: Bioethanol fuel sold under
Select unleaded gasoline with names such as “E50” or “E85” and
a Research Octane Number of fuel containing a large amount of
95 or higher for optimum ethanol should not be used. The
use of these fuels will damage the
engine performance. vehicle’s fuel system. In case of any
doubt, ask any authorized Mazda
Except EU area: retailer or Mazda authorized
You must only use unleaded repairer, or any reliable repairer.
gasoline. O Except EU area: Bioethanol fuel
Select unleaded gasoline with sold under names such as “E50” or
a Research Octane Number of “E85” and fuel containing a large
amount of ethanol should not be
95 or higher for optimum used. Your vehicle can use gasoline
engine performance. mixed with 10% max ethanol. The
use of fuel with more than 10% eth-
anol content (E10) will damage the
Q Use of ethanol blended gasoline in vehicle’s fuel system. You must
a gasoline engine ensure that refueling is carried out
Mazda allows the use of ethanol only from a source where fuel spec-
blended gasoline where the ethanol ification and quality can be guaran-
content is up to 10%. Make sure that the teed. In case of any doubt, ask any
ethanol blended gasoline to be used has authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda
a Research Octane Number that follows authorized repairer, or any reliable
the above. repairer.
Q If your engine knocks O Do not use the methanol blended
O Consult any authorized Mazda retailer gasoline such as M15, M85, M100.
or Mazda authorized repairer, or any The use of gasoline containing
reliable repairer. methanol may cause engine dam-
age or failure.
O You may occasionally notice light
knocking for a short time while accel-
erating or driving uphill. This is normal
8-2. Customization 431
Customizable features 2 Press

8-2.Customization
/ (vertical display)
Your vehicle includes a variety of the meter control switch to
of electronic features that can select the desired item to be
be personalized to suit your customized.
preferences. The settings of
these features can be changed 3 Press or press and hold .
using the multi-information The available settings will differ
display, the navigation/multi- depending on if is pressed or
pressed and held. Follow the instruc-
media system screen or at any
tions on the display.
Mazda authorized repairer, or WARNING
any reliable repairer. Q During customization
As the hybrid system needs to be
operating during customization,
Customizing vehicle fea- ensure that the vehicle is parked in a
tures place with adequate ventilation. In a
closed area such as a garage,
Q Changing by using the naviga- exhaust gases including harmful car-
bon monoxide (CO) may collect and
tion/multimedia system screen enter the vehicle. This may lead to
(vehicles with navigation/mul- death or a serious health hazard.
timedia system)
1 Press the “MENU” button. NOTICE
2 Select “Setup” on the “Menu” Q During customization
screen. To prevent 12-volt battery discharge,
3 Select “Vehicle” on the “Setup” ating while customizing features.
screen.
8
4 Select “Vehicle customization”.
Various setting can be changed. Refer
to the list of settings that can be

changed for details.
Q Changing by using the meter
control switches
select .
432 8-2. Customization
Customizable features
Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other functions
being customized. Contact any authorized Mazda retailer or Mazda autho-
rized repairer, or any reliable repairer for further details.
Settings that can be changed using the audio system screen (if
equipped)
Settings that can be changed using the meter control switches
Settings that can be changed by any authorized Mazda retailer or
Mazda authorized repairer, or any reliable repairer
Definition of symbols: O = Available, — = Not available
Q Alarm* (→P.83)
Function Default setting Customized setting
Deactivates the alarm

when the doors are
Off On — — O
unlocked using the key or
mechanical key
*
: If equipped
Q Gauges, meters and multi-information display (→P.90, 95, 99, 105)
Function*1 Default setting Customized setting
Language*2 English *3
— O —
km/L
Units*2 L/100 km — O —
miles (MPG)*4
EV indicator On Off — O —
Eco Accelerator Guidance On Off — O —
Trip average (Aver-
Total average age fuel consump-
(Average fuel tion [after start])
Fuel economy display — O —
consumption Tank average (Aver-
[after reset]) age fuel consump-
tion [after refuel])
Audio system linked dis-
On Off — O —
play*4
Energy monitor On Off — O —
Function*1 Default setting Customized setting
Drive information type After start After reset — O —

Average vehicle
Drive information items speed
Distance — O —
(First item)
Elapsed time
Average vehicle
Drive information items speed
Elapsed time — O —
(Second item)
Distance
Drive informa-
Current trip result display Eco score — O —
tion
Pop-up display On Off — O —
*1
: For details about each function: →P.104, 109
*2
: The default setting varies according to country.
*3
: Arabic, Spanish, Russian, French, German, Italian, Dutch, Turkish, Polish,
Hebrew, Norwegian, Swedish, Danish, Ukrainian, Finnish, Greek, Czech, Portu-
guese, Romanian, Slovakian, Hungarian, Flemish
*4: If
equipped
Q Head-up display* (→P.111)
Head-up display On Off — O —

Hybrid System Indi-
Gauge information Tachometer cator — O —
No content 8
Route guidance to destina-
On Off — O —
tion/street name*
Driving support system dis-

On Off — O —
play*
Compass* On Off — O —
Audio system operation
On Off — O —
status*
*: If equipped
Q Smart entry & start system* and wireless remote control (→P.126,
134)
Operation signal (Emer-

On Off O — O
gency flashers)
Time elapsed before auto- 60 seconds
matic door lock function is
activated if door is not 30 seconds — — O
opened after being 120 seconds
unlocked
Open door warning buzzer* On Off — — O
*
: If equipped
Q Smart entry & start system* (→P.126, 132, 134)
Smart entry & start system On Off O — O

Number of consecutive
2 times As many as desired — — O
door lock operations
*:
If equipped
Q Wireless remote control (→P.124, 126)
Wireless remote control On Off — — O
Q Outside rear view mirrors (→P.146)
Linked to the Off

Automatic mirror folding
locking/ unlock- Linked to operation of — — O
and extending operation*
ing of the doors the power switch
*:
If equipped
Q Power windows (→P.149)
Key (include mechanical

Off On — — O
key*) linked operation
Off On — — O
linked operation
linked operation signal On Off — — O
(buzzer)*
*
: If equipped
Q Automatic light control system (→P.184)
Light sensor sensitivity Standard -2 to 2 O — O

Headlamp temporary light- 60 seconds
ing function (Time elapsed
30 seconds 90 seconds — — O
before headlights automati-
cally turn off) 120 seconds
Q Lights (→P.185)
Welcome lamp* On Off — — O

*: If equipped
Q PCS (Pre-Collision System)* (→P.203)
8
PCS (Pre-Collision Sys-

On Off — O —
tem)
Early
Adjust alert timing Middle — O —
Late
*: If equipped
Q LTA (Lane Tracing Assist)* (→P.213)
Lane centering function On Off — O —

Steering wheel vibra-
Alert types Buzzer — O —
tion
Alert sensitivity High Standard — O —
Vehicle sway warning func-
On Off — O —
tion
Vehicle sway warning sen- High

Standard — O —
sitivity Low
*
: If equipped
Q RSA (Road Sign Assist)*1 (→P.237)
RSA (Road Sign Assist)*2 On Off — O —
Excess speed notification No notification

Display only — O —
method*3 Display and buzzer
Excess speed notification 10 km/h

2 km/h — O —
level 5 km/h
No overtaking notification No notification

method Display and buzzer
Other notifications method No notification

(No-entry notification)*4 Display and buzzer
*1: If
equipped
*2: RSA function
always resets to ON when the vehicle is started.
*3: If
a speed limit with supplemental mark is exceeded, the notification buzzer does
not sound.
*4: Vehicles
with navigation system
Q Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range* (→P.223)
Radar Cruise Control with

Off On — O —
Road Sign Assist
*
: If equipped
Q BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)* (→P.241)
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)

On Off — O —
function
Outside rear view mirror
Bright Dim — O —
indicator brightness
Early
Alert timing for presence of
Late
approaching vehicle (sensi- Intermediate — O —
tivity) Only when vehicle
detected in blind spot
*
: If equipped
Q parking assist-sensor* (→P.246)
parking assist-sensor On Off — O —

Level1
Buzzer volume Level2 — O —
Level3
Detection distance of the
Far Near — — O
front center sensor
Far Near — — O
rear center sensor
Far Near — — O 8
corner sensor
*:
If equipped
Q RCTA (Rear Crossing Traffic Alert)* (→P.251)
RCTA (Rear Crossing Traf-

On Off — O —
fic Alert) function
Level1
Buzzer volume Level2 — O —
Level3
*:
If equipped
Q PKSB (Parking Support Brake)* (→P.255)

On Off — O —
Brake) function
*
: If equipped
Q Automatic air conditioning system (→P.284)
Switching between outside

air and recirculated air
On Off O — O
mode linked to automatic
mode switch operation
Q Rear seat remainder (→P.128)
Indication to prevent mis-

On Off — O —
placement in the rear seat
Q Illumination (→P.291)
Off
Time elapsed before the
15 seconds 7.5 seconds O — O
interior lights turn off
30 seconds
Operation after the power
On Off — — O
switch is turned off
Operation when the doors
On Off — — O
are unlocked
Operation when you
approach the vehicle with
On Off — — O
the electronic key on your
person*
Footwell lights*, center con-
sole light* and door trim On Off — — O
lights*
*: If equipped
Q Vehicle customization
When the smart entry & start system is
off, Smart door unlocking cannot be cus-
tomized.
Q In the following situations, custom-
ize mode in which the settings can
be changed through the multi-infor-
mation display will automatically
be turned off
O A warning message appears after the
customize mode screen is displayed
O The power switch is turned off.
O The vehicle begins to move while the
customize mode screen is displayed.
8
440 8-3. Initialization
Items to initialize
8-3.Initialization
The following items must be initialized for normal system operation

after such cases as the 12-volt battery being reconnected, or main-
tenance being performed on the vehicle:
List of items to initialize
Item When to initialize Reference

PKSB (Parking Sup- • After reconnecting or changing the
P.259
port Brake)* 12-volt battery
Engine oil mainte-
• After maintenance is performed P.326
nance data
• When rotating front and rear tires
which have different tire inflation
pressures
• When changing the tire size
Tire pressure warning
• When the tire inflation pressure is P.336
system
changed such as when changing
traveling speed or load weight
• When changing between two regis-
tered wheel sets
*: If equipped
8-4. Certifications 441
Certifications
8-4.Certifications
eCall
Q Certification for eCall
8
442 8-4. Certifications
Immobilizer system
8
8
8
8
8
X For vehicles sold in Ukraine
X For vehicles sold in Serbia


Q Wireless tuner
8
8
8
8
Q Wireless transmitter
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

8
Smart entry & start system

Q Smart tuner
8
8
8
8
Q Smart transmitter
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

Q Smart ECU/antenna
8
8
8
8
8
8
Safety Sense
8
8
8
8
8

X For vehicles sold in South Africa
8
Blind Spot Monitor

8
8
8
8
8
8
Tire pressure warning system

8
8
8
8

Jack
8
577
Index
What to do if... (Troubleshoot-

ing) ..................................578
Alphabetical Index .............581
578 What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)

1-1.What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
switch off. (→P.171)

If you have a problem, check
the following before contacting z Vehicles with a smart entry &
any authorized Mazda retailer start system: Is the electronic
or Mazda authorized repairer, key left inside the vehicle?
or any reliable repairer. When locking the doors, make sure that
you have the electronic key on your
person.
The doors cannot be locked,
z The function may not operate
unlocked, opened or closed
properly due to the condition of
the radio wave. (→P.124,135)
You lose your keys
The rear door cannot be
opened
z If you lose your keys or mechani-
cal keys, new genuine keys or z Is the child-protector lock set?
mechanical keys can be made The rear door cannot be opened from
by any authorized Mazda retailer inside the vehicle when the lock is set.
or Mazda authorized repairer, or Open the rear door from outside and
any reliable repairer. (→P.407) then unlock the child-protector lock.
(→P.130)
z Vehicles with smart entry & start
system: If you lose your elec-
tronic keys, the risk of vehicle If you think something is
theft increases significantly. Con- wrong
tact any authorized Mazda
The hybrid system does not
start (vehicles without a
repairer, or any reliable repairer
immediately. (→P.407)
z Is the shift lever in P? (→P.167)
The doors cannot be locked z Is the steering wheel unlocked?
or unlocked (→P.167)
z Is the key battery weak or z Is the 12-volt battery dis-

depleted? (→P.351) charged? (→P.409)
z Vehicles with a smart entry & The hybrid system does not
start system: Is the power switch start (vehicles with a smart
entry & start system)
in ON?
When locking the doors, turn the power z Did you press the power switch
What to do if... (Troubleshooting) 579
while firmly depressing the brake The windows do not open or

pedal? (→P.169) close by operating the
z Is the shift lever in P? (→P.169) power window switches
z Is the electronic key anywhere z Is the window lock switch

detectable inside the vehicle? pressed?
(→P.134) The power window except for the one
at the driver’s seat cannot be operated
z Is the steering wheel unlocked?
if the window lock switch is pressed.
(→P.170) (→P.151)
z Is the electronic key battery
weak or depleted? The power switch is turned
off automatically
In this case, the hybrid system can be
started in a temporary way. (→P.408)
z The auto power off function will
z Is the 12-volt battery dis- be operated if the vehicle is left
charged? (→P.409) in ACC or ON (the hybrid system
The shift lever cannot be is not operating) for a period of
shifted from P even if you time. (→P.172)
depress the brake pedal
A warning buzzer sounds
z Is the power switch in ON?
during driving
If you cannot release the shift lever by
depressing the brake pedal with the z The seat belt reminder light is
power switch in ON. (→P.176) flashing
The steering wheel cannot Are the driver and the passenger wear-
be turned after the hybrid ing the seat belts? (→P.377)
system is stopped
z The parking brake indicator is on
z Vehicles without a smart entry & Is the parking brake released?
start system: It is locked to pre- (→P.178)
vent theft of the vehicle if the key
Depending on the situation, other
is pulled from the power switch.
types of warning buzzer may also
(→P.167)
sound. (→P.374, 383)
z Vehicles with a smart entry &
An alarm is activated and the
start system: It is locked auto-
horn sounds (vehicles with
matically to prevent theft of the an alarm)
vehicle. (→P.170)
z Did anyone inside the vehicle
open a door or anything move
580 What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
inside the vehicle during setting cle in a safe place and repair the
the alarm? flat tire temporarily with the
The sensor detects it and the alarm emergency tire puncture repair
sounds. (→P.83) kit. (→P.386)
Do one of the following to deacti- z Vehicles with spare tire: Stop the
vate or stop the alarms: vehicle in a safe place and
z Unlock the doors using the entry replace the flat tire with the spare
function (if equipped) or wireless tire. (→P.397)
remote control.
z Starting the hybrid system. (The The vehicle becomes stuck
alarm will be deactivated or
stopped after a few seconds.) z Try the procedure for when the
A warning buzzer sounds vehicle becomes stuck in mud,
when leaving the vehicle dirt, or snow. (→P.418)
(vehicles with a smart entry
& start system)
z Is the electronic key left inside
the vehicle?
Check the message on the multi-infor-
mation display. (→P.383)
A warning light turns on or a
warning message is dis-
played
z When a warning light turns on or
a warning message is displayed,
refer to P.374, 383.
When a problem has

occurred
z Vehicles with an emergency tire

puncture repair kit: Stop the vehi-
Alphabetical Index 581
Alphabetical Index
A Antennas (smart entry & start sys-
tem) .............................................134
A/C Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....272
Air conditioning filter .................. 345 Warning light .............................376
Automatic air conditioning system Approach warning .......................230
................................................ 284 Assist grips ..................................304
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) .... 272 Audio system-linked display
Warning light ............................. 376 .............................................103, 109
ACA (Active Cornering Assist) ... 273 Automatic air conditioning system
Acoustic vehicle alerting system . 75 .....................................................284
Active Cornering Assist (ACA) ... 273 Automatic High Beam .................187
Air conditioning filter .................. 345 Automatic light control system ..185
Air conditioning system Average fuel economy ........101, 106
Air conditioning filter .................. 345 Average vehicle speed ........103, 109
................................................. 284 B
Airbag manual on-off system ....... 45
Airbags ........................................... 36 Back door .....................................130
Airbag manual on-off system ......45 Back-up light
Airbag operating conditions ........ 38 Replacing light bulbs .................357
Airbag precautions for your child 41 Battery (12-volt battery) ..............329
Correct driving posture ................ 31 Battery checking ........................329
Curtain shield airbag operating con- If the 12-volt battery is discharged
ditions ....................................... 38 .................................................409
Curtain shield airbag precautions 41 Preparing and checking before win-
General airbag precautions ......... 41 ter ............................................280
Locations of airbags .................... 36 Warning light .............................375
Modification and disposal of Battery (traction battery) ...............76
airbags....................................... 43 Blind Spot Monitor (BSM) ...........241
Side airbag operating conditions . 38 Enabling/disabling the Blind Spot
Side airbag precautions .............. 41 Monitor ....................................243
Side and curtain shield airbags oper- Bottle holders ...............................294
ating conditions ......................... 38 Brake
Side and curtain shield airbags pre- Brake hold .................................181
cautions .................................... 41 Emergency brake signal ............273
SRS airbags ................................ 36 Fluid ..........................................426
SRS warning light ..................... 376 Parking brake ............................178
Alarm .............................................. 83 Regenerative braking ..................74
Alarm ........................................... 83 Warning light .............................374
Warning buzzer ......................... 374 Brake assist ..................................272
Break-in tips .................................155
582 Alphabetical Index
Brightness control Coat hooks ...................................304

Instrument panel light control Condenser ....................................328
.............................................94, 98 Console box .................................295
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) ........... 241 Consumption screen ................... 115
Enabling/disabling the Blind Spot Cooling system ............................326
Monitor .................................... 243 Engine overheating ...................414
Hybrid system overheating ........414
C Cruise control
Dynamic radar cruise control with
Care ...................................... 308, 311
full-speed range ......................223
Aluminum wheels ...................... 308
Cup holders ..................................294
Exterior ...................................... 308
Current fuel consumption ...101, 106
Interior ....................................... 311
Curtain shield airbags ...................36
Seat belts .................................. 311
Customizable features ................431
Chains .......................................... 281
Child restraint system ................... 47
D
Points to remember ..................... 47
Riding with children ..................... 46 Daytime running light system ....184
Child safety .................................... 46 Deck board ...................................295
12-volt battery precautions Defogger
......................................... 330, 413 Outside rear view mirrors ..........286
Airbag precautions ...................... 41 Rear window .............................286
Child restraint system .................47 Windshield .................................286
Heated steering wheel and seat Dimensions ..................................420
heater precautions .................. 289 Display
How your child should wear the seat Dynamic radar cruise control with
belt ............................................ 34 full-speed range ......................223
Installing child restraints .............. 47 Energy monitor .......................... 115
Power window lock switch ........ 151 Fuel consumption ...................... 115
Power window precautions ....... 150 Head-up display ........................ 111
Rear door child-protectors ........ 130 LTA (Lane-Tracing Assist) .........219
Removed electronic key battery pre- Multi-information display ......99, 105
cautions .................................. 353 parking assist-sensor ................246
Seat belt precautions .................. 46 Speed limiter .............................234
Child-protectors ........................... 130 Warning message .....................383
Cleaning ............................... 308, 311 Display change button ............92, 97
Aluminum wheels ...................... 308 Distance until next engine oil change
Exterior ...................................... 308 ................................................92, 97
Interior ....................................... 311 Do-it-yourself maintenance ........314
Radar sensor ............................ 199 Door
Seat belts .................................. 311 Double locking system ................82
Clock ............................. 90, 93, 95, 98
Door lock Eco score ..............................101, 107

Back door .................................. 130 Elapsed time .........................103, 109
Side doors ................................. 126 Electric motor (traction motor) .....73
Smart entry & start system ........ 134 Electric Power Steering (EPS) ....273
Wireless remote control ............ 124 Warning light .............................377
Doors Electronic key ..............................122
Back door .................................. 130 Battery-saving function ..............135
Door glasses ............................. 149 If the electronic key does not operate
Door lock ........................... 126, 130 properly ...................................407
Open door warning buzzer. 127, 129 Replacing the battery ................350
Outside rear view mirrors .......... 146 Electronically Controlled Brake Sys-
Rear door child-protectors ........ 130 tem (ECB) ...................................272
Side doors ................................. 126 Warning light .............................374
Double locking system .................82 Emergency brake signal .............273
Drive distance ...................... 103, 109 Emergency flashers .....................366
Drive information ................. 103, 109 Emergency tire puncture ............386
Drive-start control ....................... 155 Emergency, in case of
Driving .......................................... 154 If a warning buzzer sounds .......374
Break-in tips .............................. 155 If a warning light turns on ..........374
Correct driving posture ................ 31 If a warning message is displayed
Driving mode select switch ....... 270 .................................................383
Hybrid vehicle driving tips ......... 278 If the 12-volt battery is discharged
Procedures ................................ 154 .................................................409
Winter drive tips ........................ 280 If the electronic key does not operate
Driving information display . 100, 106 properly ...................................407
Driving range ....................... 101, 106 If the hybrid system will not start 405
Driving support system information If the vehicle is trapped in rising
display ................................ 103, 108 water .......................................367
Dynamic radar cruise control with If you have a flat tire ..........386, 497
full-speed range ........................ 223 If you lose your keys .................407
Road Sign Assist (RSA) ............ 231 If you think something is wrong .372
Warning message ..................... 233 If your vehicle becomes stuck ...418
If your vehicle has to be stopped in
E an emergency .........................366
If your vehicle needs to be towed
eCall ................................................ 63
.................................................369
“SOS” button ............................... 63
If your vehicle overheats ...........414
ECB (Electronically Controlled Brake
Energy monitor ............................ 115
System) ...................................... 272
Engine ...........................................421
Warning light ............................. 374
ACC ...................................168, 171
ECO Accelerator Guidance . 101, 107
Compartment ............................324
Eco drive mode ............................ 270
Engine switch .................... 167, 169 Fluid

Hood ......................................... 321 Brake .........................................426
How to start the hybrid system Hybrid transmission ...................425
......................................... 167, 169 Washer ......................................328
Identification number ................. 421 Fog lights
If the hybrid system will not start 405 Replacing light bulbs .........356, 357
If your vehicle has to be stopped in Switch ........................................190
an emergency ......................... 366 Wattage .....................................428
Ignition switch (power switch) Front fog lights
......................................... 167, 169 Replacing light bulbs .........356, 357
Overheating .............................. 414 Switch ........................................190
Power switch ..................... 167, 169 Wattage .....................................428
Tachometer ............................... 114 Front position lights
Engine coolant ............................. 326 Replacing light bulbs .........356, 357
Capacity .................................... 425 Wattage .....................................428
Checking ................................... 326 Front seat center airbags ..............36
Preparing and checking before win- Front seats ...................................139
ter ........................................... 280 Adjustment ................................139
Engine coolant temperature gauge Cleaning .................................... 311
................................................ 90, 95 Correct driving posture ................31
Engine oil ..................................... 324 Head restraints ..........................141
Capacity .................................... 423 Seat heaters ..............................289
Checking ................................... 324 Front turn signal lights ................178
Preparing and checking before win- Replacing light bulbs .........356, 357
ter ........................................... 280 Turn signal lever ........................178
Warning light ............................. 375 Wattage .....................................428
Engine switch (power switch) Fuel ...............................................196
............................................. 167, 169 Capacity ....................................422
If your vehicle has to be stopped in Fuel gauge ............................90, 95
an emergency ......................... 366 Information ................................430
EPS (Electric Power Steering) .... 273 Refueling ...................................196
Warning light ............................. 377 Type ..........................................422
EV drive mode ............................. 173 Warning light .............................377
EV indicator ................................... 74 Fuel consumption
Average fuel economy ......101, 106
F Current fuel consumption ..101, 106
Fuel economy .......................101, 106
Flat tire
Fuel filler door ..............................196
Tire pressure warning system ... 333
Refueling ...................................196
Vehicles with a spare tire .......... 397
Fuel gauge ................................90, 95
Vehicles without a spare tire ..... 386
Fuses ............................................353
Floor mats ...................................... 30
G Hooks
Coat hooks ................................304
Gauges ..................................... 90, 95 Grocery bag hooks ....................295
Glove box ..................................... 294 Retaining hooks (floor mat) .........30
GPF (Gasoline Particulate Filter) Horn ..............................................144
system ........................................ 271 Hybrid battery (traction battery)
Grocery bag hooks ...................... 295 Location .......................................76
Specification ..............................422
H Warning message .......................80
Head restraints ............................ 141 Hybrid battery (traction battery) air
Head-up display ........................... 111 intake vent ..................................347
Driving information display area. 111 Hybrid battery (traction battery) air
Driving support system display area vents .............................................79
................................................ 113 Hybrid system ................................73
Hybrid System Indicator ............ 114 Acoustic vehicle alerting system .75
Navigation system-linked display Emergency shut off system .........79
area ........................................ 113 Energy monitor/consumption screen
Pop-up display .......................... 113 ................................................ 115
Settings ..................................... 112 EV drive mode ...........................173
Headlamp temporary lighting func- High voltage components ............76
tion .............................................. 186 Hybrid System Indicator ........90, 95
Headlights Hybrid system precautions ..........76
Automatic High Beam system ... 187 If the hybrid system will not start 405
Headlamp temporary lighting func- Overheating ...............................414
tion .......................................... 186 Power (ignition) switch ......167, 169
Light switch ............................... 184 Regenerative braking ..................74
Replacing light bulbs ......... 356, 357 Starting the hybrid system..167, 169
Wattage ..................................... 428 Hybrid System Indicator . 90, 95, 114
Heated steering wheel ................ 289 Hybrid transmission ....................175
Heaters Hybrid vehicle driving tips ..........278
................................................. 284 I
Heated steering wheel .............. 289 Identification
Outside rear view mirrors .......... 286 Engine .......................................421
Seat heaters .............................. 289 Vehicle .......................................420
High mounted stoplight Ignition switch (power switch)
Replacing light bulbs ................. 357 .............................................167, 169
High-voltage components ............ 76 Auto power off function .............172
Hill-start assist control ................ 273 Changing the power switch modes
Hood ............................................. 321 ........................................168, 171
Open ......................................... 321
If your vehicle has to be stopped in Wireless remote control ............124

an emergency ......................... 366
Illuminated entry system ............ 292 L
Immobilizer system .......................81
Lane Tracing Assist (LTA) ...........213
Indicators ....................................... 88
Operation ..................................213
Initialization
Warning lights ............................378
Items to initialize ....................... 440
Warning messages ....................222
Parking Support Brake .............. 259
Language (multi-information dis-
Power windows ......................... 149
play) ....................................104, 109
Lever
Inside rear view mirror ................ 145
Auxiliary catch lever ..................321
Interior lights ............................... 291
Hood lock release lever .............321
Front interior light ...................... 291
Shift lever ..................................175
Rear interior light ....................... 291
Turn signal lever ........................178
Wattage ..................................... 428
Wiper lever ................................191
License plate lights
J
Light switch ...............................184
Jack Wattage .....................................428
Positioning a floor jack .............. 322 Light bulbs
Vehicle-equipped jack ............... 398 Replacing ..................................356
Jack handle .................................. 398 Lights
Jam protection function Automatic High Beam system ...187
Power windows ......................... 149 Fog light switch .........................190
Front interior lights ....................291
K Front personal lights ..................292
Headlamp temporary lighting func-
Keyless entry
tion ..........................................186
Smart entry & start system ........ 134
Headlight switch ........................184
Wireless remote control ............ 124
Interior lights ..............................291
Keys .............................................. 122
Interior lights list ........................291
Battery-saving function ............. 135
Luggage compartment light .......133
Electronic key ............................ 122
Rear interior lights .....................291
If the electronic key does not operate
Rear personal lights ..................292
properly ................................... 407
Replacing light bulbs .........356, 357
If you lose your keys ................. 407
Turn signal lever ........................178
Key number plate ...................... 122
Vanity lights ...............................303
Keyless entry ............ 126, 132, 134
Wattage .....................................428
Mechanical key ......................... 122
Lock steering column ..........167, 170
Power switch ..................... 167, 169
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) ...........213
Replacing the battery ................ 350
Operation ..................................213
Warning buzzer ......................... 134
Warning lights ............................378
Warning messages ................... 222 Eco score ..........................101, 107

Luggage compartment features . 295 Energy monitor .......................... 115
Luggage compartment light Fuel economy ....................101, 106
Wattage ..................................... 428 LTA (Lane-Tracing Assist) .........219
parking assist-sensor ................246
M Menu icons ..........................99, 105
Meter control switches ......100, 106
Maintenance
Navigation system-linked display
Do-it-yourself maintenance ....... 319
........................................103, 108
Maintenance data ..................... 420
Settings .............................104, 109
Maintenance requirements ....... 314
Tire pressure .............................333
Malfunction indicator lamp ......... 375
Vehicle information display.103, 109
Manual headlight leveling dial .... 186
Warning message .....................383
Menu icons ............................. 99, 105
Meter
N
Clock ..................................... 90, 95
Indicators .................................... 88 Navigation system-linked display
Instrument panel light control ..................................... 103, 108, 111
.............................................94, 98
Meter control switches ...... 100, 106 O
Meters ................................... 90, 95
Odometer ..................................92, 97
Multi-information display ..... 99, 105
Odometer and trip meter display
Settings ............................. 104, 109
Display change button ...........92, 97
Warning lights ........................... 374
Display items .........................92, 97
Warning message ..................... 383
Oil
Mirrors
Engine oil ..................................423
Inside rear view mirror .............. 145
Opener
Outside rear view mirror defoggers
Back door ..................................132
................................................ 286
Fuel filler door ...........................196
Outside rear view mirrors .......... 146
Hood ..........................................321
Vanity mirrors ............................ 303
Outside rear view mirrors
Multi-information display ...... 99, 105
Adjustment ................................146
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) ..........241
......................................... 103, 109
Folding ......................................147
Clock ..................................... 93, 98
Outside rear view mirror defoggers
Cruise control ............................ 234
................................................286
Driving information display. 100, 106
RCTA (Rear Crossing Traffic Alert)
Driving support system information
.................................................251
display ............................ 103, 108
Outside temperature ........ 90, 95, 114
Overheating ..................................414
full-speed range ...................... 223
ECO Accelerator Guidance 101, 107
P Warning message .....................259

Power control unit .........................76
Panoramic roof shade ................. 305 Power control unit coolant .........326
parking assist-sensor ................. 246 Capacity ....................................425
Enabling/disabling the parking Checking ...................................326
assist-sensor .......................... 246 Preparing and checking before win-
Function .................................... 246 ter ............................................280
Warning lights ........................... 379 Power mode .................................270
Warning message ..................... 248 Power outlet .................................299
Parking assist sensors (parking Power steering (Electric power
assist-sensor) ............................ 246 steering system) ........................273
Parking brake ............................... 178 Warning light .............................377
Operation .................................. 178 Power switch ........................167, 169
Parking brake engaged warning Auto power off function .............172
buzzer ..................................... 180 Changing the power switch modes
Warning light ............................. 380 .........................................168, 171
Warning message ..................... 180 Power switch (engine switch)
Parking Support Brake (PKSB) .. 255 If your vehicle has to be stopped in
Enabling/disabling the Parking Sup- an emergency .........................366
port Brake ............................... 256 Power windows
Parking Support Brake function Door lock linked window operation
(rear-crossing vehicles) .......... 266 .................................................150
Parking Support Brake function Jam protection function .............149
(static objects) ........................ 260 Operation ..................................149
Warning lights ........................... 379 Window lock switch ...................151
Warning message ..................... 259 Pre-Collision System (PCS) ........203
PCS (Pre-Collision System) ........ 203 Enabling/disabling the pre-collision
Enabling/disabling the pre-collision system .....................................206
system .................................... 206 Function ....................................203
Function .................................... 203 Warning light .............................380
Warning light ............................. 380
Personal lights ............................. 291 R
Wattage ..................................... 428
PKSB (Parking Support Brake) .. 255 Radar cruise control (dynamic radar
Enabling/disabling the Parking Sup- cruise control with full-speed
port Brake ............................... 256 range) .........................................223
Parking Support Brake function Radiator ........................................328
(rear-crossing vehicles) .......... 266 RCTA (Rear Crossing Traffic Alert)
Parking Support Brake function .....................................................251
(static objects) ........................ 260 Enabling/disabling the Rear Cross-
Warning lights ........................... 379 ing Traffic Alert ........................252
Warning lights ............................379
Rear Crossing Traffic Alert (RCTA) RSA (Road Sign Assist) ............237
..................................................... 251 Seat belt reminder light ...............377
Enabling/disabling the Rear Cross- Seat belts ........................................33
ing Traffic Alert ........................ 252 Child restraint system installation
Warning lights ........................... 379 ...................................................47
Rear fog lights Cleaning and maintaining the seat
Switch ....................................... 190 belt .......................................... 311
Rear seats .................................... 140 Emergency Locking Retractor .....35
Head restraints .......................... 141 How to wear your seat belt ..........34
Seat heaters .............................. 289 How your child should wear the seat
Rear turn signal lights ................. 178 belt ............................................34
Replacing light bulbs ......... 356, 357 Pregnant women, proper seat belt
Turn signal lever ....................... 178 use ............................................33
Wattage ..................................... 428 Reminder light and buzzer ........377
Rear view mirror Seat belt pretensioners ...............35
Inside rear view mirror .............. 145 SRS warning light ......................376
Outside rear view mirrors .......... 146 Seat heaters .................................289
Rear window defogger ................ 286 Seats .....................................139, 140
Rear window wiper ...................... 194 Adjustment ................................139
Refueling ...................................... 196 Adjustment precautions .............139
Capacity .................................... 422 Child seats/child restraint system
Fuel types ................................. 422 installation .................................47
Opening the fuel tank cap ......... 196 Cleaning .................................... 311
Regenerative braking .................... 74 Head restraints ..........................141
Warning lights ........................... 374 Properly sitting in the seat ...........31
Replacing Seat heaters ..............................289
Electronic key battery ................ 350 Secondary Collision Brake .........273
Fuses ........................................ 353 Sensor
Light bulbs ................................. 356 Automatic headlight system ......185
Tires .......................................... 397 Automatic High Beam system ...187
Road accident cautions ................ 77 BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) ..........241
Road Sign Assist ......................... 237 Inside rear view mirror ...............146
RSA (Road Sign Assist) .............. 237 LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) ..........213
parking assist-sensor ................246
S Parking Support Brake function
(static objects) .........................246
Safety Sense ................................ 198
Radar sensor .....................198, 242
Automatic High Beam ............... 187
Rain-sensing windshield wipers .193
RCTA (Rear Crossing Traffic Alert)
full-speed range ...................... 223
.................................................251
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) ......... 213
Service plug ...................................76
PCS (Pre-Collision System) ...... 203
Shift lever Stuck

Hybrid transmission .................. 175 If the vehicle becomes stuck .....418
If the shift lever cannot be shifted Sun visors ....................................303
from P ..................................... 176 Switches
Shift lock system ......................... 176 “SOS” button ...............................63
Side airbags ................................... 36 Airbag manual on-off switch ........45
Side mirrors Automatic High Beam system ...187
Adjustment ................................ 146 Brake Hold switch .....................181
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) ......... 241 Display change button ...........92, 97
Folding ...................................... 147 Door lock switches ....................129
RCTA (Rear Crossing Traffic Alert) Driving mode select switch ........270
................................................. 251 Dynamic radar cruise control with
Side turn signal lights ................. 178 full-speed range switch ...........224
Replacing light bulbs ................. 357 Emergency flashers switch .......366
Turn signal lever ....................... 178 EV drive mode switch ................173
Side windows ............................... 149 Heated steering wheel switch ...289
Smart entry & start system ......... 134 Ignition switch ....................167, 169
Antenna location ....................... 134 Light switches ............................184
Entry functions .................. 126, 132 LTA (Lane-Tracing Assist) switch
Starting the hybrid system ........ 169 .................................................218
Snow tires .................................... 280 Meter control switches ......100, 106
Spare tire ...................................... 397 Outside rear view mirror switches
Inflation pressure ...................... 426 .................................................146
Storage location ........................ 398 Parking brake switch .................178
Spark plug .................................... 425 Power door lock switch .............129
Specifications .............................. 420 Power switch .....................167, 169
Speed limiter ................................ 234 Power window switches ............149
Warning message ..................... 236 Rear window and outside rear view
Speedometer ............................90, 95 mirror defoggers switch ...........284
Steering lock Seat heater switches .................289
Column lock release ......... 167, 170 Speed limiter switch ..................234
Steering lock system warning mes- Vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch
sage ........................................ 170 .................................................224
Steering wheel VSC OFF switch ........................273
Adjustment ................................ 144 Window lock switch ...................151
Heated steering wheel .............. 289 Windshield wiper and washer switch
Meter control switches ...... 100, 106 .................................................191
Stop lights
Emergency brake signal ........... 273 T
Replacing light bulbs ................. 357
Tail lights
Storage features .......................... 293
Light switch ...............................184
Replacing light bulbs ................. 357 Hybrid battery (traction battery) air
Theft deterrent system vents .........................................79
Alarm ........................................... 83 Location .......................................76
Double locking system ................ 82 Specification ..............................422
Immobilizer system ..................... 81 Warning message .......................80
Tire inflation pressure ................. 341 Traction Control (TRC) ................273
Maintenance data ..................... 426 Traction motor (electric motor) ....73
Warning buzzers ....................... 378 Trailer towing ...............................161
Warning light ............................. 378 Transmission
Tire pressure warning system .... 333 Driving mode select switch ........270
Function .................................... 333 Hybrid transmission ...................175
Initializing .................................. 336 If the shift lever cannot be shifted
Installing tire pressure warning from P .....................................176
valves and transmitters ........... 335 TRC (Traction Control) ................273
Registering ID codes ................. 338 Trip meters ...............................92, 97
Warning buzzers ....................... 378 Turn signal lights .........................178
Warning light ............................. 378 Replacing light bulbs .........356, 357
Tires .............................................. 331 Turn signal lever ........................178
Chains ....................................... 281 Wattage .....................................428
Checking ................................... 331
Emergency tire puncture repair kit V
................................................. 386
Vanity lights ..................................303
If you have a flat tire .......... 386, 497
Wattage .....................................428
Inflation pressure ...................... 341
Vanity mirrors ...............................303
Replacing .................................. 397
Vehicle data recording ....................7
Rotating tires ............................. 333
Vehicle identification number .....420
Size ........................................... 426
Vehicle information display .103, 109
Snow tires ................................. 280
Vehicle Stability Control (VSC) ...272
Spare tire .................................. 397
Vehicle Stability Control+ (VSC+)
.....................................................273
Warning buzzers ....................... 378
VSC (Vehicle Stability Control)....272
Warning light ............................. 378
VSC+ (Vehicle Stability Control+)
Tonneau cover ............................. 298
.....................................................273
Tools ..................................... 388, 398
Top tether anchorages .................. 58
W
Towing
Emergency towing .................... 369 Warning buzzers
Towing capacity ......................... 420 Approach warning .....................230
Towing eyelet ............................ 371 Brake hold .................................381
Trailer towing ............................ 161 Brake Override System .............376
Traction battery (hybrid battery) .. 76 Brake system ............................374
Drive-Start Control .................... 376 Slip indicator ..............................380

Electric power steering .............. 377 SRS airbag ................................376
Engine ....................................... 375 Tire pressure .............................378
High coolant temperature .......... 374 Warning messages ......................383
Hybrid system ........................... 375 Washer ..........................................191
Hybrid system overheat ............ 375 Checking ...................................328
Key reminder ............................. 168 Preparing and checking before win-
Low engine oil pressure ............ 375 ter ............................................280
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) .. 213, 378 Switch ........................................191
Open door ......................... 127, 129 Washing and waxing ...................308
parking assist-sensor Weight ...........................................420
......................................... 246, 379 Wheels ..........................................343
PCS (Pre-Collision System) ...... 380 Replacing ..................................343
PKSB (Parking Support Brake).. 379 Size ...........................................426
RCTA (Rear Crossing Traffic Alert) Window lock switch .....................151
......................................... 252, 379 Windows
Seat belt .................................... 377 Power windows .........................149
SRS airbag ................................ 376 Rear window defogger ..............286
Tire pressure ............................. 378 Washer ......................................191
Warning label ................................. 76 Windshield wipers .......................191
Warning lights .............................. 374 Winter driving tips .......................280
ABS ........................................... 376 Wireless charger ..........................299
Brake hold operated indicator ... 381 Wireless remote control ..............124
Brake Override System ............. 376 Battery-Saving Function ............135
Brake system ............................ 374 Locking/Unlocking .....................124
Charging system ....................... 375 Replacing the battery ................350
Drive-Start Control .................... 376
Electric power steering .............. 377
High coolant temperature .......... 374
Hybrid system overheat ............ 375
Low engine oil pressure ............ 375
For vehicles with naviga-
Low fuel level ............................ 377
tion/multimedia system,
LTA indicator ............................. 378
refer to “Navigation and mul-
Malfunction indicator lamp ........ 375
timedia system Owner’s
parking assist-sensor OFF indicator
manual” for information
................................................. 379
regarding the equipment
Parking brake indicator ............. 380
listed below.
PKSB OFF indicator .................. 379
· Navigation system
Pre-collision system .................. 380
· Audio/visual system
RCTA OFF indicator .................. 379
Seat belt reminder light ............. 377 · Rear view monitor system
594
GAS STATION INFORMATION
Auxiliary catch lever (→P.321)

Hood lock release lever (→P.321)
Fuel filler door (→P.197)
Tire inflation pressure (→P.426)
Fuel filler door opener (→P.197)
Fuel tank capacity

P.422
(Reference)
P.422
Fuel type
P.430
Cold tire inflation pres-
P.426
sure
Engine oil capacity
(Drain and refill ⎯ ref- P.423
erence)
Engine oil type P.423
595
596

Mazda 2 Hybrid Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mazda 2 Hybrid Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Pictorial index Search by illustration

For safety Make sure to read through them

Operations and advice which are necessary for driving

Usage of the interior features

Maintenance Caring for your vehicle and maintenance procedures

When trouble What to do in case of malfunction and emergency

Vehicle Vehicle specifications, customizable features

For your information......................6 Vehicle status information

4-1. Before driving PCS (Pre-Collision System)

Automatic air conditioning sys- Positioning a floor jack.......322

Maintenance schedule.......316 If the vehicle is trapped in rising

For your information guarantee spare parts and acces-

High voltage parts and cables on z Data usage

Scrapping of your Mazda Q General precaution regarding

Reading this manual Symbols Meanings

How to search Q Searching by title

Q Searching by installation posi-

Side doors ......................................................................................P.126

Light bulbs of the exterior lights for driving

Headlights/front position lights/daytime running lights/turn signal

QInstrument panel (left-hand drive vehicles)

Power switch ..........................................................................P.167, 169

Display .......................................................................................P.99, 105

QSwitches (left-hand drive vehicles)

Outside rear view mirror switches ...............................................P.146

Precautions for winter season..........................................................P.281

Meter control switches ..........................................................P.100, 106

QInterior (left-hand drive vehicles)

QCeiling (left-hand drive vehicles)

Inside rear view mirror ..................................................................P.145

QInstrument panel (right-hand drive vehicles)

Power switch ..........................................................................P.167, 169

Display .......................................................................................P.99, 105

QSwitches (right-hand drive vehicles)

Outside rear view mirror switches ...............................................P.146

Heated steering wheel switch* ......................................................P.290

Meter control switches ..........................................................P.100, 106

QInterior (right-hand drive vehicles)

QCeiling (right-hand drive vehicles)

Inside rear view mirror ..................................................................P.145

For safety and security

1-1. For safe use

For safety and security

Before driving tration.

Always align the marks .

WARNING For safe driving

For safety and security

WARNING Adjusting the mirrors

Correct use of the seat belts

Seat belts Q Pregnant women

Make sure that all occupants

For safety and security

Correct use of the seat belts Fastening and releasing the

z Extend the shoulder belt so that

Q Emergency locking retractor (ELR)

For safety and security

The pretensioners help the seat

The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to certain

SRS airbag system

X SRS front airbags

For safety and security

For safety and security

The SRS curtain shield airbags do not

ger airbag is scratched, cracked, or